[gnome-user-docs] Updated French translation



commit 52554e959c2d5344f497f7a5e158bc18ef8a0f76
Author: Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>
Date:   Sat Sep 19 15:13:15 2015 +0000

    Updated French translation

 gnome-help/fr/fr.po | 8004 +++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------
 1 files changed, 3989 insertions(+), 4015 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/fr/fr.po b/gnome-help/fr/fr.po
index 63711ec..4148eb4 100644
--- a/gnome-help/fr/fr.po
+++ b/gnome-help/fr/fr.po
@@ -2,18 +2,19 @@
 # Copyright (C) 2011-12 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package.
 #
-#
 # Luc Pionchon <pionchon luc gmail com>, 2011.
 # Claude Paroz <claude 2xlibre net>, 2011.
 # Jérémie SERAFFIN <jeremieseraffin gmail com>, 2012.
-# Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>, 2011-2014.
+# Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>, 2011-2015.
 # Bruno Brouard <annoa b gmail com>, 2011, 2012.
 # Julien Hardelin <jhardlin orange fr>, 2011, 2013.
+# Alexandre Franke <alexandre franke gmail com>, 2015
+#
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-08 21:34+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-08 13:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-12 21:08+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 11:00+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <gnomefr traduc org>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
@@ -41,61 +42,62 @@ msgid "translator-credits"
 msgstr ""
 "Luc Pionchon <pionchon luc gmail com>, 2011\n"
 "Claude Paroz <claude 2xlibre net>, 2011\n"
-"Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>, 2011-2014\n"
+"Alain Lojewski <allomervan gmail com>, 2011-2015\n"
 "Julien Hardelin <jhardlin orange fr>, 2011, 2013\n"
 "Bruno Brouard <annoa b gmail com>, 2011-12\n"
 "yanngnome <yannubuntu gmail com>, 2012\n"
 "Nicolas Delvaux <contact nicolas-delvaux org>, 2012\n"
-"Mickael Albertus <mickael albertus gmail com>, 2012"
+"Mickael Albertus <mickael albertus gmail com>, 2012\n"
+"Alexandre Franke <alexandre franke gmail com>, 2015"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16 C/a11y-braille.page:15 C/a11y-contrast.page:15
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:16 C/a11y-font-size.page:15 C/a11y-mag.page:15
-#: C/a11y.page:12 C/a11y-right-click.page:16 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:11
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:14 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:16 C/bluetooth.page:13
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:26 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:16 C/clock.page:12 C/disk.page:9
-#: C/files-browse.page:19 C/files-delete.page:17 C/files-lost.page:19
-#: C/files-open.page:18 C/files-preview.page:14 C/files-removedrive.page:8
-#: C/files-rename.page:16 C/files-search.page:15 C/files-select.page:8
-#: C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:15 C/hardware-auth.page:9
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17 C/a11y-braille.page:15 C/a11y-contrast.page:16
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17 C/a11y-font-size.page:16 C/a11y-mag.page:16
+#: C/a11y.page:12 C/a11y-right-click.page:17 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:13
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:17 C/bluetooth.page:14
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:26 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:15 C/clock.page:12 C/disk.page:9
+#: C/files-browse.page:18 C/files-delete.page:18 C/files-lost.page:17
+#: C/files-open.page:16 C/files-preview.page:14 C/files-removedrive.page:9
+#: C/files-rename.page:16 C/files-search.page:16 C/files-select.page:9
+#: C/files-share.page:15 C/files.page:16 C/hardware-auth.page:9
 #: C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15 C/keyboard-nav.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:25
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16 C/keyboard-nav.page:21
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:26
 #: C/media.page:9 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20
 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:18 C/mouse-middleclick.page:19
 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:18 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17
 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18 C/nautilus-connect.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:18 C/nautilus-connect.page:17
 #: C/nautilus-display.page:14 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18 C/nautilus-prefs.page:9
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8
 #: C/nautilus-preview.page:13 C/nautilus-views.page:18 C/net-findip.page:14
 #: C/net-macaddress.page:13 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:17 C/net.page:10
 #: C/prefs-display.page:9 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10
-#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:17
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18 C/session-formats.page:14
-#: C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:17
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:15 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:15 C/shell-windows-states.page:15
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15 C/sound-alert.page:13 C/sound-usemic.page:13
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14 C/sound-volume.page:13
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:14 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:18
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21
+#: C/printing-setup.page:25 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:17
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:18 C/session-formats.page:15
+#: C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:18
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:16 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:16
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 C/shell-windows-states.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 C/sound-alert.page:14 C/sound-usemic.page:14
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15 C/sound-volume.page:17
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:14 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:19
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:18 C/user-delete.page:22
 msgid "Shaun McCance"
 msgstr "Shaun McCance"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 C/a11y-icon.page:14
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:21 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/accounts-disable-service.page:12
-#: C/accounts.page:12 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:19
-#: C/files-browse.page:23 C/files-hidden.page:13 C/files-sort.page:13
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21 C/a11y-icon.page:15
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:19
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21 C/accounts-disable-service.page:13
+#: C/accounts.page:12 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:17
+#: C/files-browse.page:22 C/files-hidden.page:13 C/files-sort.page:13
 #: C/files-tilde.page:14 C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9
 #: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16
 #: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:14 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:14
 #: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:12 C/net-default-browser.page:13
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:15 C/net-default-browser.page:13
 #: C/net-default-email.page:13 C/net-email-virus.page:14
 #: C/net-install-flash.page:12 C/net-install-moonlight.page:12
 #: C/net-manual.page:14 C/net-othersconnect.page:14 C/net-othersedit.page:14
@@ -104,128 +106,134 @@ msgstr "Shaun McCance"
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:17
 #: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17 C/power-batterylife.page:20
 #: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17 C/power-batterywindows.page:17
-#: C/power-othercountry.page:16 C/printing-2sided.page:13
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:12 C/printing-differentsize.page:12
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:14 C/printing-order.page:13
-#: C/printing-select.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:12 C/printing.page:9
-#: C/sound-volume.page:8 C/user-goodpassword.page:16
+#: C/power-othercountry.page:16 C/printing-2sided.page:12
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:13 C/printing-differentsize.page:12
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:12 C/printing-order.page:12
+#: C/printing-select.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:13 C/printing.page:12
+#: C/sound-volume.page:12 C/user-goodpassword.page:16
 msgid "Phil Bull"
 msgstr "Phil Bull"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-contrast.page:19 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:19 C/a11y.page:16
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24 C/a11y-visualalert.page:20 C/accounts-add.page:17
-#: C/accounts-create.page:21 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:14 C/accounts-which-application.page:18
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:17 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
-#: C/backup-what.page:19 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:19 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:17
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25 C/a11y-contrast.page:20 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:25
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20 C/a11y-mag.page:20 C/a11y.page:16
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:26 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:23
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:25 C/a11y-visualalert.page:21 C/accounts-add.page:18
+#: C/accounts-create.page:22 C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:15 C/accounts-which-application.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:21
+#: C/backup-what.page:20 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:19
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:20 C/clock-set.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:18
 #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20 C/color-howtoimport.page:19
 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:17 C/contacts.page:12 C/contacts-connect.page:14
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17
-#: C/contacts-search.page:17 C/contacts-setup.page:14 C/disk-benchmark.page:21
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:18
+#: C/contacts-search.page:17 C/contacts-setup.page:14 C/disk-benchmark.page:22
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/files-autorun.page:20
-#: C/files-browse.page:27 C/files-copy.page:21 C/files-delete.page:26
-#: C/files-disc-write.page:12 C/files-hidden.page:17 C/files-lost.page:23
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:16 C/files-rename.page:24 C/files-search.page:19
-#: C/files-share.page:20 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:16
-#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:24 C/keyboard-nav.page:12 C/keyboard-osk.page:24
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:14
-#: C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:33 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
-#: C/look-resolution.page:22 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:17 C/files-autorun.page:21
+#: C/files-browse.page:26 C/files-copy.page:21 C/files-delete.page:26
+#: C/files-disc-write.page:12 C/files-hidden.page:17 C/files-lost.page:21
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:17 C/files-rename.page:24 C/files-search.page:20
+#: C/files-share.page:19 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:16
+#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:20 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25 C/keyboard-nav.page:13 C/keyboard-osk.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:26 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:17
+#: C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:34 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
+#: C/look-resolution.page:23 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19
 #: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22
 #: C/mouse-middleclick.page:23 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:22
 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:26 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:18
 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:22 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20 C/nautilus-display.page:18
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22 C/nautilus-list.page:16
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:21 C/nautilus-display.page:18
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:22 C/nautilus-list.page:19
 #: C/nautilus-preview.page:17 C/nautilus-views.page:22
 #: C/net-default-browser.page:17 C/net-default-email.page:17
 #: C/net-findip.page:22 C/net-macaddress.page:21 C/net-manual.page:18
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:18 C/net-othersedit.page:18 C/net-proxy.page:21
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:21
+#: C/net-mobile.page:16 C/net-othersconnect.page:18 C/net-othersedit.page:18
+#: C/net-proxy.page:21 C/net-vpn-connect.page:18 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:21
 #: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17
 #: C/power-batterylife.page:28 C/power-nowireless.page:23
-#: C/power-whydim.page:18 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:28
-#: C/privacy.page:21 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:17
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:17 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:21
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:18
-#: C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:18
-#: C/settings-sharing.page:16 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:14
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:17 C/sharing-displayname.page:11
-#: C/sharing-media.page:13 C/sharing-personal.page:13
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:17 C/shell-apps-open.page:16
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:19 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:11 C/shell-notifications.page:18
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:18 C/shell-windows-lost.page:15
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:19 C/sound-alert.page:17
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:17 C/sound-usespeakers.page:18
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:18 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:22
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:18 C/user-delete.page:25
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24 C/wacom-left-handed.page:13
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:13 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:13 C/wacom-stylus.page:13
-#: C/wacom.page:19
+#: C/power-whydim.page:18 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13
+#: C/printing-setup.page:29 C/privacy.page:19
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:18 C/privacy-location.page:11
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:18 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:21
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23 C/session-formats.page:19
+#: C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:19
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:17 C/sharing-desktop.page:17
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:15
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:15 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-introduction.page:20
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21 C/shell-lockscreen.page:12
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:20 C/shell-terminology.page:19
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:20
+#: C/sound-alert.page:18 C/sound-usemic.page:18 C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:18 C/translate.page:16 C/user-add.page:23
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:19 C/user-delete.page:26
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24 C/wacom-left-handed.page:14
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:14 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:14 C/wacom-stylus.page:14
+#: C/wacom.page:20
 msgid "Michael Hill"
 msgstr "Michael Hill"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:23 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:23 C/a11y-mag.page:23 C/a11y.page:20
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 C/a11y-visualalert.page:24
-#: C/accounts-create.page:13 C/accounts-remove.page:18
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:23 C/clock-timezone.page:21
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:29 C/a11y-contrast.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:29
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24 C/a11y-mag.page:24 C/a11y.page:20
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:27
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29 C/a11y-visualalert.page:25 C/accounts-add.page:22
+#: C/accounts-create.page:14 C/accounts-remove.page:19
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:34
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:29 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:30
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:24
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:24 C/clock-timezone.page:22
 #: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:25
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24 C/color-howtoimport.page:23
 #: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:18
 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:21 C/contacts-connect.page:19
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:22 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:21
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:22 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:22
 #: C/contacts-search.page:21 C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:18 C/keyboard-key-super.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:32 C/keyboard-nav.page:25 C/keyboard-osk.page:28
-#: C/look-background.page:41 C/look-resolution.page:30
-#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:26 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26
-#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22 C/nautilus-views.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:33 C/keyboard-nav.page:26 C/keyboard-osk.page:27
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:33 C/look-background.page:42
+#: C/look-resolution.page:31 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:26
+#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:26 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:22
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:23 C/nautilus-views.page:26
 #: C/net-default-browser.page:21 C/net-default-email.page:21
-#: C/net-findip.page:26 C/net-macaddress.page:25 C/net-othersconnect.page:22
+#: C/net-findip.page:26 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:18
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:25 C/net-othersconnect.page:22
 #: C/net-othersedit.page:22 C/net-proxy.page:25 C/net-vpn-connect.page:22
 #: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:21 C/power-batteryestimate.page:21
 #: C/power-batterylife.page:24 C/power-batteryoptimal.page:21
 #: C/power-closelid.page:18 C/power-hibernate.page:18 C/power-lowpower.page:15
 #: C/power-nowireless.page:19 C/power-suspendfail.page:17
-#: C/power-suspend.page:16 C/power-whydim.page:22 C/printing-to-file.page:10
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:23 C/session-screenlocks.page:22
-#: C/sharing.page:16 C/sharing-desktop.page:13 C/shell-exit.page:29
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:23 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:22 C/shell-terminology.page:22
-#: C/sound-alert.page:21 C/sound-usemic.page:21 C/sound-usespeakers.page:22
-#: C/tips-specialchars.page:22 C/user-add.page:26 C/user-admin-change.page:18
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:17 C/user-admin-problems.page:17
-#: C/user-autologin.page:13 C/user-changepassword.page:22
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29 C/video-dvd.page:16
+#: C/power-suspend.page:16 C/power-whydim.page:22
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26 C/printing-to-file.page:12
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:24 C/session-screenlocks.page:23
+#: C/sharing.page:16 C/sharing-desktop.page:13 C/shell-exit.page:30
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:24 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:25
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:24 C/shell-terminology.page:23
+#: C/sound-alert.page:22 C/sound-usemic.page:22 C/sound-usespeakers.page:23
+#: C/tips-specialchars.page:22 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:19
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:18 C/user-admin-problems.page:18
+#: C/user-autologin.page:14 C/user-changepassword.page:23
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:22 C/user-delete.page:30 C/video-dvd.page:17
 msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
 msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33
 msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
 msgstr "Ignorer les appuis de touches rapides et identiques."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36
 msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
 msgstr "Activation des touches rebond"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38
 msgid ""
 "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
 "repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
@@ -238,10 +246,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'une seule fois, vous devriez activer cette fonction."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:44 C/a11y-contrast.page:41 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:49
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:37 C/a11y-icon.page:38 C/a11y-mag.page:39
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:44 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50 C/a11y-visualalert.page:45 C/keyboard-osk.page:42
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:45 C/a11y-contrast.page:42 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:50
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:38 C/a11y-icon.page:39 C/a11y-mag.page:40
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:45 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:48
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51 C/a11y-visualalert.page:46 C/keyboard-osk.page:49
 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
@@ -251,17 +259,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> et commencez à saisir <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-contrast.page:45 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41 C/a11y-icon.page:42 C/a11y-mag.page:43
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/a11y-visualalert.page:49 C/keyboard-osk.page:46
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:49 C/a11y-contrast.page:46 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:54
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:42 C/a11y-icon.page:43 C/a11y-mag.page:44
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:49 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:52
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55 C/a11y-visualalert.page:50 C/keyboard-osk.page:53
 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:53
 msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur l'icône <gui>Accès universel</gui> pour afficher le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:51 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:53 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:57
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58
 msgid ""
 "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
 msgstr ""
@@ -269,19 +277,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "(AccessX)</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55
-msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:56
+msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Activez les <gui>Rebonds de touches</gui> en cliquant sur le bouton "
-"d'activation."
+"Activez les <gui>Touches rebond</gui> en basculant l'interrupteur sur "
+"<gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:60
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:61
 msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
 msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des touches rebond"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:61
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62
 msgid ""
 "You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
 "\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</"
@@ -290,12 +298,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez aussi activer/désactiver les touches rebond en cliquant sur "
 "l'<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">icône d'accessibilité</link> de la barre "
-"supérieure du bureau et en sélectionnant <gui>Rebonds de touches</gui>. Mais "
+"supérieure du bureau et en sélectionnant <gui>Touches rebond</gui>. Mais "
 "cette icône ne devient visible qu'après avoir déjà activé un ou plusieurs "
 "paramètres dans le panneau <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68
+#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
 "waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
@@ -336,7 +344,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:27
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:28
 msgid ""
 "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
 "easier to see."
@@ -345,12 +353,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "donc plus faciles à voir."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:31
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:32
 msgid "Adjust the contrast"
 msgstr "Réglage du contraste"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:33
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34
 msgid ""
 "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
 "see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; "
@@ -362,18 +370,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'<em>interface utilisateur</em> sont modifiées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48
-msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
+"section."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculer l'interrupteur <gui>Contraste élevé</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Grand texte</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui> dans la "
+"rubrique <gui>Vision</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:53
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:55
 msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
 msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide du contraste élevé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-contrast.page:54
+#: C/a11y-contrast.page:56
 msgid ""
 "You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
 "\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High "
@@ -384,7 +395,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionnez <gui>Contraste élevé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33
 msgid ""
 "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by "
 "holding the mouse still."
@@ -393,12 +404,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "gardant la souris immobile."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37
 msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
 msgstr "Simulation d'un clic lors du survol par le pointeur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:39
 msgid ""
 "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
 "or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
@@ -411,7 +422,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fonctionnalité s'appelle <gui>Clic par survol</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:43
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:44
 msgid ""
 "When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over "
 "a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button "
@@ -422,21 +433,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "attendre un peu avant que le bouton ne soit cliqué pour vous."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52
 msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Click Assistant</gui> in the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
+"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> "
 "section."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Assistant de clic</gui> dans la rubrique <gui>Pointage et "
 "clic de souris</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60
-msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
-msgstr "Activez <gui>Clic par survol</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:61
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Clic par survol</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:65
 msgid ""
 "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
 "other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
@@ -451,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "glisser, le mode clic simple est automatiquement sélectionné."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:70
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:71
 msgid ""
 "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will "
 "gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
@@ -462,7 +474,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bouton est cliqué."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
 "mouse pointer still before clicking."
@@ -471,7 +483,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "devez maintenir le pointeur de souris immobile avant le clic automatique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:77
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78
 msgid ""
 "You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. "
 "The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a "
@@ -483,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "survient."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81
+#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
 "pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
@@ -492,18 +504,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "toléré de déplacement du pointeur lors d'un survol."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28
 msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
 msgstr ""
 "Utiliser des polices plus grandes pour rendre le texte plus facile à lire."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:30
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31
 msgid "Change text size on the screen"
 msgstr "Changement de la taille du texte à l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:33
 msgid ""
 "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
 "size of the font."
@@ -512,14 +524,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "possibilité de modifier la taille de la police."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:44
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:45
 msgid ""
-"Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>On</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
+"Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> "
 "section."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Grand texte</gui> dans la rubrique <gui>Vision</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Grand texte</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui> dans la "
+"rubrique <gui>Vision</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:49
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link "
 "xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
@@ -530,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "supérieure et en sélectionnant <gui>Grand texte</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:54
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:55
 msgid ""
 "In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
@@ -542,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-font-size.page:59
+#: C/a11y-font-size.page:60
 msgid ""
 "<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use "
 "<app>Tweak Tool</app> to make text size bigger or smaller."
@@ -551,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utiliser l'application <app>Tweak Tool</app> pour changer la taille du texte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:18
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:19
 msgid ""
 "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
 "person."
@@ -560,12 +574,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "un personnage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:22
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:23
 msgid "Find the universal access menu"
 msgstr "Recherche du menu « Accès universel »"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:24
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:25
 msgid ""
 "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the "
 "accessibility settings. You can find this menu by clicking the icon which "
@@ -576,12 +590,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ressemblant à un personnage entouré d'un cercle dans la barre supérieure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:29
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:30
 msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
 msgstr "Le menu Accès universel se trouve dans la barre supérieure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:33
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:34
 msgid ""
 "If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the "
 "<gui>Universal Access</gui> settings panel:"
@@ -591,12 +605,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "Universel</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:45
-msgid "Switch <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
-msgstr "Activez <gui>Toujours afficher le menu Accès universel</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:46
+msgid "Switch <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Toujours afficher le menu Accès universel</gui> "
+"sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-icon.page:50
+#: C/a11y-icon.page:51
 msgid ""
 "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the "
@@ -618,17 +634,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "activer ou désactiver l'élément sélectionné."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:27
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:28
 msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
 msgstr "Zoom avant sur l'écran pour rendre les choses plus visibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:30
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:31
 msgid "Magnify a screen area"
 msgstr "Agrandissement d'une zone écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:32
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:33
 msgid ""
 "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-"
 "font-size\">text size</link>. This feature is like having a magnifying "
@@ -640,17 +656,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur différentes parties de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:46
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:47
 msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Zoom</gui> dans la rubrique <gui>Vision</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:49
-msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
-msgstr "Activez le <gui>Zoom</gui>en cliquant sur le bouton d'activation."
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:50
+msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Zoom</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:59
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:60
 msgid ""
 "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges "
 "of the screen, you will move the magnified area in different directions, "
@@ -661,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "directions, ce qui vous permet de visualiser l'emplacement de votre choix."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:64
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:65
 msgid ""
 "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
 "\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
@@ -671,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Zoom</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:69
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:70
 msgid ""
 "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the "
 "position of the magnified view on the screen. Adjust these in the "
@@ -682,12 +698,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>loupe</gui> de la fenêtre <gui>Zoom</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-mag.page:73
+#: C/a11y-mag.page:74
 msgid ""
 "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. "
-"To switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness, go to "
-"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> in the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</"
-"gui> settings window."
+"Switch them on and adjust their length, color, and thickness in the "
+"<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
 msgstr ""
 "Il est possible d'activer les pointeurs en croix pour vous aider à trouver "
 "le pointeur de la souris ou du pavé tactile. Pour les activer et régler leur "
@@ -795,30 +810,30 @@ msgid "Keyboard use"
 msgstr "Utilisation du clavier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:18 C/accounts-whyadd.page:14 C/contacts.page:14
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:14
 #: C/contacts-connect.page:16 C/contacts-setup.page:16
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:18 C/keyboard-layouts.page:17
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22 C/screen-shot-record.page:20
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17 C/shell-lockscreen.page:13
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17 C/status-icons.page:14
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:15 C/wacom-mode.page:15
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:15 C/wacom-stylus.page:15
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:18
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:23 C/screen-shot-record.page:20
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18 C/shell-lockscreen.page:14
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:14
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:16 C/wacom-mode.page:16
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:16 C/wacom-stylus.page:16
 msgid "2012"
 msgstr "2012"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:34
 msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
 msgstr ""
 "Maintenir appuyé le bouton gauche de la souris pour effectuer un clic droit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:36
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37
 msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
 msgstr "Simulation d'un clic droit de la souris"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:39
 msgid ""
 "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
 "you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
@@ -830,23 +845,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "bouton."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
-"section."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Assistant de clic</gui> dans la rubrique <gui>Pointage et "
-"clic de souris</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:55
-msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:56
+msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Activez la <gui>Simulation du clic secondaire</gui> en cliquant sur le "
-"bouton''d'activation."
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Simulation du clic secondaire</gui> sur "
+"<gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60
 msgid ""
 "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it "
 "is registered as a right click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
@@ -856,7 +862,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Délai d'acceptation</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:63
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64
 msgid ""
 "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
 "button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills "
@@ -871,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "clic droit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. "
 "You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get "
@@ -882,7 +888,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "secondaire même si vous n'avez pas de retour visuel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:72
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
 msgid ""
 "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also "
 "allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your "
@@ -893,7 +899,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "appuyée la touche <key>5</key> du pavé numérique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77
+#: C/a11y-right-click.page:78
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to "
 "right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly "
@@ -906,19 +912,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'ensemble : inutile de relâcher le bouton pour faire un clic droit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17
 msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
 msgstr ""
 "Utiliser le lecteur d'écran <app>Orca</app> pour lire à haute voix "
 "l'interface utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21
 msgid "Read screen aloud"
 msgstr "Lecture de l'écran à haute voix"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21
+#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23
 msgid ""
 "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
 "interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca "
@@ -931,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'<link href=\"help:orca\">aide d'Orca</link> pour plus d'informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33
 msgid ""
 "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
 "screen."
@@ -940,12 +946,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "lettre correspondante apparaît à l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:35
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37
 msgid "Turn on slow keys"
 msgstr "Activation des touches lentes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
 "pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
@@ -963,18 +969,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "de trouver la bonne touche sur votre clavier du premier coup."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:57
-msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:59
+msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Activez les <gui>Touches lentes</gui> en basculant le bouton d'activation."
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Touches lentes</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:64
 msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
 msgstr "Activation ou désactivation rapide des touches lentes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:63
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
 msgid ""
 "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
 "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the "
@@ -988,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pendant huit secondes, vous activez/désactivez les touches lentes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:68
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70
 msgid ""
 "You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon"
 "\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</"
@@ -1002,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "activés dans le panneau <gui>Accès universel</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:75
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:77
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
 "hold a key down for it to register."
@@ -1011,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "durée d'appui sur une touche avant qu'il ne soit accepté."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78
+#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:80
 msgid ""
 "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
 "press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
@@ -1022,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "maintenu la pression suffisamment longtemps."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33
 msgid ""
 "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
 "all of the keys at once."
@@ -1031,12 +1037,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'appuyer sur toutes les touches en même temps."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:37
 msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
 msgstr "Activation des touches rémanentes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39
 msgid ""
 "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
 "rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
@@ -1055,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "résultat."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46
 msgid ""
 "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
 "several keys at once."
@@ -1064,17 +1070,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "difficultés à maintenir enfoncées plusieurs touches à la fois."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61
-msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
-msgstr "Activez les <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui>en basculant le bouton."
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:62
+msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Touches rémanentes</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:66
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
 msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
 msgstr "Activation/désactivation rapide des touches rémanentes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68
 msgid ""
 "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility "
 "features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the "
@@ -1088,7 +1095,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour activer/désactiver les touches rémanentes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:72
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73
 msgid ""
 "You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
 "icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky "
@@ -1102,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans le panneau d'<gui>Accès universel</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:79
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:80
 msgid ""
 "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
 "temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
@@ -1112,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "clavier de façon normale."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:82
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83
 msgid ""
 "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> "
 "and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to "
@@ -1129,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sont pas trop éloignées), mais d'autres pas."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:89
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:90
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1137,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour activer cette fonctionnalité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92
+#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:93
 msgid ""
 "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
 "keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
@@ -1153,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lorsqu'une touche modificatrice est enfoncée</gui> pour activer cela."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:28
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
 "played."
@@ -1162,12 +1169,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "quand une alerte sonore est émise."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33
 msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
 msgstr "Clignotement de l'écran lors des alertes sonores"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
 "and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
@@ -1180,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qu'une alerte sonore est émise."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:39
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:40
 msgid ""
 "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
 "computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/"
@@ -1192,19 +1199,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "alertes sonores puis activer les alertes visuelles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:53
 msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Alertes visuelles</gui> dans la section <gui>Audition</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
-msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:56
+msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Alertes visuelles</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title "
 "to flash."
@@ -1213,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "barre de titre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:64
+#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:65
 msgid ""
 "You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref="
 "\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting "
@@ -1229,23 +1236,23 @@ msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide."
 msgstr "Quelques conseils sur l'utilisation du manuel d'aide du bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:11
+#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12
 #: C/backup-frequency.page:16 C/backup-how.page:16 C/backup-restore.page:15
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17 C/backup-what.page:11 C/backup-where.page:13
-#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:15 C/clock-set.page:13
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:13 C/disk-benchmark.page:13 C/disk-capacity.page:8
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:17 C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:13
+#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:16 C/clock-set.page:13
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:14 C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8
 #: C/disk-check.page:9 C/disk-format.page:9 C/disk-partitions.page:9
-#: C/files-autorun.page:16 C/files-lost.page:15 C/files-recover.page:14
-#: C/files-rename.page:12 C/files-search.page:11 C/gnome-classic.page:12
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13 C/hardware-driver.page:11
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:13 C/look-background.page:13
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 C/look-resolution.page:14
+#: C/files-autorun.page:17 C/files-lost.page:13 C/files-recover.page:14
+#: C/files-rename.page:12 C/files-search.page:12 C/gnome-classic.page:12
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:14 C/hardware-driver.page:11
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:14 C/look-background.page:14
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14 C/look-resolution.page:15
 #: C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9
 #: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 C/music-player-newipod.page:9
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:10 C/net-antivirus.page:11
-#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14 C/net-wired-connect.page:12
-#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:13 C/net-wireless-connect.page:15
-#: C/net-wireless-find.page:16 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13
+#: C/net-antivirus.page:11 C/net-mobile.page:12 C/net-vpn-connect.page:14
+#: C/net-wired-connect.page:12 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:13
+#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:15 C/net-wireless-find.page:16
+#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:13
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:17
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:17
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:17
@@ -1257,19 +1264,19 @@ msgstr "Quelques conseils sur l'utilisation du manuel d'aide du bureau."
 #: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13 C/power-lowpower.page:11
 #: C/power-nowireless.page:15 C/power-othercountry.page:12
 #: C/power-suspendfail.page:13 C/power-suspend.page:12 C/power-whydim.page:14
-#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12 C/printing-streaks.page:14
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:14 C/session-language.page:14
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:13
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:12 C/shell-overview.page:21
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:14 C/shell-windows-lost.page:11
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15 C/shell-windows.page:14
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:13
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:16 C/sound-broken.page:13 C/sound-crackle.page:13
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:13 C/user-add.page:14
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:14 C/user-admin-explain.page:13
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13 C/user-changepassword.page:14
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:13 C/user-delete.page:17
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12 C/video-dvd.page:12 C/video-sending.page:12
+#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12 C/printing-streaks.page:13
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15 C/session-language.page:14
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:15 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:14 C/shell-overview.page:21
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:15 C/shell-windows-lost.page:13
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:16 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:14
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:14 C/sound-broken.page:13 C/sound-crackle.page:12
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:12 C/user-accounts.page:13 C/user-add.page:15
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:15 C/user-admin-explain.page:14
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:14 C/user-changepassword.page:15
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:14 C/user-delete.page:18
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:14
 msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
 msgstr "Le projet de documentation GNOME"
 
@@ -1353,35 +1360,49 @@ msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
 msgstr "-- L'équipe de documentation de GNOME"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-add.page:13 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/files-delete.page:22
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:12 C/files-rename.page:20 C/files-sort.page:17
-#: C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:18 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:13
+#: C/accounts-add.page:14 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:16 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:16 C/clock-timezone.page:26
+#: C/files-delete.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:20
+#: C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:24 C/more-help.page:14
+#: C/net-findip.page:18 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:14
 #: C/net-macaddress.page:17 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:12
-#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14 C/printing-2sided.page:17
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:16 C/printing-differentsize.page:16
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:18 C/printing-name-location.page:17
-#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:12
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:12 C/printing-setup.page:16
-#: C/privacy.page:16 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:13
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:13 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:28
+#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14 C/printing-2sided.page:16
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:17 C/printing-differentsize.page:16
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:16 C/printing-name-location.page:18
+#: C/printing-order.page:16 C/printing-paperjam.page:13
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:17
+#: C/privacy.page:14 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:14
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:14 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:25
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:21
 msgid "Jim Campbell"
 msgstr "Jim Campbell"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/accounts-add.page:24 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:31
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:31 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26 C/nautilus-list.page:25
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28
+#: C/privacy-location.page:13 C/session-fingerprint.page:31
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:24
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15
+msgid "2014"
+msgstr "2014"
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-add.page:21
-msgid "Connect an online account."
-msgstr "Connecter un compte en ligne."
+#: C/accounts-add.page:27
+msgid "Connect to an online account."
+msgstr "Se connecter à un compte en ligne."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-add.page:24
+#: C/accounts-add.page:30
 msgid "Add an account"
 msgstr "Ajout d'un compte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:26
+#: C/accounts-add.page:32
 msgid ""
 "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME "
 "desktop. Thus, your email program, chat program and other related "
@@ -1393,19 +1414,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:32
-msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+#: C/accounts-add.page:38 C/accounts-create.page:38
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:36 C/accounts-remove.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui> "
+"et commencez à saisir <gui>Comptes en ligne</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:42 C/accounts-create.page:42
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:40 C/accounts-remove.page:36
+msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur l'icône <gui>Comptes en ligne</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/accounts-add.page:45
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton <key>+</key> dans la partie inférieure gauche de la "
+"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> dans le coin inférieur gauche de la "
 "fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:36
+#: C/accounts-add.page:49
 msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez le type de compte que vous souhaitez ajouter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:37
+#: C/accounts-add.page:50
 msgid ""
 "If you want to add more than one account type, you can do so at a later time."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1413,18 +1451,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ultérieurement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:41
+#: C/accounts-add.page:54
 msgid ""
-"A small website window will open where you can enter your online account "
-"credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your "
-"Google username and password."
+"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online "
+"account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, "
+"enter your Google username and password."
 msgstr ""
-"Une petite fenêtre de site Web s'ouvre afin que vous saisissiez vos "
-"informations d'identification. Par exemple, si vous configurez un compte "
-"Google, saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe Google."
+"Une petite fenêtre de site Web ou une boîte de dialogue s'ouvre afin que "
+"vous puissiez saisir vos identifiants. Par exemple, si vous configurez un "
+"compte Google, saisissez votre nom d'utilisateur et votre mot de passe "
+"Google."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:46
+#: C/accounts-add.page:59
 msgid ""
 "If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to "
 "allow GNOME access to your online account. Authorize access to continue."
@@ -1434,20 +1473,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'accès pour continuer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:51
+#: C/accounts-add.page:64 C/accounts-create.page:71
 msgid ""
-"Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For "
-"example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want to "
-"use an online account for your calendar, turn the <gui>Calendar</gui> option "
-"to <gui>Off</gui>."
+"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
+"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
+"services to <gui>OFF</gui> to disable them."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez les applications que vous voulez mettre en relation avec votre "
-"compte en ligne. Par exemple, si vous voulez utiliser un compte en ligne "
-"pour les discussions, mais pas pour l'agenda, basculez l'interrupteur "
-"<gui>Agenda</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
+"Tous les services offerts par un fournisseur de compte seront activés par "
+"défaut. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Basculez</link> "
+"individuellement chaque interrupteur de chaque service sur <gui>Désactivé</"
+"gui> pour le désactiver."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:58
+#: C/accounts-add.page:70
 msgid ""
 "After you have added the accounts, each application that you have selected "
 "will automatically use those credentials when you start them."
@@ -1457,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lorsque vous les lancerez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-add.page:62
+#: C/accounts-add.page:74
 msgid ""
 "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer. "
 "Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you "
@@ -1471,25 +1509,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">supprimez</link> cette dernière."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-create.page:17 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:20 C/keyboard-nav.page:16 C/keyboard-osk.page:20
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18
+#: C/accounts-create.page:18 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:21 C/keyboard-nav.page:17 C/keyboard-osk.page:19
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:21
 #: C/keyboard.page:22
 msgid "Julita Inca"
 msgstr "Julita Inca"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-create.page:25
+#: C/accounts-create.page:26
 msgid "Create a new account using <app>Online Accounts</app>."
 msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte en utilisant <app>Comptes en ligne</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-create.page:28
+#: C/accounts-create.page:29
 msgid "Create an online account"
 msgstr "Création d'un compte en ligne"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:30
+#: C/accounts-create.page:31
 msgid ""
 "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account while "
 "adding it to <app>Online Accounts</app>. This allows you to manage all your "
@@ -1501,22 +1539,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "seule application."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:37 C/accounts-disable-service.page:33
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:29
-msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez l'application <app>Comptes en ligne</app> à partir de la vue "
-"d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:41
+#: C/accounts-create.page:45
 msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:44
+#: C/accounts-create.page:48
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of account which you want to add. Some account types may "
 "<link xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
@@ -1526,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">soient pas disponibles</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:49
+#: C/accounts-create.page:53
 msgid ""
 "If the service allows you to create an account, you should see more "
 "information on how to do this."
@@ -1535,7 +1563,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'informations sur la façon de procéder."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:52
+#: C/accounts-create.page:56
 msgid ""
 "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at "
 "this stage. If this is true of the service you wish to register, you will "
@@ -1547,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utiliser une méthode alternative pour créer un compte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:59
+#: C/accounts-create.page:63
 msgid ""
 "Fill in the registration form. You will typically be asked for some personal "
 "details such as username and password."
@@ -1556,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "des informations personnelles telles que nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:63
+#: C/accounts-create.page:67
 msgid ""
 "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it with "
 "<app>Online Accounts</app>."
@@ -1564,35 +1592,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous devez autoriser l'accès de GNOME à votre nouveau compte pour l'utiliser "
 "avec les <app>Comptes en ligne</app>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-create.page:67
-msgid ""
-"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by "
-"default. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual "
-"services to <gui>Off</gui> to disable them."
-msgstr ""
-"Tous les services offerts par un fournisseur de compte seront activés par "
-"défaut. <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Basculez</link> "
-"individuellement chaque service sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> pour les désactiver."
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:16
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:17
 msgid ""
 "Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar "
 "and email). You can control which of these services can be used by "
 "applications."
 msgstr ""
 "Certains comptes en ligne peuvent être utilisés pour accéder à de nombreux "
-"services (comme les agendas et les courriels). Vous pouvez contrôler "
-"quels services peuvent être utilisés par les applications."
+"services (comme les agendas et les courriels). Vous pouvez contrôler quels "
+"services peuvent être utilisés par les applications."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:22
 msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access"
 msgstr "Contrôle des services en ligne accessibles par un compte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24
 msgid ""
 "Some types of online account allow you to access several services with the "
 "same user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, "
@@ -1603,14 +1620,14 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Certains types de compte en ligne vous permettent d'accéder à de nombreux "
 "services avec le même compte utilisateur. Par exemple, les comptes Google "
-"fournissent un accès aux agendas, courriels, contacts et discussions. Il "
-"est possible que vous ne vouliez utiliser que certains services. Par "
-"exemple, vous pouvez vouloir utiliser votre compte Google pour les courriels "
-"mais pas pour les discussions, parce que vous possédez un autre compte en "
-"ligne pour les discussions."
+"fournissent un accès aux agendas, courriels, contacts et discussions. Il est "
+"possible que vous ne vouliez utiliser que certains services. Par exemple, "
+"vous pouvez vouloir utiliser votre compte Google pour les courriels mais pas "
+"pour les discussions, parce que vous possédez un autre compte en ligne pour "
+"les discussions."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:31
 msgid ""
 "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online "
 "account:"
@@ -1618,34 +1635,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez désactiver certains services fournis par chaque compte en ligne :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:37
-msgid "Select the account you want to change from the list on the left."
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:43
+msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the left."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le compte que vous voulez modifier dans la liste sur la gauche."
+"Sélectionnez le compte que vous voulez modifier dans la liste de gauche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:40
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown "
-#| "under <gui>Use this account for</gui>."
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:47
 msgid ""
 "A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under "
 "<gui>Use for</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Une liste de services disponibles avec ce compte est affichée sous "
-"<gui>Utiliser ce compte pour</gui>."
+"<gui>Utiliser pour</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:44
-msgid "Switch off any of the services that you don't want to be used."
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:51
+msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use."
 msgstr "Désélectionnez chaque service que vous ne voulez pas utiliser."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:48
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your "
-"computer won't be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
+"computer will not be able to use the account to connect to that service any "
 "more."
 msgstr ""
 "Une fois qu'un service a été désactivé pour un compte, les applications sur "
@@ -1653,7 +1666,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "connecter à ce service."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:52
+#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:59
 msgid ""
 "To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online "
 "Accounts</gui> window and switch it on."
@@ -1663,7 +1676,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
 #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:13 C/help-irc.page:12
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:12
 #: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:17
 msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
 msgstr "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
@@ -1691,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
 msgid ""
-"If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
+"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the "
 "developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?";
 "product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1701,36 +1714,42 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">gestionnaire de suivi de bogues</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:22
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:23
 msgid "Delete an online account."
 msgstr "Supprimer un compte en ligne."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:25
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:26
 msgid "Remove an account"
 msgstr "Suppression d'un compte"
 
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:28
+msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez supprimer un compte en ligne que vous ne souhaitez plus utiliser."
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:33
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:39
 msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez le compte que vous souhaitez supprimer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:36
-msgid "Click the <key>-</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:42
+msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton <key>-</key> dans la partie inférieure gauche de la "
+"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>-</gui> dans le coin inférieur gauche de la "
 "fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:40
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:46
 msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Supprimer</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:45
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:51
 msgid ""
-"Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link xref="
+"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref="
 "\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your "
 "desktop."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1739,27 +1758,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-remove.page:50
+#: C/accounts-remove.page:56
 msgid ""
-"To remove GNOME's access to the online account, you should revoke the access "
-"through the account's website or similar service."
+"To prevent GNOME from accessing the online account, you should revoke the "
+"access through the account's website or similar service."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour supprimer l'accès au compte en ligne de GNOME, vous devrez annuler cet "
-"accès auprès du site internet du compte ou d'un service similaire."
+"Pour empêcher l'accès de GNOME à ce compte en ligne, vous devez annuler "
+"cette possibilité auprès du site internet du compte ou d'un service "
+"similaire."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:15
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16
 msgid "2012, 2013"
 msgstr "2012, 2013"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22 C/look-background.page:29
-#: C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:21
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/look-background.page:30
+#: C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:22
 msgid "Andre Klapper"
 msgstr "Andre Klapper"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:26
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:27
 msgid ""
 "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and "
 "the services they exploit."
@@ -1768,12 +1788,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ligne</app> et les services qu'elles exploitent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:32
 msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
 msgstr "Quelles applications utilisent les comptes en ligne ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:31
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34
 msgid ""
 "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to "
 "automatically configure themselves."
@@ -1782,12 +1802,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour se configurer automatiquement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:35
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:38
 msgid "With a Google account"
 msgstr "Avec un compte Google"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:39
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:42
 msgid ""
 "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be "
 "added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, "
@@ -1800,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "données dans votre agenda Google."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:45
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:48
 msgid ""
 "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account "
 "will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
@@ -1809,26 +1829,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "ligne est ajouté et vous pouvez communiquer avec vos amis."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:53
 msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
 msgstr ""
 "<app>Contacts</app> : cette application vous permet d'afficher et de "
 "modifier vos contacts."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:54
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57
 msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
 msgstr ""
 "<app>Documents</app> : cette application peut accéder à vos documents en "
 "ligne et les afficher."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:61
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64
 msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
 msgstr "Avec des comptes Windows Live, Facebook ou Twitter"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:66
 msgid ""
 "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat "
 "with your contacts, friends, and followers."
@@ -1837,26 +1857,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "avec vos contacts, vos amis et vos abonnés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:68
-msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
-msgstr "Avec un compte SkyDrive"
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71
+msgid "With a OneDrive account"
+msgstr "Avec un compte OneDrive"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:73
 msgid ""
-"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive "
+"<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft OneDrive "
 "and display them."
 msgstr ""
 "<app>Documents</app> peut accéder à vos documents en ligne dans Microsoft "
-"SkyDrive et les afficher."
+"OneDrive et les afficher."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:75
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78
 msgid "With a Exchange account"
 msgstr "Avec un compte Exchange"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:80
 msgid ""
 "Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start "
 "retrieving mails from this account."
@@ -1865,12 +1885,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "de courriels dans ce compte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:82
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:85
 msgid "With a ownCloud account"
 msgstr "Avec un compte ownCloud"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:84
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
 msgid ""
 "When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access "
 "and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
@@ -1879,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'accéder aux contacts et aux rendez-vous de l'agenda, et de les modifier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87
+#: C/accounts-which-application.page:90
 msgid ""
 "<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your "
 "online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
@@ -1888,39 +1908,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "fichiers en ligne stockés dans ownCloud et y accéder."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:12
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13
 msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
 msgstr "Susanna Huhtanen"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:21
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:27
 msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
 msgstr ""
 "Pourquoi ajouter vos courriels ou vos comptes de réseau social à votre "
 "bureau ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:24
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:30
 msgid "Why should I add an account?"
 msgstr "Pourquoi devrais-je ajouter un compte ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:26
+#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
 msgid ""
-"Adding your accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat and "
-"e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the services a "
-"seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can easily "
-"keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same "
-"time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all "
-"the accounts and services you've added are ready for you."
+"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, "
+"chat and e-mail straight to your desktop and makes the information of the "
+"services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts you can "
+"easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at "
+"the same time. Just set up your online accounts once and every time you "
+"start your computer all the accounts and services that you have added are "
+"ready to use."
 msgstr ""
-"L'ajout de vos comptes vous apporte la possibilité de services comme "
-"l'agenda ou les courriels directement sur votre ordinateur et harmonise "
-"les informations des services. En ajoutant des comptes, vous pouvez "
-"facilement rester en contact avec les services de vos différents comptes, "
-"comme les discussions, en même temps. Il suffit de configurer votre compte "
-"une seule fois et à chaque fois que vous allumez votre ordinateur, tous les "
-"services que vous avez choisis sont prêts."
+"L'ajout de vos comptes en ligne vous apporte la possibilité de choisir entre "
+"des services comme Agenda, Discussions ou Courriels directement sur votre "
+"ordinateur et harmonise les informations de ces services. En ajoutant des "
+"comptes, vous pouvez facilement rester en contact avec les services de vos "
+"différents comptes, comme les discussions, en même temps. Il suffit de "
+"configurer vos comptes en ligne une seule fois et à chaque fois que vous "
+"allumez votre ordinateur, tous les services que vous avez choisis sont prêts."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/accounts.page:16
@@ -1952,18 +1973,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "comptes de discussion et d'autres similarités, à partir de vos applications "
 "sans avoir à saisir vos informations de comptes à nouveau."
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/screen-shot-record.page:27
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:22
+msgid "David King"
+msgstr "David King"
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-check.page:7
+#: C/backup-check.page:22
 msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
 msgstr "Vérifier que votre sauvegarde est réussie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-check.page:17
+#: C/backup-check.page:25
 msgid "Check your backup"
 msgstr "Vérification de votre sauvegarde"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:19
+#: C/backup-check.page:27
 msgid ""
 "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
 "was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
@@ -1974,22 +2001,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "perdre des données importantes s'il manque des fichiers dans la sauvegarde."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:23
+#: C/backup-check.page:31
 msgid ""
-"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
+"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
 "make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
 "transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
 "additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
 msgstr ""
-"Quand vous vous servez du gestionnaire de fichiers pour copier ou déplacer "
-"des fichiers, votre ordinateur vérifie que toutes les données sont "
-"transférées correctement. Cependant, si vous manipulez des fichiers "
-"extrêmement importants, il est de bon usage d'effectuer vous même quelques "
-"vérifications complémentaires afin d'être sûr que tout s'est déroulé "
-"parfaitement."
+"Quand vous vous servez de <app>Fichiers</app>pour copier ou déplacer des "
+"fichiers, votre ordinateur vérifie que toutes les données sont transférées "
+"correctement. Cependant, si vous manipulez des fichiers extrêmement "
+"importants, il est de bon usage d'effectuer vous même quelques vérifications "
+"complémentaires afin d'être sûr que tout s'est déroulé parfaitement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:29
+#: C/backup-check.page:37
 msgid ""
 "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
 "the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
@@ -2002,7 +2028,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bien déroulé pendant le processus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/backup-check.page:34
+#: C/backup-check.page:42
 msgid ""
 "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
 "find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</"
@@ -2014,38 +2040,38 @@ msgstr ""
 "comme <app>Déjà Dup</app> par exemple. Ce genre de programme est plus "
 "puissant et plus fiable qu'un simple copier-coller."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
-msgid ""
-"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
-"they're safe."
-msgstr ""
-"Apprendre à estimer la fréquence de sauvegarde des fichiers importants pour "
-"votre sécurité."
-
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
 #: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13 C/backup-what.page:15 C/backup-where.page:17
-#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:14 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:13
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:13 C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:17
+#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:14 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:14
 #: C/contacts-search.page:13 C/display-dual-monitors.page:13
-#: C/files-browse.page:15 C/files-copy.page:17 C/get-involved.page:12
+#: C/files-browse.page:14 C/files-copy.page:17 C/get-involved.page:12
 #: C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:15
 #: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18 C/mouse.page:15 C/nautilus-behavior.page:14
 #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14
 #: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14 C/nautilus-views.page:14
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:14 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:11
-#: C/user-delete.page:13 C/user-goodpassword.page:20
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:12 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:12
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:12 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 C/translate.page:11
+#: C/user-delete.page:14 C/user-goodpassword.page:20
 msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
 msgstr "Tiffany Antopolski"
 
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/backup-frequency.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
+"they are safe."
+msgstr ""
+"Apprendre à estimer la fréquence de sauvegarde des fichiers importants pour "
+"votre sécurité."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:26
 msgid "Frequency of backups"
 msgstr "Fréquence des sauvegardes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:24
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
 msgid ""
 "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
 "For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
@@ -2057,7 +2083,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "suffisante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:28
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:32
 msgid ""
 "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
 "hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
@@ -2068,19 +2094,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "éléments suivants pour planifier la fréquence des sauvegardes :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:33
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
 msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
 msgstr "le temps passé sur votre ordinateur,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
 msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
 msgstr ""
 "combien de fois et dans quelles proportions les données de l'ordinateur sont-"
 "elles modifiées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:37
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:41
 msgid ""
 "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
 "changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
@@ -2094,7 +2120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fiscal, sauvegardez les fichiers concernés beaucoup plus souvent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-frequency.page:42
+#: C/backup-frequency.page:46
 msgid ""
 "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
 "than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
@@ -2107,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "les documents perdus, alors faites au minimum une sauvegarde par semaine."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-how.page:7
+#: C/backup-how.page:26
 msgid ""
 "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
 "valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
@@ -2116,12 +2142,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "copies de vos documents et paramètres importants afin d'éviter des pertes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-how.page:26
+#: C/backup-how.page:30
 msgid "How to back up"
 msgstr "Procédure de sauvegarde"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:28
+#: C/backup-how.page:32
 msgid ""
 "The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
 "application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
@@ -2132,7 +2158,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "applications disponibles, dont <app>Déjà Dup</app> par exemple."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:32
+#: C/backup-how.page:36
 msgid ""
 "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
 "your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
@@ -2141,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurer vos paramètres de sauvegarde et de restauration de vos données."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:35
+#: C/backup-how.page:39
 msgid ""
 "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
 "to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
@@ -2156,7 +2182,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dossier personnel d'où vous pouvez les copier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:40
+#: C/backup-how.page:44
 msgid ""
 "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
 "device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
@@ -2168,7 +2194,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Dossier personnel à l'exception :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:45
+#: C/backup-how.page:49
 msgid ""
 "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
 "other removable media."
@@ -2177,10 +2203,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "un autre support amovible,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:47
+#: C/backup-how.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
-"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
+"you do not have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
 "programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
 msgstr ""
 "des fichiers que vous pouvez facilement recréer. Par exemple, si vous êtes "
@@ -2189,7 +2215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de bien sauvegarder les fichiers source originaux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-how.page:51
+#: C/backup-how.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/."
 "local/share/Trash</file>."
@@ -2242,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "instructions propres à la restauration de vos fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:27
 msgid ""
 "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
 "may want to back up."
@@ -2251,12 +2277,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "paramètres que vous aimeriez sans doute sauvegarder."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:28
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31
 msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
 msgstr "Où trouver les fichiers à sauvegarder ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33
 msgid ""
 "Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
 "step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
@@ -2268,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "leur localisation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39
 msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
 msgstr "Fichiers personnels (documents, musique, photos et vidéos)"
 
@@ -2276,7 +2302,7 @@ msgstr "Fichiers personnels (documents, musique, photos et vidéos)"
 #. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
 #. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
 #. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
 msgid ""
 "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
 "They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
@@ -2287,9 +2313,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "« Bureau », « Documents », « Images », « Musique » et « Vidéos »."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
 msgid ""
-"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
+"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, "
 "for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
 "how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
 "Analyzer</app>."
@@ -2301,34 +2327,42 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'utilisation des disques</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:47
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:50
 msgid "Hidden files"
 msgstr "Fichiers cachés"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53 C/files-browse.page:82 C/files-hidden.page:48
+#: C/files-hidden.page:54 C/files-hidden.page:65 C/files-hidden.page:72
+#: C/files-lost.page:53 C/files-sort.page:49 C/files-sort.page:71
+#: C/files-tilde.page:37 C/hardware-cardreader.page:44
+msgid "View options"
+msgstr "Options d'affichage"
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
-"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</"
-"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can "
-"copy these to a backup location like any other file."
+"To view hidden files, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the "
+"toolbar, and then choose <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup "
+"location like any other file."
 msgstr ""
 "Tout fichier ou dossier dont le nom commence par un point (.) est masqué par "
-"défaut. Pour afficher les fichiers cachés, cliquez sur "
-"<guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq> "
-"ou pressez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
-"keyseq>. Vous pouvez copier ces fichiers dans une sauvegarde comme n'importe "
-"quel autre fichier."
+"défaut. Pour afficher les fichiers cachés, cliquez sur <gui><_:media-1/></"
+"gui> dans la barre d'outils et choisissez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</"
+"gui>, ou pressez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+"keyseq>. Vous pouvez sauvegarder ces fichiers comme n'importe quel autre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:55
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:60
 msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
 msgstr ""
 "Réglages personnels (préférences du bureau, thèmes et paramètres des "
 "logiciels)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61
 msgid ""
 "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
 "folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
@@ -2338,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "explications sur les fichiers cachés)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:63
 msgid ""
 "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
 "<file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>."
@@ -2349,16 +2383,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "file> et <file>.local</file> dans votre dossier personnel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69
 msgid "System-wide settings"
 msgstr "Préférences système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65
+#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:70
 msgid ""
-"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
+"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home "
 "folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
-"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
+"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you will not need to "
 "back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
 "however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2371,19 +2405,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'utilisation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-what.page:7
-msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
+#: C/backup-what.page:26
+msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong."
 msgstr ""
 "Sauvegarder tout ce qu'il n'est pas envisageable de perdre si quelque chose "
 "va mal."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:26
+#: C/backup-what.page:30
 msgid "What to back up"
 msgstr "Que faut-il sauvegarder ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:28
+#: C/backup-what.page:32
 msgid ""
 "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout"
 "\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to "
@@ -2394,12 +2428,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "recréer. Par exemple, classés du plus au moins important :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:35
+#: C/backup-what.page:39
 msgid "Your personal files"
 msgstr "Vos fichiers personnels"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:36
+#: C/backup-what.page:40
 msgid ""
 "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
 "financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
@@ -2410,12 +2444,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "encore d'autres fichiers personnels que vous considérez comme irremplaçables."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:42
+#: C/backup-what.page:46
 msgid "Your personal settings"
 msgstr "Vos réglages personnels"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:43
+#: C/backup-what.page:47
 msgid ""
 "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
 "resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
@@ -2431,12 +2465,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "temps."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:51
+#: C/backup-what.page:55
 msgid "System settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:52
+#: C/backup-what.page:56
 msgid ""
 "Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
 "installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
@@ -2449,12 +2483,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "serveur alors il vous faut sauvegarder ces réglages."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/backup-what.page:59
+#: C/backup-what.page:63
 msgid "Installed software"
 msgstr "Logiciels installés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:60
+#: C/backup-what.page:64
 msgid ""
 "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
 "computer problem by reinstalling it."
@@ -2463,7 +2497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "après un problème sérieux de votre ordinateur en les réinstallant."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-what.page:65
+#: C/backup-what.page:69
 msgid ""
 "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
 "that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
@@ -2475,27 +2509,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "gaspiller de l'espace de stockage pour sauvegarder des fichiers facilement "
 "remplaçables."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/backup-where.page:7
+msgctxt "sort"
+msgid "c"
+msgstr "c"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-where.page:23
 msgid ""
 "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
 msgstr ""
 "Conseils sur l'endroit où stocker vos sauvegardes et sur le type de "
 "périphérique de stockage à utiliser."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:9
-msgctxt "sort"
-msgid "c"
-msgstr "c"
-
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:23
+#: C/backup-where.page:27
 msgid "Where to store your backup"
 msgstr "Où stocker vos sauvegardes ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:25
+#: C/backup-where.page:29
 msgid ""
 "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
 "computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
@@ -2511,7 +2545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "un vol, les deux copies peuvent être perdues."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:31
+#: C/backup-where.page:35
 msgid ""
 "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
 "need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
@@ -2522,55 +2556,51 @@ msgstr ""
 "accueillir toutes vos sauvegardes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/backup-where.page:36
+#: C/backup-where.page:40
 msgid "Local and remote storage options"
 msgstr "Options de stockage locale et distante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:38
+#: C/backup-where.page:42
 msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
 msgstr "Clé USB (faible capacité)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:41
+#: C/backup-where.page:45
 msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
 msgstr "Disque dur interne (haute capacité)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:44
+#: C/backup-where.page:48
 msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
 msgstr "Disque dur externe (typiquement haute capacité)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:47
+#: C/backup-where.page:51
 msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
 msgstr "Périphérique réseau (haute capacité)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:50
+#: C/backup-where.page:54
 msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
 msgstr "Serveur de fichiers ou de sauvegardes (haute capacité)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:53
+#: C/backup-where.page:57
 msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
 msgstr "CD ou DVD vierges (faible/moyenne capacité)"
 
-# Lien amazon francisé (ça évite une redirection).
-# Le site d'Ubuntu One n'est pas encore traduit.
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:56
+#: C/backup-where.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\";>Amazon S3</"
-"link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</link>, for "
-"example; capacity depends on price)"
+"link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
 msgstr ""
 "Service de sauvegarde en ligne (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/fr/s3/";
-"\">Amazon S3</link> ou <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\";>Ubuntu One</"
-"link>, par exemple ; les capacités sont fonction du prix)"
+"\">Amazon S3</link> par exemple ; les capacités sont fonction du prix)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-where.page:62
+#: C/backup-where.page:66
 msgid ""
 "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
 "every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
@@ -2579,24 +2609,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'y sauvegarder tous les fichiers de votre système, également appelée <em> "
 "sauvegarde intégrale du système</em>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/backup-why.page:7
-msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
-msgstr "Pourquoi, de quoi, où et comment faire des sauvegardes ?"
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/backup-why.page:8
+#: C/backup-why.page:7
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Backups"
 msgstr "Sauvegardes"
 
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/backup-why.page:19
+msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
+msgstr "Pourquoi, de quoi, où et comment faire des sauvegardes ?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-why.page:22
 msgid "Back up your important files"
 msgstr "Sauvegarde de vos fichiers importants"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:21
+#: C/backup-why.page:24
 msgid ""
 "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
 "safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
@@ -2613,7 +2643,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DVD ou un service extérieur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/backup-why.page:28
+#: C/backup-why.page:31
 msgid ""
 "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
 "off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
@@ -2623,7 +2653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "les originaux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth.page:17
+#: C/bluetooth.page:18
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref="
 "\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
@@ -2634,12 +2664,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "turn-on-off\">activation et désactivation</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:26
+#: C/bluetooth.page:27
 msgid "Bluetooth"
 msgstr "Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth.page:28
+#: C/bluetooth.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
 "types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
@@ -2655,36 +2685,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "exemple entre un ordinateur et un téléphone portable."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:50
+#: C/bluetooth.page:51
 msgctxt "link"
 msgid "Bluetooth problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/bluetooth.page:53 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:41
+#: C/bluetooth.page:54 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:41
 msgid "Problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes"
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15
-msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
-msgstr "Associer des périphériques Bluetooth."
-
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13
-#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16
-#: C/printing-setup.page:20 C/session-fingerprint.page:18
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:20
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22 C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13
+#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:17
+#: C/printing-setup.page:21 C/session-fingerprint.page:19
 msgid "Paul W. Frields"
 msgstr "Paul W. Frields"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:40
+msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
+msgstr "Associer des périphériques Bluetooth."
+
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:36
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43
 msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
 msgstr "Association d'un ordinateur à un périphérique Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:38
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
 "need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
@@ -2696,32 +2726,26 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:44 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:51
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:52 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:52
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:89
-msgid "Click the system status area of the top bar."
-msgstr "Cliquez dans la zone d'état du système de la barre supérieure."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:57
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:55 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:51 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:58 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:61
 msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. La partie Bluetooth du menu se déroule."
+"Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</"
+"link> et commencez à saisir <gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:51 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:63
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:59
-msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:55 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:67
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:62 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:65
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Bluetooth</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58
 msgid ""
-"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
+"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to "
 "<gui>ON</gui>. With the panel open and the switch <gui>ON</gui>, your "
 "computer will begin searching for devices."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2731,18 +2755,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "périphériques."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:63
 msgid ""
 "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility"
-"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 "
-"feet) of your computer."
+"\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 5-10 meters (about "
+"16-33 feet) of your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Assurez-vous que le périphérique Bluetooth est <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
-"visibility\">visible ou détectable</link> et placez-le à moins d'une dizaine "
-"de mètres de l'ordinateur."
+"visibility\">visible ou détectable</link> et placez-le entre 5 et 10 mètres "
+"de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68
 msgid ""
 "Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device "
 "will open."
@@ -2751,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cliquez dessus. Le panneau le concernant s'ouvre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
 msgid ""
 "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
 "you the PIN you see on your computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device "
@@ -2765,7 +2789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Confirmer</gui> à l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:72
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:76
 msgid ""
 "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
 "the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
@@ -2776,27 +2800,38 @@ msgstr ""
 "revenez à la liste des périphériques et recommencez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:77
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:81
+msgid ""
+"The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a "
+"<gui>Connected</gui> status."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrée du périphérique dans la liste des <gui>Périphériques</gui> affiche "
+"l'état <gui>Connecté</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:85
 msgid ""
-"A panel specific to the external device appears when the connection "
-"successfully completes. It may display additional options applicable to the "
-"type of device to which you're connecting. Select the desired options and "
-"click <gui>Done</gui>. The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> "
-"list will show a status of <gui>Connected</gui>."
+"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see "
+"a panel specific to the device. It may display additional options applicable "
+"to the type of device to which you are connecting."
 msgstr ""
-"Un panneau spécifique au périphérique externe s'ouvre dès que la connexion "
-"est établie. Des options supplémentaires selon le type de votre périphérique "
-"apparaissent. Choisissez celles qui vous conviennent et appuyez sur "
-"<gui>Appliquer</gui>. Le statut du périphérique dans la liste est maintenant "
-"<gui>Connecté</gui>."
+"Pour modifier un périphérique, cliquez dessus dans la liste des "
+"<gui>Périphériques</gui>. Un panneau spécifique à ce périphérique s'affiche "
+"et montre les options suuplémentaires applicables au type de périphérique "
+"auquel vous vous connectez."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:90
+msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings."
+msgstr "Fermez le panneau après avoir modifié les paramètres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:87
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:96
 msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar"
 msgstr "L'icône Bluetooth dans la barre du haut de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:89
+#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:98
 msgid ""
 "When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears "
 "in the system status area."
@@ -2804,28 +2839,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lorsqu'un ou plusieurs périphériques Bluetooth sont connectés, l'icône "
 "Bluetooth apparaît dans la zone d'état du système."
 
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:98
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
-"connection</link> later if desired."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">supprimer une "
-"connexion Bluetooth</link> plus tard si vous le voulez."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103
-msgid ""
-"To control sharing to your <file>Downloads</file> folder, refer to the "
-"<gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour contrôler l'accès aux fichiers partagés de votre dossier "
-"<file>Téléchargements</file>, référez-vous aux paramètres de <gui>Partage via "
-"Bluetooth</gui> : <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27
 msgid ""
 "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
 "be disabled or blocked."
@@ -2834,12 +2849,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "le Bluetooth peut être désactivé ou bloqué."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29
-msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31
+msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device"
 msgstr "Impossible de connecter mon périphérique Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:33
 msgid ""
 "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
 "Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
@@ -2848,12 +2863,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "téléphone ou un micro-casque, sont nombreuses."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38
 msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
 msgstr "Connexion bloquée ou manquant de fiabilité"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
 "change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
@@ -2865,33 +2880,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "connexions."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
 msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
 msgstr "Le matériel Bluetooth n'est pas reconnu"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:45
 msgid ""
-"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
-"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
-"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
-"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
-"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
+"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the "
+"computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</"
+"link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not "
+"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for "
+"them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth "
+"adapter."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre adaptateur/dongle Bluetooth n'est pas reconnu par l'ordinateur. Cela "
-"peut être dû au fait que les <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">pilotes</link> "
-"pour cet adaptateur ne sont pas installés. Certains adaptateurs Bluetooth ne "
-"sont pas pris en charge par Linux et vous ne pouvez pas trouver de pilote "
-"qui convienne. Dans ce cas, il faudra vous procurer un autre adaptateur "
-"Bluetooth."
+"Si votre adaptateur ou dongle Bluetooth n'est pas reconnu par l'ordinateur, "
+"cela peut être dû au fait que les <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">pilotes</"
+"link> pour cet adaptateur ne sont pas installés. Certains adaptateurs "
+"Bluetooth ne sont pas pris en charge par Linux et vous ne pouvez pas trouver "
+"de pilote qui convienne. Dans ce cas, il faudra vous procurer un autre "
+"adaptateur Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50
-msgid "Adapter not switched on"
-msgstr "L'adaptateur n'est pas allumé"
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+msgid "Adapter is not switched on"
+msgstr "L'adaptateur est éteint"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:53
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:56
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
 "icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref="
@@ -2902,28 +2918,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Désactivé</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:57
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth "
-"panel and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</"
-"link>."
+"panel and check that it is not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
+"\">disabled</link>."
 msgstr ""
 "Assurez-vous que votre adaptateur est bien allumé. Ouvrez le panneau "
 "Bluetooth et vérifiez qu'il n'est pas <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off"
 "\">Désactivé</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:63
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:66
 msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
 msgstr "La connexion du périphérique Bluetooth est coupée"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:67
 msgid ""
-"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to, "
-"and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</"
-"link>. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that "
-"it's not in airplane mode."
+"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect "
+"to, and that it is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or "
+"visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a phone, make "
+"sure that it is not in airplane mode."
 msgstr ""
 "Vérifiez que le Bluetooth est activé sur le périphérique que vous essayez de "
 "connecter et qu'il est bien <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">détectable "
@@ -2931,12 +2947,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "téléphone, assurez-vous qu'il n'est pas en mode avion."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:73
 msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
 msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'adaptateur Bluetooth sur votre ordinateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72
+#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:74
 msgid ""
 "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
 "want to use Bluetooth."
@@ -2945,37 +2961,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "adaptateur si vous voulez utiliser le Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36
 msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
 msgstr "Retirer un périphérique de la liste des périphériques Bluetooth."
 
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22 C/session-fingerprint.page:30
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:16 C/sharing-displayname.page:13
-msgid "2014"
-msgstr "2014"
-
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32
-msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
-msgstr "Suppression d'une connexion entre des périphériques Bluetooth"
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:39
+msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device"
+msgstr "Déconnexion d'un périphérique Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:34
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:41
 msgid ""
-"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
+"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
 "remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
 "like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
 "from a device."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous ne voulez plus être connecté à un périphérique Bluetooth, vous "
 "pouvez supprimer la connexion. C'est utile si vous ne voulez plus utiliser "
-"une souris ou un micro-casque, ou si vous ne voulez plus transférer de "
+"une souris ou un casque micro, ou si vous ne voulez plus transférer de "
 "fichiers vers ou depuis un périphérique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:48
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
 "<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
@@ -2983,25 +2992,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la <gui>barre de menu</gui> et "
 "sélectionnez <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:65
+msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:66
-msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect from the list."
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:71
+msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez le périphérique que vous voulez déconnecter dans la liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:69
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:74
 msgid ""
-"In the device dialogue box, switch <gui>Connection</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui> "
-"and click <gui>Done</gui>, or to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</"
-"gui> list, click <gui>Remove Device</gui>."
+"In the device dialog box, switch <gui>Connection</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>, or "
+"to remove the device from the <gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove "
+"Device</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la boîte de dialogue, basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Connexion</gui> sur "
-"<gui>Désactivé</gui> et cliquez sur <gui>Appliquer</gui>. Pour supprimer le "
-"périphérique de la liste, cliquez sur <gui>Retirer de la liste</gui>."
+"<gui>Désactivé</gui>, ou pour supprimer le périphérique de la liste, cliquez "
+"sur <gui>Retirer de la liste</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:75
+#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:80
 msgid ""
 "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
 "device</link> later if desired."
@@ -3010,18 +3024,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "périphérique Bluetooth</link> ultérieurement si vous le souhaitez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:16
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37
 msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
 msgstr ""
 "Partager des fichiers avec un périphérique Bluetooth comme votre téléphone."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:34
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40
 msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
 msgstr "Envoi de fichiers vers un périphérique Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:44
 msgid ""
 "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
 "phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
@@ -3038,11 +3052,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:44
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50
 msgid ""
 "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
-"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
-"files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
+"phones or other computers. Some types of devices do not allow the transfer "
+"of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth "
 "settings window."
 msgstr ""
 "Il est possible d'envoyer des fichiers vers des périphériques Bluetooth "
@@ -3052,7 +3066,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la fenêtre paramètres Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:62
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65
 msgid ""
 "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to "
 "<gui>ON</gui>."
@@ -3061,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:69
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the "
 "files. If the desired device is not shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the "
@@ -3074,28 +3088,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">connecter</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
 msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears."
 msgstr "Un panneau spécifique au périphérique externe apparaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Send Files...</gui> The file chooser appears."
-msgid "Click <gui>Send Files...</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:76
+msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer des fichiers...</gui> pour ouvrir le navigateur de "
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer des fichiers…</gui> pour ouvrir le navigateur de "
 "fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:76
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:79
 msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Choisissez le fichier que vous voulez envoyer et cliquez sur "
 "<gui>Sélectionner</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
 msgid ""
 "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
 "select each file."
@@ -3104,12 +3116,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "<key>Ctrl</key> pendant que vous les sélectionnez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
+#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:84
 msgid ""
 "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
-"the file. Once the owner accepts, the <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> "
-"progress bar will be shown on your screen. Click <gui>Cancel</gui> when the "
-"transfer is complete."
+"the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File Transfer</gui> dialog will show the "
+"progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete."
 msgstr ""
 "Le propriétaire du périphérique destinataire doit habituellement appuyer sur "
 "un bouton pour accepter le fichier. Dès que le propriétaire a accepté, la "
@@ -3117,45 +3128,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Annuler</gui> lorsque le transfert est terminé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:36
 msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le périphérique Bluetooth sur votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:39
 msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
 msgstr "Activation ou désactivation du Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:44
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:51
 msgid ""
-"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
-"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
-"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the "
+"menu bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Activez le Bluetooth pour utiliser des périphériques Bluetooth et envoyer ou "
-"recevoir des fichiers, mais désactivez-le pour économiser l'énergie. Pour "
-"activer le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre de menu et "
-"cliquez sur <gui>Activer le Bluetooth</gui>."
+"Activez le Bluetooth pour vous connecter aux autres périphériques Bluetooth, "
+"ou désactivez-le pour économiser l'énergie. Pour activer le Bluetooth, "
+"cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth dans la barre de menu et basculez "
+"l'interrupteur <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:48
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:56
 msgid ""
-"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
-"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
+"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it "
+"off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
 msgstr ""
-"Activez le Bluetooth pour utiliser des périphériques Bluetooth et envoyer ou "
-"recevoir des fichiers, mais désactivez-le pour économiser l'énergie. Pour "
-"activer le Bluetooth :"
+"Activez le Bluetooth pour vous connecter aux autres périphériques Bluetooth, "
+"ou désactivez-le pour économiser l'énergie. Pour activer le Bluetooth :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:62
-msgid "Set the switch in the titlebar to <gui>ON</gui>."
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:68
+msgid "Set the switch at the top to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculez l'interrupteur dans la barre des titres sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
+"Basculez l'interrupteur dans la partie supérieure sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:69
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
 "Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
@@ -3171,7 +3181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la touche clavier grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:75
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:81
 msgid ""
 "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
 "Bluetooth on and off. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your "
@@ -3184,26 +3194,52 @@ msgstr ""
 "On peut souvent accéder à la touche clavier grâce à la touche <key>Fn</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:89
 msgid ""
-"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
-"Bluetooth</gui>."
+"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</"
+"gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour désactiver le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth puis sur "
-"<gui>Désactiver le Bluetooth</gui>."
+"Pour désactiver le Bluetooth, cliquez sur l'icône Bluetooth puis basculez "
+"l'interrupteur <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: choose/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:86
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92
 msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
 msgstr "Pour désactiver le Bluetooth :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:96
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:95
+msgid ""
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">system menu</gui> from the right "
+"side of the top bar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez le <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Menu système</gui> dans la partie "
+"droite de la barre supérieure."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:99
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. La partie Bluetooth du menu se déroule."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:103
 msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Éteindre</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:101
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:110
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> if "
+"<gui>Visible</gui> is switched to <gui>ON</gui> in the Bluetooth menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre ordinateur est <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> tant "
+"que l'interrupteur <gui>Visible</gui> est sur <gui>Activé</gui> dans le menu "
+"Bluetooth."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:114
 msgid ""
 "Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long "
 "as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open."
@@ -3212,60 +3248,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "que le panneau <gui>Bluetooth</gui> est ouvert."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:13
-msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31
+msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Définir si les autres périphériques peuvent reconnaître votre ordinateur."
+"Définir si les autres périphériques sont autorisés à reconnaître votre "
+"ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:34
 msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
 msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la visibilité Bluetooth ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:29
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:36
 msgid ""
-"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
-"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned "
-"on and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "
+"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your "
+"computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on "
+"and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer will advertise "
 "itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to "
-"connect to you."
+"connect to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "La visibilité Bluetooth fait référence à la possibilité qu'ont les autres "
 "périphériques de découvrir votre ordinateur lors de la recherche de "
-"périphériques Bluetooth. Si le Bluetooth est activé et que le "
-"panneau <gui>Bluetooth</gui> est ouvert, votre ordinateur informe de sa "
-"présence tous les autres périphériques à sa portée, les autorisant ainsi à "
-"essayer de se connecter à vous."
+"périphériques Bluetooth. Si le Bluetooth est activé et que le panneau "
+"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> est ouvert, votre ordinateur informe de sa présence "
+"tous les autres périphériques à sa portée, les autorisant ainsi à essayer de "
+"se connecter à lui."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:36
-msgid ""
-"To indicate that your computer is visible while the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> "
-"panel is open, the <em>visible name</em> is displayed. The name appears in "
-"the label above the device list, <gui>Visible as \"Jo's Desktop\"</gui>, for "
-"example, and can be <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">changed</link> from "
-"the <gui>Sharing</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour vous indiquer que votre ordinateur est visible lorsque le panneau "
-"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> est ouvert, son <em>nom visible</em> s'affiche. Il se "
-"trouve dans l'étiquette au-dessus de la liste des périphériques "
-"(<gui>Visible en tant que « Ordinateur de Jean »</gui> par exemple) et peut "
-"être <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">modifié</link> à partir du panneau "
-"<gui>Partage</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:102
 msgid ""
-"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
-"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
+"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
+"computer displays to other devices."
 msgstr ""
-"Votre ordinateur n'a pas besoin d'être visible pour rechercher d'autres "
-"périphériques, mais ces périphériques doivent être visibles pour que votre "
-"ordinateur puisse les découvrir."
+"Vous pouvez <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">changer</link> le nom que "
+"votre ordinateur montre aux autres périphériques."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:46
+#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:47
 msgid ""
 "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
 "device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
@@ -3321,10 +3341,15 @@ msgstr "Étalonnage"
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:60 C/shell-introduction.page:163
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:61 C/shell-introduction.page:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' "
+#| "md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='2bfebd76895fcf7ca89f4503fe390b1e'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='3bd352466637914eaabacc29774c408d'"
 
@@ -3333,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:65 C/shell-introduction.page:168
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:66 C/shell-introduction.page:171
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' "
@@ -3343,17 +3368,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596bec7b9f88b6e'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:30
 msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar at the top of the screen."
 msgstr "Afficher ses rendez-vous dans l'agenda, en haut de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:32
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:33
 msgid "Calendar appointments"
 msgstr "Rendez-vous dans l'agenda"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:35
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:36
 msgid ""
 "This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to "
 "have an online account set up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
@@ -3363,7 +3388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:37
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:38
 msgid ""
 "Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If "
 "yours does not, you may need to install it using your distribution package "
@@ -3374,17 +3399,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "paquets de votre distribution."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:42
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:43
 msgid "To view your appointments:"
 msgstr "Pour consulter vos rendez-vous :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:46
 msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur l'horloge située dans la barre supérieure,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:48
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:49
 msgid ""
 "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3392,7 +3417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "les rendez-vous."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:52
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
 msgid ""
 "Existing appointments will be displayed on the right. As appointments are "
 "added to the calendar, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
@@ -3402,13 +3427,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "apparaissent aussi dans la liste des rendez-vous de l'horloge."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:61 C/clock-calendar.page:66
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:164 C/shell-introduction.page:169
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:62 C/clock-calendar.page:67
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:172
 msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments"
 msgstr "Horloge, agenda et rendez-vous"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:71
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:72
 msgid ""
 "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock "
 "and click <gui>Open Calendar</gui>."
@@ -3417,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'horloge puis sur <gui>Ouvrir l'agenda</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/clock-calendar.page:75
+#: C/clock-calendar.page:76
 msgid ""
 "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
 "Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
@@ -3451,16 +3476,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "format qui ne vous convient pas, vous pouvez les modifier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:33 C/clock-timezone.page:34
+#: C/clock-set.page:33
 msgid ""
-"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date &amp; "
-"Time Settings</gui>."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
+"typing <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'horloge dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
-"<gui>Paramètres de date et heure</gui>."
+"Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</"
+"link> et commencez à saisir<gui>Date et heure</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:37 C/clock-timezone.page:38
+#: C/clock-set.page:37
+msgid "Click on <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> to open the control center."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Date et heure</gui> pour ouvrir le centre de contrôle."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-set.page:40
 msgid ""
 "If you have a standard account, you will need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and "
 "type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator password</link>."
@@ -3470,22 +3500,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "administrateur</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:42
+#: C/clock-set.page:45
 msgid ""
 "If you have an internet connection, you can set your date, time and time "
 "zone to update automatically by switching <gui>Automatic Date &amp; Time</"
-"gui> and <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+"gui> and <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous disposez d'une connexion à Internet, vous avez la possibilité de "
 "mettre à jour automatiquement la date, l'heure et le fuseau horaire en "
-"activant <gui>Date et heure automatiques</gui> et <gui>Fuseau horaire "
-"automatique</gui>."
+"basculant les interrupteurs <gui>Date et heure automatiques</gui> et "
+"<gui>Fuseau horaire automatique</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:45
+#: C/clock-set.page:48
 msgid ""
 "If you do not have an internet connection, you can update these manually by "
-"switching them to <gui>Off</gui>, then clicking <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> "
+"switching them to <gui>OFF</gui>, then clicking <gui>Date &amp; Time</gui> "
 "and <gui>Time Zone</gui> to update."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous n'avez pas de connexion à Internet, vous pouvez les mettre à jour "
@@ -3493,7 +3523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Date &amp; heure</gui> et <gui>Fuseau horaire</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-set.page:50
+#: C/clock-set.page:53
 msgid ""
 "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</"
 "gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
@@ -3502,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "le format <gui>24-heures</gui> ou <gui>AM/PM</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:27
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
 msgid ""
 "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3510,23 +3540,33 @@ msgstr ""
 "disposer de l'heure exacte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:30
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:36
 msgid "Change your timezone"
 msgstr "Modification de votre fuseau horaire"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:43
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date &amp; "
+"Time Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur l'horloge dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
+"<gui>Paramètres de date et heure</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:44
 msgid ""
-"If you have <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> set to <gui>On</gui>, your time "
+"If you have <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> set to <gui>ON</gui>, your time "
 "zone should update automatically if you have an internet connection. To "
-"update your time zone manually, set this to <gui>Off</gui>."
+"update your time zone manually, set this to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Si <gui>Fuseau horaire automatique</gui> est activé, il doit se mettre à "
-"jour automatiquement si vous disposez d'une connexion internet. Basculez-le "
-"sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> si vous désirez le mettre à jour manuellement. "
+"Si <gui>Fuseau horaire automatique</gui> est sur <gui>Activé</gui>, il "
+"devrait se mettre à jour automatiquement si vous disposez d'une connexion "
+"internet. Basculez-le sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> si vous désirez le mettre à "
+"jour manuellement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:49
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search "
 "for your current city."
@@ -3535,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "carte, puis choisissez votre ville actuelle."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/clock-timezone.page:54
+#: C/clock-timezone.page:55
 msgid ""
 "The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. "
 "You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>."
@@ -3641,8 +3681,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will "
 "create a new profile."
 msgstr ""
-"Si un matériel d'étalonnage est connecté, le bouton <gui>Étalonner…</gui> "
-"va générer un nouveau profil."
+"Si un matériel d'étalonnage est connecté, le bouton <gui>Étalonner…</gui> va "
+"générer un nouveau profil."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
@@ -3751,8 +3791,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
 msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous changez de fournisseur d'encre, assurez-vous d'étalonner à nouveau votre "
-"imprimante !"
+"Si vous changez de fournisseur d'encre, assurez-vous d'étalonner à nouveau "
+"votre imprimante !"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:31
@@ -3810,12 +3850,14 @@ msgid ""
 "usually need to be recalibrated."
 msgstr ""
 "Les scanners sont incroyablement stables dans le temps et les changements de "
-"température et ne nécessitent donc généralement pas d'être étalonnés à nouveau."
+"température et ne nécessitent donc généralement pas d'être étalonnés à "
+"nouveau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:30
 msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
-msgstr "Étalonner votre écran est important pour afficher des couleurs exactes."
+msgstr ""
+"Étalonner votre écran est important pour afficher des couleurs exactes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34
@@ -3825,8 +3867,8 @@ msgstr "Étalonnage d'un écran"
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:36
 msgid ""
-"You can callibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate colour. This "
-"is especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
+"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate colour. This is "
+"especially useful if you are involved in digital photography, design or "
 "artwork."
 msgstr ""
 "Étalonner votre écran améliore la restitution fidèle des couleurs. Cela est "
@@ -3854,8 +3896,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54
 msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Vérifiez que votre périphérique d'étalonnage est connecté à votre "
-"ordinateur."
+"Vérifiez que votre périphérique d'étalonnage est connecté à votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62
@@ -3867,8 +3908,8 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "La luminosité des écrans évolue sans arrêt - le rétro-éclairage d'un écran "
 "TFT diminue pratiquement de moitié chaque 18 mois et va jaunir en "
-"vieillissant. Vous devriez donc étalonner votre écran à nouveau quand l'icône [!] "
-"s'affiche dans le panneau de contrôle <gui>Couleur</gui>."
+"vieillissant. Vous devriez donc étalonner votre écran à nouveau quand "
+"l'icône [!] s'affiche dans le panneau de contrôle <gui>Couleur</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:67
@@ -3971,8 +4012,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "par commodité. Par convention, elles sont stockées sous une étiquette nommée "
 "<em>vcgt</em>. Bien qu'elles soient stockées avec le profil, aucun outil ni "
 "application classique basée sur l'ICC n'en tient compte. De la même manière, "
-"aucun outil ni application d'étalonnage ne tient compte des informations "
-"ICC de caractérisation (profil)."
+"aucun outil ni application d'étalonnage ne tient compte des informations ICC "
+"de caractérisation (profil)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
@@ -4204,8 +4245,8 @@ msgid ""
 "say that their display is calibrated."
 msgstr ""
 "Cela signifie que si vous partagez votre profil de couleurs avec quelqu'un, "
-"vous aurez peut-être un étalonnage <em>approchant</em>, mais il est "
-"inexacte de prétendre que votre écran est étalonné."
+"vous aurez peut-être un étalonnage <em>approchant</em>, mais il est inexacte "
+"de prétendre que votre écran est étalonné."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
@@ -4334,9 +4375,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Le fabricant de votre écran peut vous fournir un profil utilisable. Ils sont "
 "généralement conçus pour un affichage moyen et vous devrez sans doute les "
-"améliorer pour les adapter. Pour obtenir un étalonnage optimal, <link "
-"xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">créez votre propre profil</link> à l'aide "
-"d'un spectromètre ou d'un colorimètre."
+"améliorer pour les adapter. Pour obtenir un étalonnage optimal, <link xref="
+"\"color-calibrate-screen\">créez votre propre profil</link> à l'aide d'un "
+"spectromètre ou d'un colorimètre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
@@ -4395,9 +4436,9 @@ msgid ""
 "whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate devices "
 "regularly."
 msgstr ""
-"Il vous sera rappelé d'étalonner votre périphérique à nouveau après un certain "
-"temps. Malheureusement, il est impossible de dire jusqu'à quand un profil "
-"reste exact et il est donc préférable de renouveler l'opération "
+"Il vous sera rappelé d'étalonner votre périphérique à nouveau après un "
+"certain temps. Malheureusement, il est impossible de dire jusqu'à quand un "
+"profil reste exact et il est donc préférable de renouveler l'opération "
 "régulièrement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -4449,7 +4490,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:30
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' "
@@ -4474,26 +4515,24 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18
 msgid ""
 "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically "
-"based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the "
-"monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the "
-"monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not "
-"contain much other information for color correction."
+"based on the display <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/";
+"Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a "
+"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the "
+"available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was "
+"manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color "
+"correction."
 msgstr ""
-"Le profil par défaut utilisé pour chaque écran est généré automatiquement à "
-"partir des informations EDID stockées dans une puce de l'écran. Ces données "
-"EDID ne donnent qu'un aperçu des couleurs disponibles pour cet écran quand "
-"il a été fabriqué et ne contiennent pas d'autres informations utiles pour "
-"une correction de couleur."
+"Le profil par défaut utilisé pour chaque écran est généré automatiquement à partir des informations <link 
href=\"https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data\";>EDID</link> stockées dans une 
puce de l'écran. Ces données EDID ne donnent qu'un aperçu des couleurs disponibles pour cet écran quand il a 
été fabriqué et ne contiennent pas d'autres informations utiles pour une correction de couleur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:28
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29
 msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
 msgstr ""
 "Comme les informations EDID ne peuvent pas être mises à jour, il n'y a pas "
 "de date de péremption."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:33
+#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:34
 msgid ""
 "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself "
 "would lead to more accurate color correction."
@@ -4846,8 +4885,8 @@ msgid ""
 "profile based on your exact characterization state."
 msgstr ""
 "La meilleure façon d'avoir un profil exact est de faire vous-même "
-"l'étalonnage, ou de confier ce travail à une société tierce qui vous fournira "
-"un profil basé sur l'état exact de votre caractérisation."
+"l'étalonnage, ou de confier ce travail à une société tierce qui vous "
+"fournira un profil basé sur l'état exact de votre caractérisation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/color-whyimportant.page:8
@@ -5040,8 +5079,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Créer le contact</gui>."
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ajouter</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-add-remove.page:49
@@ -5179,22 +5218,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "du contact.  "
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:28
 msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
 msgstr "Combiner les informations d'un contact à partir de sources multiples."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:31
 msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
 msgstr "Lien/Suppression de lien entre contacts"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:33
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:34
 msgid "Link contacts"
 msgstr "Lien entre contacts"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:36
 msgid ""
 "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online "
 "accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep "
@@ -5206,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "bien organisé avec tous les détails d'un même contact au même endroit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:42
 msgid ""
 "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact "
 "list."
@@ -5216,11 +5255,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "liste des contacts."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "A checkbox will apear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to "
-#| "the contacts that you want to merge."
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:46
 msgid ""
 "A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the "
 "contacts that you want to merge."
@@ -5229,19 +5264,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "des contacts que vous voulez fusionner."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:49
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:50
 msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Lien</gui> pour lier les contacts "
 "sélectionnés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:58
 msgid "Unlink contacts"
 msgstr "Délier des contacts"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:60
 msgid ""
 "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which "
 "should not be linked."
@@ -5250,13 +5285,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "par accident alors qu'ils n'auraient pas dû l'être."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:65
 msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez le contact que vous souhaitez délier dans la liste des contacts."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:67
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:68
 msgid ""
 "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of "
 "<app>Contacts</app>."
@@ -5265,12 +5300,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "droite de <app>Contacts</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:71
-msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:72
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Comptes liés</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:74
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the "
 "contact."
@@ -5279,13 +5314,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "contact avec les autres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:78
-msgid ""
-"Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Fermer</gui> pour confirmer la rupture du "
-"lien."
+#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:79
+msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries."
+msgstr "Femez la fenêtre une fois la rupture du lien terminée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/contacts-search.page:27
@@ -5358,24 +5389,15 @@ msgstr "Premier démarrage de Contacts"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-setup.page:26
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts "
-#| "Setup</gui> window opens."
 msgid ""
 "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address "
 "Book</gui> window opens."
 msgstr ""
 "Quand vous lancez <app>Contacts</app> pour la première fois, la fenêtre "
-"<gui>Configuration de Contacts</gui> s'ouvre."
+"<gui>Sélectionner le carnet d'adresses</gui> s'ouvre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-setup.page:29
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, "
-#| "they are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from "
-#| "the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
 msgid ""
 "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they "
 "are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list "
@@ -5383,8 +5405,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous avez des <link xref=\"accounts\">comptes en ligne</link> configurés, "
 "ils sont listés dans le <gui>carnet d'adresses local</gui>. Sélectionnez un "
-"élément dans la liste et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Sélectionner</"
-"gui>."
+"élément dans la liste et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Terminer</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/contacts-setup.page:33
@@ -5400,64 +5421,62 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui style=\"button\">carnet d'adresses local</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:17 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16
-#: C/look-background.page:21 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18
-#: C/look-resolution.page:18
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:18
+#: C/look-background.page:22 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18
+#: C/look-resolution.page:19
 msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
 msgstr "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28
 msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
 msgstr ""
 "Effectuez des tests de performance sur votre disque dur pour connaître sa "
 "vitesse."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:30
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
 msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
 msgstr "Test de la performance de votre disque dur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
 msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
 msgstr "Pour tester la vitesse de votre disque dur :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44
 msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
+"Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez l'application <app>Disques</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>."
+"Ouvrez <app>Disques</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref="
+"\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:47
-msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le disque dur dans la liste des <gui>Périphériques de stockage</"
-"gui>."
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
+msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez le disque dans la liste du panneau de gauche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:50
-msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
+msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark…</gui> from the menu."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton porteur d'une icône d'engrenage ⚙ (« Autres actions ») "
-"et choisissez <gui>Test de performance</gui> dans la liste déroulante."
+"Cliquez sur le bouton engrenage et choisissez <gui>Test de performance…</"
+"gui> dans le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
 msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and "
-"<gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
+"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> "
+"and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Lancer le test de performance</gui> et réglez le <gui>Taux "
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Lancer le test de performance…</gui> et réglez le <gui>Taux "
 "de transfert</gui> et le <gui>Temps d'accès</gui> selon votre désir."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from "
 "the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> "
@@ -5470,12 +5489,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre mot de passe ou le mot de passe du compte administrateur demandé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:62
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will "
-#| "test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will "
-#| "take longer to complete."
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64
 msgid ""
 "If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test "
 "how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take "
@@ -5486,7 +5500,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "long à réaliser."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:69
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71
 msgid ""
 "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
 "points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
@@ -5507,7 +5521,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "rotation du disque, sur l'axe du bas."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/disk-benchmark.page:78
+#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80
 msgid ""
 "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
 "and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
@@ -5557,19 +5571,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:41
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-#| "overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</"
-#| "gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
 msgid ""
 "Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. "
 "The window will display a list of file locations together with the usage and "
 "capacity of each."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez l'application <app>Disques</app> en utilisant la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>. La fenêtre affiche la <gui>capacité totale du système "
-"de fichiers</gui> et l'<gui>utilisation totale du système de fichiers</gui>."
+"Ouvrez <app>Analyseur d'utilisation des disques</app> dans la vue d'ensemble "
+"des <gui>Activités</gui>. La fenêtre affiche une liste des emplacements des "
+"fichiers avec l'utilisation et la capacité de chacun d'eux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:46
@@ -5578,24 +5587,23 @@ msgid ""
 "for that item. Click the menu button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or "
 "<gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur un des éléments de la liste pour afficher les informations "
+"détaillées sur son utilisation. Cliquez sur le bouton menu puis sur "
+"<gui>Analyser le dossier…</gui> ou sur <gui>Analyser le dossier distant…</"
+"gui> pour analyser des emplacements différents."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:52
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</"
-#| "gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link "
-#| "href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
 msgid ""
 "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</"
 "gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. "
 "See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</"
 "app></link>."
 msgstr ""
-"Les informations affichées sont <gui>Dossier</gui>, <gui>Utilisation</gui>, "
-"<gui>Taille</gui> et <gui>Sommaire</gui>. Pour plus de détails, consultez "
-"<link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Analyseur d'utilisation des disques</app></"
-"link>."
+"Les informations affichées sont <gui>Dossier</gui>, <gui>Taille</gui>, "
+"<gui>Contenu</gui> et <gui>Modifié le</gui> pour la dernière fois. Pour plus "
+"de détails, consultez <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Analyseur "
+"d'utilisation des disques</app></link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/disk-capacity.page:61
@@ -5707,27 +5715,19 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:31
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez <app>Paramètres</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>."
+"Ouvrez <app>Disques</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</"
+"gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-check.page:47
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> "
-#| "list. Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</"
-#| "gui>."
 msgid ""
 "Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the "
 "left. Information and status of the disk will be shown."
 msgstr ""
-"Choisissez le disque dans la liste des <gui>Périphériques de stockage</gui>. "
-"Des informations sur le disque et son statut s'affichent dans la rubrique "
-"<gui>Disque</gui>."
+"Choisissez le disque dans la liste des périphériques de stockage. Les "
+"informations sur le disque et son état s'affichent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-check.page:51
@@ -5735,6 +5735,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Click the gear icon and select <gui>SMART Data &amp; Self Tests…</gui>. The "
 "<gui>Overall Assessment</gui> should say \"Disk is OK\"."
 msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur l'icône engrenage et choisissez <gui>Données SMART et auto-tests…"
+"</gui>. L'<gui>Estimation globale</gui> devrait être « Le disque est sain »."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-check.page:55
@@ -5742,6 +5744,8 @@ msgid ""
 "See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui "
 "style=\"button\">Start Self-test</gui> button to run a self-test."
 msgstr ""
+"Consultez les informations supplémentaires dans <gui>Attributs SMART</gui>, "
+"ou cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Démarrer l'auto-test</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/disk-check.page:65
@@ -5750,21 +5754,15 @@ msgstr "Que faire si le disque n'est pas sain ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/disk-check.page:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</"
-#| "em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
-#| "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data "
-#| "loss."
 msgid ""
 "Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</"
 "em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
 "prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
 msgstr ""
-"Même si l'<gui>état SMART</gui> indique que le disque <em>n'est pas</em> "
-"sain, il n'y a pas lieu de s'inquiéter outre mesure. Néanmoins, mieux vaut "
-"effectuer une <link xref=\"backup-why\">sauvegarde</link> pour éviter une "
-"perte de données."
+"Même si l'<gui>Estimation globale</gui> indique que le disque <em>n'est pas</"
+"em> sain, il n'y a pas lieu de s'inquiéter outre mesure. Néanmoins, mieux "
+"vaut en effectuer une <link xref=\"backup-why\">sauvegarde</link> pour "
+"éviter des pertes de données."
 
 # gnome-disk-utility.po conseille de garder pre-fail en anglais
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -5834,15 +5832,12 @@ msgstr "Formatage d'un disque amovible"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:34
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
 msgid ""
 "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the "
 "left."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez le disque que vous voulez effacer dans la liste des "
-"<gui>Périphériques de stockage</gui>."
+"périphériques de stockage à gauche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:38
@@ -5855,20 +5850,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:43
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the gear "
 "icon. Then click <gui>Format…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la barre d'outils en dessous de la section <gui>Volumes</gui>, cliquez sur "
-"l'icône"
+"Dans la barre d'outils en dessous de la section <gui>Volumes</gui>, cliquez "
+"sur l'icône engrenage, puis sur <gui>Formater…</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:47
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the "
-#| "disk."
 msgid ""
 "In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
 "disk."
@@ -5896,19 +5886,20 @@ msgid ""
 "confirmation window. Check the details carefully, and click <gui>Format</"
 "gui> to wipe the disk."
 msgstr ""
+"Donnez un nom au disque et cliquez sur <gui>Formater…</gui> pour continuer "
+"et afficher une fenêtre de confirmation. Vérifiez attentivement les "
+"informations et cliquez sur <gui>Formater</gui> pour confirmer l'effacement "
+"du disque."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-format.page:60
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
-#| "should now be blank and ready to use again."
 msgid ""
 "Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the "
 "disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
 msgstr ""
-"Une fois le formatage terminé, <gui>éjectez en toute sécurité</gui> le "
-"disque. Il est maintenant vierge et prêt à être utilisé à nouveau."
+"Une fois le formatage terminé, cliquez sur l'icône d'éjection pour démonter "
+"en toute sécurité le disque. Il est maintenant vierge et prêt à être utilisé "
+"à nouveau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
 #: C/disk-format.page:66
@@ -6000,10 +5991,6 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:45
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disks</app> "
-#| "application."
 msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>."
 msgstr ""
 "Ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et démarrez l'application "
@@ -6011,35 +5998,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:48
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
-#| "CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
-#| "inspect."
 msgid ""
 "In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD "
 "drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le panneau marqué <gui>Périphériques de stockage</gui>, vous trouvez "
-"les disques durs, les périphériques CD et DVD et d'autres périphériques "
-"physiques. Cliquez sur le périphérique à inspecter."
+"Dans la liste des périphériques de stockage à gauche, il y a les disques "
+"durs, les lecteurs/graveurs de CD et DVD et d'autres périphériques "
+"physiques. Cliquez sur le périphérique que vous souhaitez inspecter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:53
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
-#| "breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. "
-#| "It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
 msgid ""
 "The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions "
 "present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to "
 "manage these volumes."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le panneau de droite, la zone marquée <gui>Volumes</gui> fournit une "
-"analyse des volumes et des partitions présentes sur le périphérique "
-"sélectionné. Ce panneau contient aussi une série d'outils de gestion des "
-"volumes."
+"Le panneau de droite affiche une analyse des volumes et des partitions "
+"présentes sur le périphérique sélectionné. Il contient aussi une série "
+"d'outils de gestion des volumes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/disk-partitions.page:56
@@ -6073,16 +6049,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
 "start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
-"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
-"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
-"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
+"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, select the "
+"partition and click the gear button in the toolbar underneath the partition "
+"list. Then, click <gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</"
+"gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable "
+"volume."
 msgstr ""
 "Une partition primaire doit contenir les informations utilisées par "
 "l'ordinateur pour son démarrage (<em>boot</em>). Pour cette raison, on "
 "l'appelle parfois partition ou volume amorçable. Pour savoir si un volume "
-"est amorçable, examinez les <gui>drapeaux de la partition</gui> dans "
-"l'utilitaire de disque. Les médias externes comme les clés USB et les CD "
-"peuvent aussi contenir un volume amorçable."
+"est amorçable, sélectionnez la partition et cliquez sur le bouton engrenage "
+"dans la barre d'outils sous la liste des partitions. Cliquez ensuite sur "
+"<gui>Modifier la partition…</gui> et observez ses <gui>Marqueurs</gui>. Les "
+"médias externes comme les clés USB et les CD peuvent aussi contenir un "
+"volume amorçable."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/disk.page:15
@@ -6127,8 +6107,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "préférez ajuster les paramètres :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64
-#: C/look-resolution.page:54
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:82 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:74
+#: C/look-resolution.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Displays</gui>."
@@ -6137,34 +6117,45 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> et commencez à saisir <gui>Displays (Écrans)</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:86 C/look-resolution.page:58
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:86 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:78
+#: C/look-resolution.page:59
 msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Displays</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:89
+msgid ""
+"Click on the monitor that you would like to activate or deactivate, then in "
+"the list of monitor configuration select <gui>Turn Off</gui> to deactivate "
+"the monitor, or one of <gui>Primary</gui>, <gui>Secondary</gui>, or "
+"<gui>Mirror</gui> to activate it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez l'écran que vous souhaitez activer ou désactiver, puis dans sa "
+"liste de configuration cliquez sur <gui>Éteindre</gui> pour le désactiver, "
+"ou sur l'une des options <gui>Secondaire</gui> ou <gui>Mirroir</gui> pour "
+"l'activer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
 #: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94
 msgid ""
-"The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the "
-"main monitor. To change which monitor is treated as \"main\", click on the "
-"top bar and drag it over to the monitor which you want to set as the \"main"
-"\" monitor."
+"The primary monitor is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction"
+"\">top bar</link>, and where the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown."
 msgstr ""
-"L'écran avec la <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">barre supérieure</link> "
-"est l'écran principal. Pour modifier l'ordre d'écran « principal », cliquez "
-"sur la barre supérieure et glissez-la sur l'écran que vous avez choisi comme "
-"écran « principal »."
+"L'écran principal est celui contenant la <link xref=\"shell-introduction"
+"\">barre supérieure</link> et affichant la vue d'ensemble des "
+"<gui>Activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:110
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100
 msgid ""
-"To rotate the orientation of the monitor, click on it and use the buttons "
-"with the arrows to rotate it."
+"To rotate the orientation of the monitor, use the buttons with the arrows "
+"until the preview is correct."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour modifier l'orientation de l'écran, cliquez dessus et utilisez les "
-"boutons fléchés pour le faire tourner."
+"Pour modifier l'orientation de l'écran, utilisez les boutons fléchés pour le "
+"faire tourner jusqu'à la bonne position."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114
+#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:104
 msgid ""
 "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
 "<gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
@@ -6173,17 +6164,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "puis sur <gui>Garder ces modifications</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-autorun.page:24 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26
-#: C/look-background.page:37 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
-#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:23
-#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:28 C/shell-apps-open.page:20
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19
+#: C/files-autorun.page:25 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:29
+#: C/look-background.page:38 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:30
+#: C/look-resolution.page:27 C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:23
+#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:28 C/shell-apps-open.page:22
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20
 msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
 msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-autorun.page:30
+#: C/files-autorun.page:31
 msgid ""
 "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
 "other devices and media."
@@ -6192,12 +6183,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "baladeurs audio et autres périphériques et médias."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:35
+#: C/files-autorun.page:36
 msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
 msgstr "Ouverture d'applications associées à des périphériques ou des disques"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:37
+#: C/files-autorun.page:38
 msgid ""
 "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
 "insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
@@ -6212,7 +6203,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "connectez quelque chose."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:42
+#: C/files-autorun.page:43
 msgid ""
 "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6220,8 +6211,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "quelconque périphérique :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:47 C/net-default-browser.page:39
-#: C/net-default-email.page:40
+#: C/files-autorun.page:48 C/gnome-version.page:26
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:39 C/net-default-email.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Details</gui>."
@@ -6230,18 +6221,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> et commencez à saisir<gui>Détails</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:51 C/net-default-browser.page:43
-#: C/net-default-email.page:44
+#: C/files-autorun.page:52 C/gnome-version.page:30
+#: C/net-default-browser.page:43 C/net-default-email.page:44
 msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Détails</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:54
+#: C/files-autorun.page:55
 msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>médias amovibles</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:57
+#: C/files-autorun.page:58
 msgid ""
 "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
 "action for that media type. See below for a description of the different "
@@ -6253,39 +6244,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "et médias disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:60
+#: C/files-autorun.page:61
 msgid ""
 "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device "
-"will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what "
-"to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
+"will be shown in the file manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. "
+"When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen "
+"automatically."
 msgstr ""
 "Au lieu de lancer une application, vous pouvez aussi configurer le média de "
-"façon à ce que le périphérique s'affiche dans le gestionnaire de fichiers. "
-"Lorsque cela se produit, il vous est demandé quoi faire, sinon rien ne se "
-"passe automatiquement."
+"façon à ce que le périphérique s'affiche dans le gestionnaire de fichiers "
+"avec l'option <gui>Ouvrir le dossier</gui>. Lorsque cela se produit, il vous "
+"est demandé quoi faire, sinon rien ne se passe automatiquement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:65
+#: C/files-autorun.page:67
 msgid ""
-"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
-"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
-"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
-"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
-"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
+"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
+"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</"
+"gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or "
+"media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from "
+"the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous ne voyez pas apparaître le périphérique ou le type de média que vous "
 "voulez modifier dans la liste (comme des disques Blu-ray ou des lecteurs e-"
-"book), cliquez sur <gui>Autres médias</gui> pour avoir une liste plus "
+"book), cliquez sur <gui>Autres médias…</gui> pour avoir une liste plus "
 "complète de périphériques. Choisissez le votre dans la liste du menu "
 "déroulant <gui>Type</gui> et l'application ou l'action souhaitée dans la "
 "liste <gui>Action</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:74
+#: C/files-autorun.page:76
 msgid ""
-"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
+"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
 "plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
-"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
+"at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous ne voulez pas voir s'ouvrir d'application automatiquement, quel que "
 "soit ce qui est inséré, cochez <gui>Ne jamais demander ou lancer de "
@@ -6293,69 +6285,69 @@ msgstr ""
 "amovibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:80
+#: C/files-autorun.page:82
 msgid "Types of devices and media"
 msgstr "Types de périphériques et de médias"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:83
+#: C/files-autorun.page:85
 msgid "Audio discs"
 msgstr "Disques audio"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:84
+#: C/files-autorun.page:86
 msgid ""
 "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio "
 "CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other "
-"Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
+"Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks "
 "will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
 msgstr ""
 "Choisissez votre lecteur de musique ou extracteur préféré pour gérer les CD "
 "audio. Si vous utilisez des DVD audio (DVD-A), définissez dans <gui>Autres "
-"médias</gui> comment les ouvrir. Si vous ouvrez un disque audio avec le "
+"médias…</gui> comment les ouvrir. Si vous ouvrez un disque audio avec le "
 "gestionnaire de fichiers, les pistes s'affichent au format WAV ; vous pouvez "
 "les lire avec n'importe quelle application audio."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:91
+#: C/files-autorun.page:93
 msgid "Video discs"
 msgstr "Disques vidéo"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:92
+#: C/files-autorun.page:94
 msgid ""
 "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the "
-"<gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
+"<gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, "
 "video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do "
 "not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 "Choisissez votre lecteur vidéo préféré pour gérer les DVD vidéo. Cliquez sur "
-"<gui>Autres médias</gui> pour choisir une application qui gère les Blu-ray, "
+"<gui>Autres médias…</gui> pour choisir une application qui gère les Blu-ray, "
 "HD DVD, CD vidéo (VCD) et CD super vidéo (SVCD). Si des DVD ou d'autres "
 "disques vidéo ne fonctionnent pas correctement quand vous les insérer, "
 "veuillez consulter <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:99
+#: C/files-autorun.page:101
 msgid "Blank discs"
 msgstr "Disques vierges"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:100
+#: C/files-autorun.page:102
 msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application "
 "for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Autres médias</gui> pour choisir une application "
+"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Autres médias…</gui> pour choisir une application "
 "de gravure sur CD, DVD, disques Blu-ray et HD DVD vierges."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:105
+#: C/files-autorun.page:107
 msgid "Cameras and photos"
 msgstr "Appareils photos et photos"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:106
+#: C/files-autorun.page:108
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application "
 "to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card "
@@ -6369,24 +6361,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:110
+#: C/files-autorun.page:112
 msgid ""
-"Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
+"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak "
 "picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular "
 "data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le menu <gui>Autres médias</gui>, vous pouvez choisir une application "
+"Dans le menu <gui>Autres médias…</gui>, vous pouvez choisir une application "
 "qui gère les CD photos Kodak comme ceux que vous obtenez dans un magasin. "
 "Ces CD contiennent des fichiers image au format JPEG situés dans un dossier "
 "nommé <file>PICTURES</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:115
+#: C/files-autorun.page:118
 msgid "Music players"
 msgstr "Baladeurs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:116
+#: C/files-autorun.page:119
 msgid ""
 "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music "
 "player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
@@ -6395,28 +6387,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "baladeur, ou gérez-les vous-même avec le gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:120
+#: C/files-autorun.page:123
 msgid "E-book readers"
 msgstr "Lecteurs de livres numériques"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:121
+#: C/files-autorun.page:124
 msgid ""
-"Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the "
-"books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
+"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage "
+"the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file "
 "manager."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Autres médias</gui> pour choisir une application qui gère "
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Autres médias…</gui> pour choisir une application qui gère "
 "les livres de votre lecteur numérique, ou gérez-les vous-même avec le "
 "gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-autorun.page:126
+#: C/files-autorun.page:129
 msgid "Software"
 msgstr "Logiciels"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:127
+#: C/files-autorun.page:130
 msgid ""
 "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run "
 "automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option "
@@ -6430,23 +6422,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "demandé une confirmation avant que le logiciel ne soit exécuté."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-autorun.page:133
+#: C/files-autorun.page:136
 msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
 msgstr ""
 "N'exécutez jamais le logiciel d'un média en qui vous n'avez pas confiance."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-browse.page:10
+#: C/files-browse.page:32
 msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
 msgstr "Gérer et organiser les fichiers avec le gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:33
+#: C/files-browse.page:35
 msgid "Browse files and folders"
 msgstr "Consultation de vos fichiers et dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:43
+#: C/files-browse.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
 "your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
@@ -6460,25 +6452,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> et sur des partages réseau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:48
+#: C/files-browse.page:50
 msgid ""
-"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the "
-"overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for "
-"applications</link>."
+"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"terminology\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and "
+"folders through the overview in the same way you would <link xref=\"shell-"
+"apps-open\">search for applications</link>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour lancer le gestionnaire de fichiers, ouvrez l'application <app>Fichier</"
-"app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>. Vous pouvez aussi "
-"rechercher des fichiers et des dossiers de la même façon que vous le faites "
-"pour des <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">applications</link>."
+"app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</"
+"gui>. Vous pouvez aussi rechercher des fichiers et des dossiers dans la vue "
+"d'ensemble de la même façon que vous le faites pour des <link xref=\"shell-"
+"apps-open\">applications</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-browse.page:54
+#: C/files-browse.page:57
 msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
 msgstr "Parcours du contenu des dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:56
+#: C/files-browse.page:59
 msgid ""
 "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
 "double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
@@ -6491,7 +6484,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "onglet ou une nouvelle fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:61
+#: C/files-browse.page:64
 msgid ""
 "When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref="
 "\"files-preview\">preview each file</link> by pressing the space bar to be "
@@ -6503,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'ouvrir, le copier ou le supprimer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:66
+#: C/files-browse.page:69
 msgid ""
 "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
 "folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
@@ -6519,62 +6512,54 @@ msgstr ""
 "copier, le déplacer ou afficher ses propriétés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:72
+#: C/files-browse.page:75
 msgid ""
-"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
-"typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the "
-"first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
-"arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches "
-"your search."
+"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, "
+"in or below the folder you are viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search "
+"bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files which match "
+"your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous voulez accéder rapidement à un fichier du dossier ouvert, commencez "
-"à saisir son nom. Un champ de recherche apparaît en haut de la fenêtre et le "
-"premier fichier correspondant à votre recherche est sélectionné. Utilisez la "
-"touche flèche bas ou faites défiler la molette de la souris pour vous "
-"déplacer au fichier correspondant suivant."
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/files-browse.page:80 C/files-hidden.page:42 C/files-hidden.page:48
-#: C/files-hidden.page:57 C/files-hidden.page:64 C/files-lost.page:52
-#: C/files-sort.page:45 C/files-sort.page:61 C/files-tilde.page:33
-#: C/nautilus-display.page:44
-msgid "down"
-msgstr "bas"
+"Si vous voulez rapidement <link xref=\"files-search\">rechercher un fichier</"
+"link> dans ou sous le dossier ouvert, commencez à saisir son nom. Un "
+"<em>champ de recherche</em> apparaît en haut de la fenêtre et seuls les "
+"fichiers correspondant à votre recherche s'affichent. Appuyez sur "
+"<key>Échap</key> pour annuler la recherche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-browse.page:78
+#: C/files-browse.page:80
 msgid ""
 "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
-"not see the sidebar, click the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and pick "
-"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often "
-"and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do "
-"this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
+"not see the sidebar, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar "
+"and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
+"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the "
+"top bar and then <gui style=\"menuitem\">Bookmarks</gui> to do this, or "
+"simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez accéder rapidement aux emplacements courants à partir du "
 "<em>panneau latéral</em>. Si vous ne le voyez pas, cliquez sur <_:media-1/> "
 "dans la barre d'outils et ensuite sur <gui>Afficher le panneau latéral</"
-"gui>. Vous pouvez ajouter des signets vers les dossiers que vous utilisez le "
-"plus souvent et ils apparaîtront dans le panneau latéral. Utilisez le menu "
-"<gui>Signets</gui> pour le faire, ou plus simplement, faites glisser le "
-"dossier dans le panneau latéral."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-copy.page:8
-msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
-msgstr "Copier ou déplacer des éléments vers un nouveau dossier."
+"gui>. Vous pouvez ajouter des signets aux dossiers que vous utilisez le plus "
+"souvent et ils apparaîtront alors dans le panneau latéral. Cliquez sur "
+"<gui>Fichiers</gui> puis sur <gui style=\"menuitem\"<gui>Signets</gui> pour "
+"faire cela, ou plus simplement, glissez-les dans le panneau latéral."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-copy.page:13 C/files-delete.page:13 C/files-open.page:14
+#: C/files-copy.page:13 C/files-delete.page:14 C/files-open.page:12
 msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
 msgstr "Cristopher Thomas"
 
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-copy.page:27
+msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
+msgstr "Copier ou déplacer des éléments vers un nouveau dossier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-copy.page:30
 msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
 msgstr "Copie et déplacement de fichiers et dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:29
+#: C/files-copy.page:32
 msgid ""
 "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
 "dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
@@ -6585,7 +6570,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "commandes copier et coller, ou en utilisant des raccourcis clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:33
+#: C/files-copy.page:36
 msgid ""
 "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
 "you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
@@ -6598,7 +6583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'aimez pas vos modifications)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:38
+#: C/files-copy.page:41
 msgid ""
 "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
 "and folders in exactly the same way."
@@ -6608,18 +6593,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "même façon."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:42
+#: C/files-copy.page:45
 msgid "Copy and paste files"
 msgstr "Copie de fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:43
+#: C/files-copy.page:46
 msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez le fichier que vous voulez copier en cliquant dessus une fois."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:44
+#: C/files-copy.page:47
 msgid ""
 "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
 "key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
@@ -6628,36 +6613,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:46
+#: C/files-copy.page:49
 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
 msgstr ""
 "Déplacez-vous dans le dossier dans lequel vous voulez copier ce fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:48
+#: C/files-copy.page:51
 msgid ""
-"Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or "
-"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy "
-"of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
+"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, "
+"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a "
+"copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône engrenage ⚙ et choisissez <gui>Coller</gui> pour "
-"terminer la copie du fichier, ou pressez le raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Il y a maintenant une copie du fichier d'origine "
-"dans cet autre dossier."
+"Cliquez sur le bouton menu et choisissez <gui>Coller</gui> pour terminer la "
+"copie du fichier, ou pressez le raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
+"key></keyseq>. Il y a maintenant une copie du fichier d'origine dans cet "
+"autre dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:55
+#: C/files-copy.page:58
 msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
 msgstr "Déplacement de fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:56
+#: C/files-copy.page:59
 msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez le fichier que vous voulez déplacer en cliquant dessus une fois."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:57
+#: C/files-copy.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</"
 "key></keyseq>."
@@ -6666,29 +6651,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:59
+#: C/files-copy.page:62
 msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
 msgstr "Allez dans le dossier dans lequel vous voulez déplacer ce fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:60
+#: C/files-copy.page:63
 msgid ""
-"Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
+"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish "
 "moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The "
 "file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône engrenage ⚙ dans la barre d'outils et choisissez "
-"<gui>Coller</gui> pour terminer le déplacement du fichier, ou pressez le "
-"raccourci <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Ce fichier a "
-"maintenant été déplacé de son ancien dossier vers le nouveau."
+"Cliquez sur le bouton menu dans la barre d'outils et choisissez <gui>Coller</"
+"gui> pour terminer le déplacement du fichier, ou pressez le raccourci "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. Ce fichier a maintenant été "
+"déplacé de son ancien dossier vers le nouveau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-copy.page:67
+#: C/files-copy.page:70
 msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
 msgstr "Copie ou déplacement de fichiers par glissement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:68
+#: C/files-copy.page:71
 msgid ""
 "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
 "to copy."
@@ -6697,7 +6682,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "contient le fichier que vous voulez copier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:70
+#: C/files-copy.page:73
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or "
 "press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
@@ -6710,7 +6695,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ouvrez le dossier dans lequel vous voulez copier ou déplacer le fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:75
+#: C/files-copy.page:78
 msgid ""
 "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</"
 "em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> "
@@ -6722,7 +6707,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "différent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:78
+#: C/files-copy.page:81
 msgid ""
 "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
 "it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
@@ -6731,7 +6716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnel, il est copié car vous le déplacez d'un périphérique à un autre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:80
+#: C/files-copy.page:83
 msgid ""
 "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
 "while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
@@ -6742,12 +6727,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "la touche <key>Maj</key> enfoncée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-copy.page:87
+#: C/files-copy.page:90
 msgid ""
-"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
-"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
-"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
-"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
+"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. "
+"Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their "
+"contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref="
+"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous ne pouvez pas copier ou déplacer un fichier dans un dossier qui est en "
 "<em>lecture seule</em>. Certains dossiers ont ce statut pour vous empêcher "
@@ -6756,19 +6741,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-delete.page:8
+#: C/files-delete.page:32
 msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
 msgstr "Supprimer des fichiers ou dossiers dont vous n'avez plus besoin."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:31
+#: C/files-delete.page:35
 msgid "Delete files and folders"
 msgstr "Suppression de fichiers et de dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:33
+#: C/files-delete.page:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
+"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
 "delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
 "stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover"
 "\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original "
@@ -6782,27 +6767,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "conserver, ou s'ils ont été supprimés par inadvertance."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:40
+#: C/files-delete.page:44
 msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
 msgstr "Pour mettre un fichier à la corbeille :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:41
+#: C/files-delete.page:45
 msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
 msgstr "sélectionnez l'élément à supprimer en cliquant dessus une fois,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:43
+#: C/files-delete.page:47
 msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq> on your keyboard. "
-"Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
+"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
+"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
 msgstr ""
-"appuyez sur la touche <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Suppr</key></keyseq> de "
-"votre clavier ou faites glisser l'élément jusque dans la <gui>Corbeille</"
-"gui> du panneau latéral."
+"appuyez sur la touche <key>Suppr</key> de votre clavier ou faites glisser "
+"l'élément jusque dans la <gui>Corbeille</gui> du panneau latéral."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:48
+#: C/files-delete.page:51
+msgid ""
+"The file will be moved to the trash, and you'll be presented with an option "
+"to <gui>Undo</gui> the deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for "
+"a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file will be restored to "
+"its original location."
+msgstr ""
+"Le fichier est mis à la corbeille et une option pour <gui>Rétablir</gui> "
+"l'action vous est proposée. Le bouton <gui>Rétablir</gui> ne s'affiche que "
+"quelques secondes. Si vous appuyez dessus, le fichier supprimé est restauré "
+"à son emplacement d'origine."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/files-delete.page:56
 msgid ""
 "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
 "need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
@@ -6814,12 +6811,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "et sélectionnez <gui>Vider la corbeille</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:53
+#: C/files-delete.page:61
 msgid "Permanently delete a file"
 msgstr "Suppression définitive d'un fichier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:54
+#: C/files-delete.page:62
 msgid ""
 "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
 "the trash first."
@@ -6828,17 +6825,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "corbeille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-delete.page:58
+#: C/files-delete.page:66
 msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
 msgstr "Pour supprimer définitivement un fichier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:59
+#: C/files-delete.page:67
 msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez l'élément à supprimer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:60
+#: C/files-delete.page:68
 msgid ""
 "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
 "key on your keyboard."
@@ -6847,7 +6844,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "key> de votre clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:62
+#: C/files-delete.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
 "delete the file or folder."
@@ -6856,7 +6853,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "avant de supprimer définitivement le fichier ou le dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:66
+#: C/files-delete.page:74
 msgid ""
 "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
 "if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
@@ -6873,7 +6870,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qui ignore la corbeille</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-delete.page:73
+#: C/files-delete.page:81
 msgid ""
 "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
 "may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
@@ -7039,22 +7036,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans la fenêtre du <gui>Créateur de CD/DVD</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-hidden.page:8
-msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
+#: C/files-hidden.page:23
+msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager."
 msgstr ""
 "Masquer un fichier pour le rendre invisible dans le gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:23
+#: C/files-hidden.page:27
 msgid "Hide a file"
 msgstr "Masquage d'un fichier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:25
+#: C/files-hidden.page:29
 msgid ""
 "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
-"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file "
-"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
+"your discretion. When a file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file "
+"manager, but it is still there in its folder."
 msgstr ""
 "Le gestionnaire de fichiers GNOME vous donne la possibilité de masquer et "
 "d'afficher des fichiers à votre convenance. Quand un fichier est caché, il "
@@ -7062,113 +7059,96 @@ msgstr ""
 "présent dans son dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:29
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>."
-#| "</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
-#| "<file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</"
-#| "file>."
+#: C/files-hidden.page:33
 msgid ""
 "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</"
 "file> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
 "<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour cacher un fichier, <link xref=\"files-rename\">renommez-le</link> en "
-"ajoutant un point (<key>.</key>) au début de son nom. Par exemple, pour "
+"ajoutant un point (<file>.</file>) au début de son nom. Par exemple, pour "
 "cacher le fichier appelé <file>exemple.txt</file>, modifiez son nom en "
 "<file>.exemple.txt</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:35
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a "
-#| "folder by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
+#: C/files-hidden.page:39
 msgid ""
 "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
 "by placing a <file>.</file> at the beginning of the folder's name."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez cacher des dossiers de la même façon que les fichiers. Renommez "
-"le dossier en ajoutant un point (<key>.</key>) au début de son nom."
+"le dossier en ajoutant un point (<file>.</file>) au début de son nom."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:40
+#: C/files-hidden.page:44
 msgid "Show all hidden files"
 msgstr "Affichage de tous les fichiers cachés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:41
+#: C/files-hidden.page:46
 msgid ""
 "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
-"either click the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show "
-"Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
-"You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
+"either click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar and pick "
+"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></"
+"keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are "
+"not hidden."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous souhaitez voir tous les fichiers cachés d'un dossier, ouvrez ce "
-"dossier, cliquez sur le bouton <_:media-1/> dans la barre d'outils et "
-"sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>, ou bien utilisez le "
-"raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Tous les "
-"fichiers cachés s'affichent parmi les fichiers normaux qui n'étaient pas "
-"masqués."
+"dossier, cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre "
+"d'outils et sélectionnez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>, ou bien "
+"utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
+"Tous les fichiers cachés s'affichent parmi les fichiers normaux qui "
+"n'étaient pas masqués."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:47
+#: C/files-hidden.page:53
 msgid ""
-"To hide these files again, either click the <_:media-1/> button in the "
-"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
+"To hide these files again, either click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button "
+"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour masquer à nouveau ces fichiers, cliquez sur le bouton <_:media-1/> dans "
-"la barre d'outils et ensuite sur <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>"
-", ou encore utilisez à nouveau le raccourci clavier "
+"Pour masquer à nouveau ces fichiers, cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/"
+"></gui> dans la barre d'outils et ensuite sur <gui>Afficher les fichiers "
+"cachés</gui>, ou encore utilisez à nouveau le raccourci clavier "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-hidden.page:55
+#: C/files-hidden.page:61
 msgid "Unhide a file"
 msgstr "Affichage d'un fichier caché"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
-#| "the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</"
-#| "gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a "
-#| "<key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called "
-#| "<file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</"
-#| "file>."
+#: C/files-hidden.page:63
 msgid ""
 "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the "
-"<_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. "
-"Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <file>.</"
-"file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>."
-"example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
+"<gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden "
+"Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not "
+"have a <file>.</file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file "
+"called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</"
+"file>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour rendre un fichier caché toujours visible, ouvrez le dossier le "
-"contenant et cliquez sur le bouton <_:media-1/> dans la barre d'outils, puis "
-"activez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> ou utilisez le raccourci "
-"clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Renommez ensuite ce "
-"fichier en supprimant le point (<key>.</key>) au début de son nom. Par "
-"exemple, pour annuler le masquage d'un fichier appelé <file>.exemple.txt</"
-"file>, vous devez le renommer en <file>exemple.txt</file>."
+"contenant et cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre "
+"d'outils, puis activez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>. Renommez "
+"ensuite ce fichier en supprimant le point (<file>.</file>) au début de son "
+"nom. Par exemple, pour annuler le masquage d'un fichier appelé <file>."
+"exemple.txt</file>, vous devez le renommer en <file>exemple.txt</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:63
+#: C/files-hidden.page:71
 msgid ""
-"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <_:media-1/> button "
-"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
+"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <gui><_:media-1/></"
+"gui> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
 "again."
 msgstr ""
-"Après avoir renommé le fichier, cliquez sur le bouton <_:media-1/> dans la "
-"barre d'outils et désactivez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>, ou "
-"bien utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>H</key></"
-"keyseq> pour masquer à nouveau tous les autres fichiers cachés."
+"Après avoir renommé le fichier, cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/></"
+"gui> dans la barre d'outils et désactivez <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</"
+"gui>, ou bien utilisez le raccourci clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>H</"
+"key></keyseq> pour masquer à nouveau tous les autres fichiers cachés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:69
+#: C/files-hidden.page:77
 msgid ""
 "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
 "close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
@@ -7180,49 +7160,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-hidden.page:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their "
-#| "name, but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name "
-#| "instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> "
-#| "for more information."
+#: C/files-hidden.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, "
 "but others might have a <file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. "
 "These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
 "information."
 msgstr ""
-"La plupart des fichiers cachés possèdent un <key>.</key> au début de leur "
-"nom, mais d'autres peuvent avoir un <key>~</key> à la fin du nom. Ces "
+"La plupart des fichiers cachés possèdent un <file>.</file> au début de leur "
+"nom, mais d'autres peuvent avoir un <file>~</file> à la fin du nom. Ces "
 "fichiers sont des fichiers de sauvegarde. Consultez <link xref=\"files-tilde"
 "\"/> pour plus d'informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-lost.page:11
+#: C/files-lost.page:27
 msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
 msgstr ""
 "Suivez ces conseils si vous ne retrouvez pas un fichier que vous aviez créé "
 "ou téléchargé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-lost.page:30
+#: C/files-lost.page:31
 msgid "Find a lost file"
 msgstr "Recherche d'un fichier perdu"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:32
+#: C/files-lost.page:33
 msgid ""
-"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
-"tips."
+"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow "
+"these tips."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous avez créé ou téléchargé un fichier que vous ne retrouvez plus, "
 "suivez ces conseils."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:36
+#: C/files-lost.page:37
 msgid ""
-"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
+"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
 "how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref="
 "\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7231,7 +7205,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xref=\"files-search\"/> pour savoir comment procéder."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:40
+#: C/files-lost.page:41
 msgid ""
 "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
 "saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
@@ -7242,7 +7216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dossiers « Bureau » et « Téléchargements » de votre répertoire personnel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:44
+#: C/files-lost.page:45
 msgid ""
 "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
 "gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
@@ -7254,23 +7228,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "> pour apprendre comment le restaurer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-lost.page:49
+#: C/files-lost.page:50
 msgid ""
 "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
 "that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
-"the file manager. Click the <_:media-1/> button in the file manager toolbar "
-"and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref="
-"\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
+"the file manager. Click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the file "
+"manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See "
+"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 "Peut être avez-vous renommé ce fichier de telle manière qu'il se trouve "
 "caché. Les fichiers dont le nom commence par un <file>.</file> ou se termine "
 "par <file>~</file> sont masqués dans le gestionnaire de fichiers. Cliquez "
-"sur le bouton <_:media-1/> dans la barre d'outils et activez <gui>Afficher "
-"les fichiers cachés</gui>. Consultez <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> pour en "
-"savoir plus."
+"sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre d'outils et activez "
+"<gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui>. Consultez <link xref=\"files-hidden"
+"\"/> pour davantage d'informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-open.page:10
+#: C/files-open.page:22
 msgid ""
 "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
 "file. You can change the default too."
@@ -7279,12 +7253,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour ce type de fichier et comment modifier la valeur par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-open.page:24
+#: C/files-open.page:26
 msgid "Open files with other applications"
 msgstr "Ouverture de fichiers avec une autre application"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:26
+#: C/files-open.page:28
 msgid ""
 "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
 "default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
@@ -7297,15 +7271,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ligne ou modifier l'application par défaut pour ce type de fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:31
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click "
-#| "the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If "
-#| "you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
-#| "Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications "
-#| "it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on "
-#| "your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
+#: C/files-open.page:33
 msgid ""
 "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
 "file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you do "
@@ -7315,41 +7281,33 @@ msgid ""
 "Application…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour ouvrir un fichier avec une application différente de celle par défaut, "
-"faites un clic-droit sur le fichier et choisissez celle que vous voulez dans "
-"le menu du haut. Si vous ne trouvez pas l'application voulue, cliquez sur "
-"<gui>Ouvrir avec une autre application</gui>. Par défaut, le gestionnaire de "
-"fichiers ne propose que les applications dont il sait qu'elles peuvent "
-"prendre en charge le fichier. Pour rechercher parmi toutes les applications "
-"installées sur votre ordinateur, cliquez sur <gui>Afficher d'autres "
-"applications</gui>."
+"faites un clic-droit sur le fichier et choisissez celle que vous voulez "
+"depuis le haut du menu. Si vous ne trouvez pas l'application voulue, cliquez "
+"sur <gui>Ouvrir avec</gui>. Par défaut, le gestionnaire de fichiers ne "
+"propose que les applications dont il sait qu'elles peuvent prendre en charge "
+"le fichier. Pour rechercher parmi toutes les applications installées sur "
+"votre ordinateur, cliquez sur <gui>Autres applications…</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-open.page:38
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
-#| "applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
-#| "manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
-#| "known to handle files of that type."
+#: C/files-open.page:40
 msgid ""
-"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
+"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more "
 "applications by clicking <gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager "
 "will search online for packages containing applications that are known to "
 "handle files of that type."
 msgstr ""
-"Si néanmoins vous ne pouvez toujours pas trouver l'application que vous "
-"voulez, vous pouvez chercher plus d'applications en cliquant sur "
-"<gui>Rechercher des applications en ligne</gui>. Le gestionnaire de fichiers "
-"cherche en ligne des paquets contenant des applications connues pour prendre "
-"en charge les fichiers de ce type."
+"Si néanmoins vous ne trouvez toujours pas l'application voulue, cliquez sur "
+"<gui>Rechercher de nouvelles applications</gui>. Le gestionnaire de fichiers "
+"va chercher en ligne des paquets contenant des applications connues pour "
+"prendre en charge les fichiers de ce type."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-open.page:44
+#: C/files-open.page:46
 msgid "Change the default application"
 msgstr "Changement d'application par défaut"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-open.page:45
+#: C/files-open.page:47
 msgid ""
 "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
 "type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
@@ -7363,7 +7321,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "clic sur un fichier MP3."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:51
+#: C/files-open.page:53
 msgid ""
 "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
 "example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
@@ -7374,35 +7332,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'ouverture d'un fichier MP3, sélectionnez un fichier <file>.mp3</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:54
+#: C/files-open.page:56
 msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Faites un clic droit sur le fichier et choisissez <gui>Propriétés</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:55
+#: C/files-open.page:57
 msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Ouvrir avec</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-open.page:56
-msgid ""
-"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
-"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
-"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
-"other applications</gui>."
+#: C/files-open.page:58
+msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez l'application voulue et cliquez sur <gui>Définir par défaut</"
-"gui>. Par défaut, le gestionnaire de fichiers affiche uniquement les "
-"applications qu'il sait capable de prendre en charge le fichier. Pour "
-"parcourir toutes les applications de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur "
-"<gui>Afficher d'autres applications</gui>."
+"Choisissez l'application que vous voulez et cliquez sur <gui>Définir par défaut</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/files-open.page:60
 msgid ""
 "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
-"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
+"to use, but do not want to make the default, select that application and "
 "click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</"
 "gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the "
 "file and selecting it from the list."
@@ -7424,18 +7374,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionné, mais pour tous les fichiers du même type."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-preview.page:10
+#: C/files-preview.page:20
 msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
 msgstr ""
 "Afficher et masquer rapidement des aperçus de documents, de vidéos et autres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-preview.page:20
+#: C/files-preview.page:24
 msgid "Preview files and folders"
 msgstr "Aperçu des fichiers et des dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:22
+#: C/files-preview.page:26
 msgid ""
 "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown "
 "application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in "
@@ -7448,7 +7398,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "disparaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:26
+#: C/files-preview.page:30
 msgid ""
 "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, "
 "video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or "
@@ -7459,12 +7409,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ou rechercher des séquences vidéo ou audio."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/files-preview.page:31 C/files-preview.page:33
+#: C/files-preview.page:35 C/files-preview.page:37
 msgid "fullscreen"
 msgstr "plein écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-preview.page:30
+#: C/files-preview.page:34
 msgid ""
 "To view a preview full-screen, click the <_:media-1/> button near the "
 "bottom, or press <key>f</key>. Click <_:media-2/> or press <key>f</key> "
@@ -7477,19 +7427,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour quitter complètement l'aperçu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-recover.page:8
+#: C/files-recover.page:20
 msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
 msgstr ""
 "Les fichiers supprimés sont généralement déplacés dans la corbeille, d'où "
 "ils peuvent être récupérés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:21
+#: C/files-recover.page:24
 msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
 msgstr "Restauration d'un fichier à partir de la corbeille"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:23
+#: C/files-recover.page:26
 msgid ""
 "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
 "the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
@@ -7499,27 +7449,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "restaurer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-recover.page:27
+#: C/files-recover.page:30
 msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
 msgstr "Pour restaurer un fichier à partir de la corbeille :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:29 C/files-search.page:43 C/files-share.page:48
-#: C/video-sending.page:35
+#: C/files-recover.page:32 C/files-search.page:44 C/files-share.page:52
 msgid ""
-"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> "
-"overview."
+"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>,"
+"Ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
+"<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:33
-msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
-msgstr "cliquez sur <gui>Corbeille</gui> dans le panneau latéral."
+#: C/files-recover.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click "
+"<gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Sidebar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Corbeille</gui> dans le panneau latéral. Si vous ne la voyez pas, cliquez sur 
<gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre d'outils et sélectionnez <gui>Afficher le panneau latéral</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:36
+#: C/files-recover.page:40
 msgid ""
 "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It "
 "will be restored to the folder from where it was deleted."
@@ -7528,7 +7480,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Restaurer</gui>. Il retourne dans le dossier d'où il a été supprimé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:42
+#: C/files-recover.page:46
 msgid ""
 "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </"
 "key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
@@ -7541,7 +7493,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "corbeille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-recover.page:47
+#: C/files-recover.page:51
 msgid ""
 "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
 "recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
@@ -7557,18 +7509,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "récupérer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:23
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
 msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
 msgstr ""
 "Éjecter ou démonter une clé USB, un CD, un DVD ou tout autre périphérique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:27
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:30
 msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
 msgstr "Démontage d'un lecteur externe en toute sécurité"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:29
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:32
 msgid ""
 "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
 "safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
@@ -7586,30 +7538,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "éjecter le disque de votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:37
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
 msgid "To eject a removable device:"
 msgstr "Pour éjecter un disque amovible :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:38
-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>."
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:42
+msgid ""
+"From the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview, open "
+"<app>Files</app>."
 msgstr ""
-"depuis la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, ouvrez l'application "
-"<app>Fichiers</app>,"
+"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui> "
+"ouvrez <app>Fichiers</app>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
 "the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr ""
-"localisez le périphérique dans le panneau latéral. Il devrait exister une "
-"petite icône d'éjection (en forme de pointe de flèche vers le haut) à côté "
-"du nom. Cliquez l'icône d'éjection pour enlever ou éjecter le périphérique "
-"en tout sécurité."
+"Localisez le périphérique dans le panneau latéral. Il y a une petite icône "
+"d'éjection (en forme de pointe de flèche vers le haut) à côté du nom. "
+"Cliquez dessus pour démonter et/ou éjecter le périphérique en tout sécurité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:43 C/files-removedrive.page:58
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:49 C/files-removedrive.page:66
 msgid ""
 "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
 "select <gui>Eject</gui>."
@@ -7618,13 +7571,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "latéral et sélectionnez <gui>Éjecter</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:48
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
 msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
 msgstr ""
 "Démontage en toute sécurité d'un périphérique qui est actuellement utilisé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:50
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
 msgid ""
 "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
 "will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
@@ -7637,17 +7590,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "sécurité le périphérique :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:55
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:62
 msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>."
 msgstr "cliquez sur <gui>Annuler</gui>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:56
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:63
 msgid "Close all the files on the device."
 msgstr "fermez tous les fichiers sur le périphérique,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-removedrive.page:57
+#: C/files-removedrive.page:64
 msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
 msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur l'icône d'éjection pour retirer ou éjecter le périphérique."
@@ -7664,46 +7617,45 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans les applications qui ont ouvert ces fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-rename.page:7
+#: C/files-rename.page:30
 msgid "Change file or folder name."
 msgstr "Modifier le nom d'un fichier ou d'un dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:30
+#: C/files-rename.page:33
 msgid "Rename a file or folder"
 msgstr "Modification d'un nom de fichier ou de dossier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:32
+#: C/files-rename.page:35
 msgid ""
-"As with other file managers, you can use the GNOME file manager to change "
-"the name of a file or folder."
+"As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name "
+"of a file or folder."
 msgstr ""
-"Comme avec les autres gestionnaires de fichiers, vous pouvez utiliser le "
-"gestionnaire de fichiers de GNOME pour modifier le nom d'un fichier ou d'un "
-"dossier."
+"Comme avec les autres gestionnaires de fichiers, vous pouvez utiliser "
+"<app>Fichiers</app> pour modifier le nom d'un fichier ou d'un dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:35
+#: C/files-rename.page:39
 msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
 msgstr "Pour renommer un fichier ou un dossier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:36
+#: C/files-rename.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
 "press <key>F2</key>."
 msgstr ""
-"faites un clic droit sur l'élément et choisissez <gui>Renommer</gui>, ou "
-"sélectionnez-le et appuyez sur <key>F2</key>,"
+"Faites un clic droit sur l'élément et choisissez <gui>Renommer</gui>, ou "
+"sélectionnez-le et appuyez sur <key>F2</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:38
+#: C/files-rename.page:42
 msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr "saisissez le nouveau nom et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
+msgstr "Saisissez le nouveau nom et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:41
+#: C/files-rename.page:45
 msgid ""
 "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
 "basic\">properties</link> window."
@@ -7712,57 +7664,38 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">propriétés</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:44
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
-#| "selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The "
-#| "extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</"
-#| "file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If "
-#| "you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and "
-#| "change it."
+#: C/files-rename.page:48
 msgid ""
 "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
-"selected, not the file extension (the part after the <file>.</file>). The "
-"extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</"
-"file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you "
-"need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change "
-"it."
+"selected, not the file extension (the part after the last <file>.</file>). "
+"The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for example, "
+"<file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to "
+"change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire "
+"file name and change it."
 msgstr ""
-"Quand vous renommez un fichier, seule la première partie de son nom est "
-"sélectionnée, pas l'extension (la partie derrière le « . »). L'extension "
-"décrit normalement le type de fichier (par exemple <file>fichier.pdf</file> "
-"est un document PDF) et normalement, vous ne devez pas la modifier. Si "
-"malgré tout, vous souhaitez modifier aussi l'extension, sélectionnez le nom "
-"complet et modifiez-le."
+"Quand vous renommez un fichier, seule la première partie de son nom est sélectionnée, pas l'extension (la 
partie derrière le dernier <file>.</file>). L'extension décrit normalement le type de fichier (par exemple 
<file>fichier.pdf</file> est un document PDF) et normalement, vous ne devez pas la modifier. Si malgré tout, 
vous souhaitez modifier aussi l'extension, sélectionnez le nom complet et modifiez-le."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:52
+#: C/files-rename.page:56
 msgid ""
 "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
-"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the "
-"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
+"the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the menu button in the "
+"toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</"
+"key></keyseq>, to restore the former name."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous renommez le mauvais fichier, ou nommez votre fichier de façon "
 "incorrecte, vous pouvez annuler le renommage. Pour annuler l'action, cliquez "
-"immédiatement sur le bouton engrenage ⚙ dans la barre d'outils et choisissez "
-"<gui>Annuler</gui> afin de restaurer le nom précédent."
+"immédiatement sur le bouton menu dans la barre d'outils et choisissez "
+"<gui>Rétablir</gui>, ou faites <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq> "
+"pour restaurer le nom précédent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:58
+#: C/files-rename.page:64
 msgid "Valid characters for file names"
 msgstr "Caractères valides pour les noms de fichier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:59
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in "
-#| "file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has "
-#| "more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to "
-#| "avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</"
-#| "key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</"
-#| "key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+#: C/files-rename.page:66
 msgid ""
 "You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in "
 "file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
@@ -7771,44 +7704,39 @@ msgid ""
 "<file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</"
 "file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe quel caractère sauf le <key>/</key> (barre "
+"Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe quel caractère sauf le <file>/</file> (barre "
 "oblique ou slash) dans les noms de fichiers. Certains périphériques "
 "utilisent cependant <em>un système de fichiers</em> plus restrictif sur la "
 "composition du nom. Par conséquent, il est préférable d'éviter les "
-"caractères suivants dans la composition des noms de fichiers : <key>|</key>, "
-"<key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key>&lt;</key>, <key>\"</key>, "
-"<key>:</key>, <key>&gt;</key>, <key>/</key>."
+"caractères suivants dans la composition des noms de fichiers : <file>|</"
+"file>, <file>\\</file>, <file>?</file>, <file>*</file>, <file>&lt;</file>, "
+"<file>\"</file>, <file>:</file>, <file>&gt;</file>, <file>/</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file "
-#| "will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to "
-#| "view it in the file manager."
+#: C/files-rename.page:74
 msgid ""
 "If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file "
 "will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view "
 "it in the file manager."
 msgstr ""
-"Si vous mettez un <key>.</key> comme premier caractère d'un nom de fichier, "
-"le fichier est alors <link xref=\"files-hidden\">caché</link> lorsque vous "
-"tentez de l'afficher dans le gestionnaire de fichiers."
+"Si vous mettez un <file>.</file> comme premier caractère d'un nom de "
+"fichier, le fichier est alors <link xref=\"files-hidden\">caché</link> "
+"lorsque vous tentez de l'afficher dans le gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:74 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:35
+#: C/files-rename.page:82 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:35
 msgid "Common problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes connus"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:77
+#: C/files-rename.page:86
 msgid "The file name is already in use"
 msgstr "Le nom du fichier est déjà utilisé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:78
+#: C/files-rename.page:87
 msgid ""
-"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
+"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
 "If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
 "are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7817,7 +7745,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "existe déjà dans le dossier, le gestionnaire de fichiers ne l'accepte pas."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:81
+#: C/files-rename.page:90
 msgid ""
 "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</"
 "file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names "
@@ -7829,17 +7757,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "cela n'est pas recommandé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:87
+#: C/files-rename.page:96
 msgid "The file name is too long"
 msgstr "Le nom de fichier est trop long"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:88
+#: C/files-rename.page:97
 msgid ""
 "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
 "their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
-"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/"
-"… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
+"path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
+"proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
+"possible."
 msgstr ""
 "Sur certains systèmes, les noms de fichiers ne peuvent pas avoir plus de 255 "
 "caractères. Cette limite inclut à la fois le nom du fichier et "
@@ -7848,12 +7777,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'utiliser des noms de fichiers et de dossiers trop longs."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-rename.page:95
+#: C/files-rename.page:104
 msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
 msgstr "L'option pour renommer est grisée"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-rename.page:96
+#: C/files-rename.page:105
 msgid ""
 "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
 "file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
@@ -7867,7 +7796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "permissions\"/> pour plus d'informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-search.page:25
+#: C/files-search.page:26
 msgid ""
 "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7875,12 +7804,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour un usage ultérieur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-search.page:28
+#: C/files-search.page:29
 msgid "Search for files"
 msgstr "Recherche de fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:30
+#: C/files-search.page:31
 msgid ""
 "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
 "the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
@@ -7892,19 +7821,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files-search.page:35
+#: C/files-search.page:36
 msgid "Other search applications"
 msgstr "Autres applications de recherche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/files-search.page:41 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
+#: C/files-search.page:42 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
 msgid "Search"
 msgstr "Recherche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:47
+#: C/files-search.page:48
 msgid ""
 "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
 "folder."
@@ -7913,34 +7842,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "recherchez, allez à ce dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:51
+#: C/files-search.page:52
 msgid ""
-"Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be "
+"shown in the search bar. For example, if you name all your invoices with the "
+"word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless "
+"of case."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur "
-"<keyseq><key>Ctrl </key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
+"Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots qui devraient faire partie du nom du fichier "
+"et ils s'affichent dans le champ de recherche. Par exemple, si vous nommez "
+"toutes vos factures avec le mot « facture », saisissez <input>facture</"
+"input>. Les mots sont recherchés sans tenir compte de la casse."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:55
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/files-search.page:57
 msgid ""
-"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if "
-"you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</"
-"input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
+"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click "
+"the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</"
+"key></keyseq>."
 msgstr ""
-"Saisissez un ou plusieurs mots qui devraient faire partie du nom du fichier. "
-"Par exemple, si vous nommez toutes vos factures avec le mot « facture », "
-"saisissez <input>facture</input>. Appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>. Les mots "
-"sont recherchés sans tenir compte de la casse."
+"Plutôt que saisir les mots pour faire apparaître le champ de recherche, "
+"cliquez sur la loupe dans la barre d'outils, ou appuyez sur "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl </key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:61
+#: C/files-search.page:63
 msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez réduire les résultats par emplacement et par type de fichier. "
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:64
+#: C/files-search.page:66
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</"
 "file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
@@ -7949,19 +7881,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "dossier, ou sur <gui>Tous les fichiers</gui> pour rechercher partout."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:69
+#: C/files-search.page:71
 msgid ""
-"Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list "
-"to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> "
-"button to remove this option and widen the search results."
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-"
+"down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <gui>x</"
+"gui> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>+</gui> et choisissez un <gui>Type de fichier</gui> dans la "
 "liste déroulante pour limiter la recherche à ce type de fichier. Cliquez sur "
-"le bouton <gui>x</gui> supprimer cette option et élargir le champ de "
+"le bouton <gui>x</gui> pour supprimer cette option et élargir le champ de "
 "recherche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:77
+#: C/files-search.page:79
 msgid ""
 "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
 "search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
@@ -7971,7 +7903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quel dossier du gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:82
+#: C/files-search.page:84
 msgid ""
 "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and "
 "return to the folder."
@@ -7980,7 +7912,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "retourner dans le répertoire."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:87
+#: C/files-search.page:89
 msgid ""
 "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
 "quickly."
@@ -7989,26 +7921,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour y accéder rapidement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-search.page:91
+#: C/files-search.page:93
 msgid "Save a search"
 msgstr "Enregistrement d'une recherche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:92
+#: C/files-search.page:94
 msgid "Start a search as above."
 msgstr "Lancer une recherche comme ci-dessus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:93
+#: C/files-search.page:95
 msgid ""
-"When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and "
+"When you are happy with the search parameters, click the menu button and "
 "select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Lorsque vous êtes satisfait avec les paramètres de la recherche, cliquez sur "
-"le bouton engrenage ⚙ et choisissez <gui>Enregistrer la recherche sous</gui>."
+"le bouton menu et choisissez <gui>Enregistrer la recherche sous</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-search.page:95
+#: C/files-search.page:97
 msgid ""
 "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
 "different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
@@ -8021,7 +7953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "une loupe dessus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-search.page:101
+#: C/files-search.page:103
 msgid ""
 "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref="
 "\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When "
@@ -8035,7 +7967,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aux critères de recherche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-select.page:14
+#: C/files-select.page:18
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
 "which have similar names."
@@ -8044,12 +7976,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "plusieurs fichiers avec des noms similaires."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-select.page:19
+#: C/files-select.page:22
 msgid "Select files by pattern"
 msgstr "Sélection de fichier par motif"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:21
+#: C/files-select.page:24
 msgid ""
 "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
@@ -8065,7 +7997,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "disponibles :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:28
+#: C/files-select.page:31
 msgid ""
 "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
 "all."
@@ -8074,18 +8006,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "caractère."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:30
+#: C/files-select.page:33
 msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
 msgstr ""
 "<file>?</file> remplace exactement un seul caractère, n'importe lequel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-select.page:33
+#: C/files-select.page:36
 msgid "For example:"
 msgstr "Par exemple :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:36
+#: C/files-select.page:39
 msgid ""
 "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
 "have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
@@ -8096,12 +8028,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "tous les trois à l'aide du motif :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:39
+#: C/files-select.page:42
 msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Facture.*</file>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:41
+#: C/files-select.page:44
 msgid ""
 "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
 "<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
@@ -8112,40 +8044,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionnez-les à l'aide du motif :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:44
+#: C/files-select.page:47
 msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Vacances-???.jpg</file>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-select.page:46
+#: C/files-select.page:49
 msgid ""
-"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
-"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
+"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added "
+"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you have "
 "edited, select the edited photos with"
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous avez des photos comme ci-dessus, mais vous en avez modifié quelques-"
 "unes et ajouté <file>-modifiée</file> à la fin de leur nom, sélectionnez-les "
-"à l'aide du motif :"
+"à l'aide du motif"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/files-select.page:49
+#: C/files-select.page:52
 msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
 msgstr "<file>Vacances-???-modifiée.jpg</file>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-share.page:9
+#: C/files-share.page:25
 msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
 msgstr ""
 "Transférer facilement des fichiers à vos contacts de courriel à partir du "
 "gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-share.page:26
+#: C/files-share.page:29
 msgid "Share files by email"
 msgstr "Partage de fichiers par courriel"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-share.page:38
+#: C/files-share.page:41
 msgid ""
 "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the "
 "file manager."
@@ -8154,7 +8086,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "à partir du gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:42
+#: C/files-share.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is "
 "installed on your computer, and your email account is configured."
@@ -8164,31 +8096,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "courriel est configuré."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-share.page:47
+#: C/files-share.page:50
 msgid "To share a file by email:"
 msgstr "Pour partager un fichier par courriel :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:50
+#: C/files-share.page:55
 msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
 msgstr "Localisez le fichier à transférer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:52
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Right-click the file and select <gui>Email…</gui> The <gui>New Message</"
-#| "gui> window will appear with the file attached."
+#: C/files-share.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Right-click the file and select <gui>Email…</gui>. An email compose window "
 "will appear with the file attached."
 msgstr ""
 "Faites un clic droit sur le fichier et sélectionnez <gui>Envoyer à…</gui>. "
-"la boîte de dialogue <gui>Nouveau message</gui> s'affiche avec le fichier "
+"Une boîte de dialogue pour composer le message s'affiche avec le fichier "
 "joint."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-share.page:55
+#: C/files-share.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you "
 "want to send the file. Fill in the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the "
@@ -8199,7 +8127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "rédigez le corps du message et cliquez sur <gui>Envoyer</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/files-share.page:61
+#: C/files-share.page:66
 msgid ""
 "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
 "<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file."
@@ -8209,19 +8137,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "droit sur l'un d'eux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-sort.page:8
+#: C/files-sort.page:27
 msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
 msgstr ""
 "Organiser les fichiers par nom, taille, type ou en fonction de leur date de "
 "modification."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:27
+#: C/files-sort.page:30
 msgid "Sort files and folders"
 msgstr "Tri des fichiers et des dossiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:33
+#: C/files-sort.page:36
 msgid ""
 "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
 "them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
@@ -8235,7 +8163,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de modifier l'ordre de tri par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:38
+#: C/files-sort.page:41
 msgid ""
 "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
 "are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in "
@@ -8246,23 +8174,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "liste ou des boutons de la barre d'outils."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:43
+#: C/files-sort.page:46
 msgid "Icon view"
 msgstr "Vue en icônes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:44
+#: C/files-sort.page:48
 msgid ""
-"To sort files in a different order, click the <_:media-1/> button in the "
-"toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</"
-"gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>."
+"To sort files in a different order, click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button "
+"in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By "
+"Type</gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour trier les fichiers dans un ordre différent, cliquez sur le bouton <_:"
-"media-1/> dans la barre d'outils et choisissez <gui>Par nom</gui>, <gui>Par "
-"taille</gui>, <gui>Par type</gui> ou <gui>Par date de modification</gui>."
+"Pour trier les fichiers dans un ordre différent, cliquez sur le bouton "
+"<gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre d'outils et choisissez par <gui>Nom</"
+"gui>, par <gui>Taille</gui>, par <gui>Type</gui>, par <gui>Date de "
+"modification</gui> ou par <gui>Date d'accès</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:48
+#: C/files-sort.page:54
 msgid ""
 "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by "
 "their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other "
@@ -8273,21 +8202,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "> pour d'autres options."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:50
+#: C/files-sort.page:58
 msgid ""
 "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
-"from the pull-down menu."
+"from the menu."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez inverser l'ordre de tri en cochant la case <gui>Ordre inversé</"
-"gui> dans le menu déroulant."
+"gui> dans le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:55
+#: C/files-sort.page:64
 msgid "List view"
 msgstr "Vue en liste"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:56
+#: C/files-sort.page:66
 msgid ""
 "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
 "file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
@@ -8299,44 +8228,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur cette colonne pour inverser l'ordre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:59
+#: C/files-sort.page:69
 msgid ""
 "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
-"columns. Click the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible "
-"Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will "
-"then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> "
-"for descriptions of available columns."
+"columns. Click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar, pick "
+"<gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be "
+"visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref="
+"\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la vue en liste, vous pouvez afficher des colonnes comportant d'autres "
-"attributs et trier selon ces critères. Cliquez sur le bouton <_:media-1/> "
-"dans la barre d'outils, choisissez <gui>Colonnes visibles</gui>, puis "
-"sélectionnez les colonnes que vous voulez rendre visibles. Vous pouvez "
+"attributs et trier selon ces critères. Cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/"
+"></gui> dans la barre d'outils, choisissez <gui>Colonnes visibles</gui>, "
+"puis sélectionnez les colonnes que vous voulez rendre visibles. Vous pouvez "
 "ensuite trier les fichiers en fonction de ces critères. Consultez la liste "
 "<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> pour obtenir une description des colonnes "
 "disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:77
+#: C/files-sort.page:79
 msgid "Ways of sorting files"
 msgstr "Méthodes de tri des fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:80
+#: C/files-sort.page:83
 msgid "By Name"
 msgstr "Par nom"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:81
+#: C/files-sort.page:84
 msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
 msgstr "Trie les fichiers dans l'ordre alphabétique en fonction de leur nom."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:84
+#: C/files-sort.page:87
 msgid "By Size"
 msgstr "Par taille"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:85
+#: C/files-sort.page:88
 msgid ""
 "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
 "smallest to largest by default."
@@ -8345,12 +8274,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "le disque). Par défaut, range du plus petit au plus gros."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:89
+#: C/files-sort.page:92
 msgid "By Type"
 msgstr "Par type"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:90
+#: C/files-sort.page:93
 msgid ""
 "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
 "together, then sorted by name."
@@ -8359,12 +8288,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'un même type sont regroupés et ensuite triés par nom."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/files-sort.page:94
+#: C/files-sort.page:97
 msgid "By Modification Date"
 msgstr "Par date de modification"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-sort.page:95
+#: C/files-sort.page:98
 msgid ""
 "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
 "to newest by default."
@@ -8372,23 +8301,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "Trie les fichiers en fonction de la date et l'heure de leur dernière "
 "modification. Par défaut, range du plus ancien au plus récent."
 
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-templates.page:7
-msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
-msgstr "Créer rapidement de nouveaux documents à partir de modèles de fichier."
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/files-sort.page:102
+msgid "By Access Date"
+msgstr "Par date d'accès"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/files-sort.page:103
+msgid ""
+"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last read. Sorts from oldest to "
+"newest by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Trie les fichiers en fonction de la date et l'heure de leur dernière "
+"ouverture. Par défaut, range du plus ancien au plus récent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/files-templates.page:12 C/printing-inklevel.page:13
+#: C/files-templates.page:12 C/printing-inklevel.page:12
 msgid "Anita Reitere"
 msgstr "Anita Reitere"
 
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/files-templates.page:22
+msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
+msgstr "Créer rapidement de nouveaux documents à partir de modèles de fichier."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/files-templates.page:25
 msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
 msgstr "Modèles de types de documents usuels"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:24
+#: C/files-templates.page:27
 msgid ""
 "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
 "from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
@@ -8401,12 +8344,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "souhaitez réutiliser ; par exemple, un modèle de lettre avec votre en-tête."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:30
+#: C/files-templates.page:33
 msgid "Make a new template"
 msgstr "Création d'un nouveau modèle"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:31
+#: C/files-templates.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
 "could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
@@ -8416,28 +8359,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "de texte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:34
+#: C/files-templates.page:40
 msgid ""
-"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
-"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
-"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
+"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
+"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does "
+"not exist, you will need to create it first."
 msgstr ""
 "Enregistrez ce fichier modèle dans le dossier <file>Modèles </file> de votre "
 "dossier personnel. Si le dossier <file>Modèles </file> n'existe pas, créez-"
 "le d'abord."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/files-templates.page:40
+#: C/files-templates.page:47
 msgid "Use a template to create a document"
 msgstr "Utilisation d'un modèle pour créer un document"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:41
+#: C/files-templates.page:49
 msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
 msgstr "Ouvrez le dossier qui contiendra le nouveau document."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:42
+#: C/files-templates.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
 "style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will "
@@ -8448,70 +8391,63 @@ msgstr ""
 "apparaissent dans le sous-menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:45
+#: C/files-templates.page:57
 msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
 msgstr "Choisissez dans la liste le modèle que vous souhaitez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:46
+#: C/files-templates.page:60
 msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
 msgstr "Saisissez un nom de fichier pour ce nouveau document."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/files-templates.page:47
+#: C/files-templates.page:63
 msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
 msgstr "Ouvrez-le d'un double-clic et commencez à travailler."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files-tilde.page:9
+#: C/files-tilde.page:24
 msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
 msgstr "Ce sont des fichiers de sauvegarde. Ils sont masqués par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files-tilde.page:24
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
+#: C/files-tilde.page:27
 msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?"
-msgstr "Quel est ce fichier avec un « ~ » à la fin de son nom ?"
+msgstr "Quel est ce fichier avec un <file>~</file> à la fin de son nom ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:26
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example."
-#| "txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited "
-#| "in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to "
-#| "delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
+#: C/files-tilde.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, "
 "<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
 "documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
-"It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your "
+"It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your "
 "computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Les fichiers dont le nom se termine par un « ~ » (comme par exemple "
+"Les fichiers dont le nom se termine par un <file>~</file> (comme par exemple "
 "<file>exemple.txt~</file>) sont des sauvegardes générées automatiquement par "
 "des éditeurs de texte comme <app>gedit</app> ou d'autres applications. Il "
 "est normalement sans risque de les supprimer, mais il n'y a aucun problème "
 "si vous les laissez sur votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:31
+#: C/files-tilde.page:35
 msgid ""
 "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
-"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <_:media-1/> menu "
-"of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</"
-"key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
+"you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <gui><_:media-1/></"
+"gui> menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of "
+"these steps."
 msgstr ""
 "Ces fichiers sont cachés par défaut. Si vous les voyez, c'est parce que vous "
 "avez sélectionné <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> (dans le menu "
-"obtenu en cliquant sur l'icône <_:media-1/> dans la barre d'outils de "
-"<app>Fichiers</app>), ou que vous avez appuyé sur <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Vous pouvez les masquer de nouveau en répétant "
-"une de ces deux procédures."
+"obtenu en cliquant sur l'icône <gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre "
+"d'outils de <app>Fichiers</app>), ou que vous avez appuyé sur "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. Vous pouvez les masquer de "
+"nouveau en répétant une de ces deux procédures."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/files-tilde.page:38
+#: C/files-tilde.page:42
 msgid ""
 "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
 "xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
@@ -8520,28 +8456,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "visibles. Consultez <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> pour savoir comment "
 "manipuler les fichiers cachés."
 
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/files.page:37
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus-3-10.png' "
-"md5='e25df7716ce56fcba4f3a2dcb56d2475'"
-msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/nautilus-3-10.png' "
-"md5='e25df7716ce56fcba4f3a2dcb56d2475'"
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/files.page:23
+#: C/files.page:28
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Files"
 msgstr "Fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/files.page:25
+#: C/files.page:30
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete"
 "\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link "
@@ -8552,37 +8474,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">gestion des disques amovibles</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/files.page:34
+#: C/files.page:39
 msgid "Files, folders &amp; search"
 msgstr "Fichiers, dossiers &amp; recherches"
 
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/files.page:38
-msgid "<app>Files</app> file manager"
-msgstr "Le gestionnaire de fichiers <app>Fichiers</app>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/files.page:42
 msgid "Common tasks"
 msgstr "Tâches courantes"
 
-#. (itstool) path: links/title
-#: C/files.page:46 C/hardware.page:31
-msgid "More topics"
-msgstr "Autres rubriques"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/files.page:47
+msgid "More file-related tasks"
+msgstr "Davantage de tâches concernant les fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:50
+#: C/files.page:52
 msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
 msgstr "Médias amovibles et disques externes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:55
+#: C/files.page:57
 msgid "Backing up"
 msgstr "Sauvegardes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/files.page:60
+#: C/files.page:62
 msgid "Tips and questions"
 msgstr "Astuces et questions"
 
@@ -8704,7 +8621,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "savoir plus sur la façon de participer à l'équipe de documentation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:16 C/translate.page:20
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:16 C/gnome-version.page:9 C/translate.page:20
 msgid "Petr Kovar"
 msgstr "Petr Kovar"
 
@@ -8778,13 +8695,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:56 C/shell-terminology.page:133
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:56 C/shell-terminology.page:124
 msgid "Window list"
 msgstr "Liste des fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:58 C/shell-introduction.page:306
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:58 C/shell-introduction.page:293
 msgid ""
 "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open "
 "windows and applications and lets you quickly minimize and restore them."
@@ -8794,7 +8711,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "rapidement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/gnome-classic.page:61
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/gnome-classic.page:61 C/shell-introduction.page:296
 msgid ""
 "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
 "for the current workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
@@ -8899,6 +8817,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur l'icône d'options qui se situe à gauche du bouton <gui>Se "
 "connecter</gui> et choisissez <gui>GNOME</gui>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/gnome-version.page:11 C/screen-shot-record.page:29
+msgid "2015"
+msgstr "2015"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/gnome-version.page:16
+msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running."
+msgstr "Comment savoir quelle version de GNOME est en service."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/gnome-version.page:19
+msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running"
+msgstr "Détection de la version de GNOME en service"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:21
+msgid ""
+"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by "
+"going to the <gui>Details</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour savoir quelle version de GNOME est actuellement en service,  allez dans "
+"le panneau <gui>Détails</gui> des <gui>Paramètres</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/gnome-version.page:31
+msgid ""
+"A window appears showing information about your system, including your "
+"distribution's name and the GNOME version."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fenêtre s'affiche avec les informations sur votre système, ainsi que le "
+"nom de votre distribution et la version de GNOME."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/hardware-auth.page:13
 msgid ""
@@ -8913,17 +8864,17 @@ msgid "Fingerprints &amp; smart cards"
 msgstr "Empreintes et cartes à puce"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
 msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
 msgstr "Résoudre les problèmes de lecteurs de cartes de données"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23
 msgid "Media card reader problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes de lecteurs de cartes de données"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25
 msgid ""
 "Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage "
 "media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
@@ -8936,7 +8887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "S'ils ne le sont pas, voici quelques conseils de dépannage :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:28
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
 "are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
@@ -8951,38 +8902,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas trop forcer ! Si vous butez sur quelque chose de dur, arrêtez)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:36
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39
 msgid ""
-"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
-"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
-"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
-"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
-"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</"
+"gui> overview. Does the inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list "
+"in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not "
+"mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press "
+"<key>F9</key> or click the <gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar and "
+"choose <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>.)"
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez l'application <app>Fichiers</app> en utilisant la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>. La carte insérée s'affiche-t-elle dans la liste des "
-"<gui>Périphériques</gui> du panneau de gauche ? Certaines cartes "
+"Ouvrez <app>Fichiers</app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref=\"shell-"
+"terminology\">Activités</gui>. La carte insérée s'affiche-t-elle dans la "
+"liste des <gui>Périphériques</gui> du panneau de gauche ? Certaines cartes "
 "apparaissent mais ne sont pas montées ; cliquez une fois dessus pour les "
 "monter (si vous ne voyez pas le panneau latéral, appuyez sur <key>F9</key> "
-"ou cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</gui><gui> Panneau latéral</gui><gui> "
-"Afficher le panneau latéral</gui></guiseq>)."
+"ou cliquez sur le bouton <gui><_:media-1/></gui> dans la barre d'outils puis "
+"sur <gui>Afficher le panneau latéral</gui>)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:43
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
 msgid ""
-"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</"
-"gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly "
-"configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, "
-"and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
+"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type <input>computer:///</input> and press "
+"<key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader "
+"should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when "
+"the card has been mounted."
 msgstr ""
-"Si votre carte ne s'affiche pas dans le panneau latéral, cliquez sur "
-"<guiseq><gui>Aller à</gui><gui>Poste de travail</gui></guiseq>. Si votre "
-"lecteur de carte est correctement configuré, il doit y apparaître soit sous "
-"forme d'un lecteur vide, soit sous forme de la carte elle-même si elle est "
-"montée (voir l'image ci-dessous)."
+"Si votre carte ne s'affiche pas dans le panneau latéral, appuyez sur "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>, saisissez <input>computer:///</"
+"input> et faites <key>Entrée</key>. Si votre lecteur de carte est "
+"correctement configuré, il doit y apparaître soit sous forme d'un lecteur "
+"vide, soit sous forme de la carte elle-même si elle est montée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:49
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:57
 msgid ""
 "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
 "card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
@@ -8993,13 +8946,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "un autre lecteur si possible."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:54
+#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:62
 msgid ""
-"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
-"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
-"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
-"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
-"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
+"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> "
+"location, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due "
+"to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer "
+"instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to "
+"directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
 "computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
 "supported by Linux."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9013,7 +8966,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qui sont beaucoup mieux pris en charge par Linux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:17
 msgid ""
 "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
 "attached to it."
@@ -9022,12 +8975,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "périphériques qui y sont connectés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:18
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:21
 msgid "What is a driver?"
 msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un pilote ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:23
 msgid ""
 "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
 "<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
@@ -9038,7 +8991,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "soit <em>internes</em> comme les cartes graphiques ou audio."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:27
 msgid ""
 "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
 "how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
@@ -9049,13 +9002,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "appelé <em>pilote de périphérique</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:31
 msgid ""
 "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
 "installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
-"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
-"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
-"other model."
+"the correct driver is not available, you will not be able to use the "
+"printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible "
+"with any other model."
 msgstr ""
 "Quand vous connectez un périphérique à votre ordinateur, vous avez besoin "
 "d'avoir le bon pilote installé pour le faire fonctionner. Par exemple, si "
@@ -9065,7 +9018,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "modèles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:37
 msgid ""
 "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
 "everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
@@ -9077,10 +9030,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "ne sont pas du tout disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
+#: C/hardware-driver.page:41
 msgid ""
 "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
-"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
+"functional. For example, you might find that your printer cannot do double-"
 "sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
 msgstr ""
 "De plus, certains pilotes disponibles sont incomplets ou ne fonctionnent que "
@@ -9132,6 +9085,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hardware &amp; drivers"
 msgstr "Matériel et pilotes"
 
+#. (itstool) path: links/title
+#: C/hardware.page:31
+msgid "More topics"
+msgstr "Autres rubriques"
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/hardware.page:36
 msgctxt "link:trail"
@@ -9209,13 +9167,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas répondre immédiatement, donc soyez patient."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/help-irc.page:41
+#: C/help-irc.page:42
 msgid ""
-"Please note the <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/\";>GNOME "
-"code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
+"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct";
+"\">GNOME code of conduct</link> applies when you chat on IRC."
 msgstr ""
-"Veuillez notez que le <link href=\"https://live.gnome.org/CodeOfConduct/";
-"\">code de conduite de GNOME</link> s'applique lorsque vous discutez sur IRC."
+"Veuillez notez que le <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/";
+"CodeOfConduct\">code de conduite de GNOME</link> s'applique lorsque vous "
+"discutez sur IRC."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/help-mailing-list.page:23
@@ -9295,17 +9254,17 @@ msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help"
 msgstr "<_:media-1/> Manuel de GNOME"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:36
 msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
 msgstr "Faire clignoter le curseur et régler sa fréquence de clignotement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:36
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:40
 msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
 msgstr "Clignotement du curseur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:38
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
 msgid ""
 "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
 "make it blink to make it easier to locate."
@@ -9314,8 +9273,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "pouvez le faire clignoter pour le localiser plus facilement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:46
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:52 C/tips-specialchars.page:65
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:47 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:60 C/tips-specialchars.page:65
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
@@ -9324,18 +9283,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Clavier</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:47 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56 C/tips-specialchars.page:69
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:51 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:64 C/tips-specialchars.page:69
 msgid "Click on <gui>Keyboard</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Clavier</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:54
 msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
 msgstr "Cochez la case <gui>Le curseur clignote dans les champs texte</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:51
+#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9343,12 +9302,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "clignotement du curseur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:14
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15
 msgid "Juanjo Marin"
 msgstr "Juanjo Marin"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
 msgid ""
 "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather "
 "than with a right-click."
@@ -9356,19 +9315,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "La touche <key>Menu</key> ouvre un menu contextuel, le même que celui obtenu "
 "par un clic droit."
 
-#. (itstool) path: license/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25
-msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
-msgstr ""
-"Creative Commons Paternité-Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'Identique 3.0"
-
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:28
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29
 msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?"
 msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la touche<key>Menu</key> ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31
 msgid ""
 "The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a "
 "key found on some Windows-oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the "
@@ -9384,7 +9337,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "media-1/>. "
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:44
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45
 msgid ""
 "The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the "
 "keyboard rather than by clicking the right mouse button: this is useful if "
@@ -9396,7 +9349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'avez pas de souris ou si le bouton droit est inexistant."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50
 msgid ""
 "The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, "
 "particularly on portable and laptop keyboards. In this case, some keyboards "
@@ -9409,7 +9362,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "combinaison avec la touche <key>Fn</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55
 msgid ""
 "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The "
 "menu that you see, if any, is dependent on the context and function of the "
@@ -9424,7 +9377,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "moment de l'appui sur la touche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:23
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:24
 msgid ""
 "The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can "
 "usually find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
@@ -9434,12 +9387,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:26
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:29
 msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
 msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la touche <key>Logo</key> ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:28
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:31
 msgid ""
 "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
 "is displayed. This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your "
@@ -9453,7 +9406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<em>touche Windows</em> ou touche système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:34
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:37
 msgid ""
 "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key "
 "instead of the Windows key, while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass "
@@ -9464,7 +9417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "auront une loupe à cet endroit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:44
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:42
 msgid ""
 "To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9472,7 +9425,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Activités</gui> :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:47
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview, then "
 "open the <app>Settings</app>."
@@ -9481,17 +9434,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui> puis l'application <app>Paramètres</app>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:53
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:51
 msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
 msgstr "cliquez sur <gui>Clavier</gui>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:56
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:54
 msgid "Click the <gui style=\"tab\">Shortcuts</gui> tab."
 msgstr "cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Raccourcis</gui>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:59
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show the "
 "activities overview</gui> on the right."
@@ -9500,7 +9453,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Afficher l'aperçu des activités</gui> sur la droite,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:63
+#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61
 msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
 msgstr "et appuyez sur les touches souhaitées pour la combinaison."
 
@@ -9509,42 +9462,47 @@ msgstr "et appuyez sur les touches souhaitées pour la combinaison."
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:104
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
+#| "md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
-"md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
+"md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' "
 "md5='3c55959bbc710a43fa455cb998ba5c85'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:25
 msgid "Juanjo Marín"
 msgstr "Juanjo Marín"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/printing-cancel-job.page:23
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:14 C/printing-name-location.page:19
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22 C/printing-to-file.page:12
-#: C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:27
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:25 C/settings-sharing.page:18
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:23 C/user-autologin.page:15
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35 C/prefs-sharing.page:15
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:23 C/printing-name-location.page:15
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:20 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:14 C/privacy.page:16 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:27
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:26 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24
+#: C/user-autologin.page:16
 msgid "2013"
 msgstr "2013"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:39
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
 msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them."
 msgstr "Ajouter des agencements au clavier et basculer entre eux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:42
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:43
 msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts"
 msgstr "Utilisation d'agencements de clavier alternatifs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
 "Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
@@ -9561,8 +9519,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "touches. C'est utile si vous jonglez souvent entre plusieurs langues."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:53 C/session-formats.page:35
-#: C/session-language.page:46 C/session-language.page:83
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:54 C/session-formats.page:36
+#: C/session-language.page:49
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui>."
@@ -9571,29 +9529,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Pays &amp; langue</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:57 C/session-formats.page:39
-#: C/session-language.page:50 C/session-language.page:87
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:58 C/session-formats.page:40
+#: C/session-language.page:53
 msgid "Click on <gui>Region &amp; Language</gui> to open the panel."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Pays &amp; langue</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Pays &amp; langue</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:60
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61
 msgid ""
-"Click the <key>+</key> button, select the language which is associated with "
-"the layout, then select a layout and press<gui>Add</gui>."
+"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, "
+"select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a "
+"layout and press <gui>Add</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton<gui>+</gui>, sélectionnez la langue associée à "
-"l'agencement, puis sélectionnez un agencement et cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</"
-"gui>."
+"Cliquez sur le bouton<gui>+</gui> dans la partie <gui>Sources d'entrées</"
+"gui>, sélectionnez la langue associée à l'agencement, puis sélectionnez un "
+"agencement et cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68 C/keyboard-layouts.page:74
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:70 C/keyboard-layouts.page:76
 msgid "preview"
 msgstr "aperçu"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:68
 msgid ""
 "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of "
 "<gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking <gui><_:media-1/></gui>"
@@ -9603,12 +9561,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "></gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:77
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:79
 msgid "preferences"
 msgstr "préférences"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:71
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73
 msgid ""
 "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify "
 "those languages because they have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to "
@@ -9623,7 +9581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nouveau bouton <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:80
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:82
 msgid ""
 "When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
 "same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
@@ -9644,7 +9602,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "agencements multiples."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90
 msgid ""
 "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as "
 "<gui>en</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
@@ -9662,7 +9620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'agencement clavier actuel et vous y référer en cas de besoin."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
+#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97
 msgid ""
 "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input "
 "Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the "
@@ -9683,17 +9641,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Clavier</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:29
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:30
 msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
 msgstr "Utiliser les applications et le bureau sans souris."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:33
 msgid "Keyboard navigation"
 msgstr "Navigation au clavier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:42
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:43
 msgid ""
 "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
 "other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
@@ -9706,7 +9664,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "les utilisateurs, consultez plutôt <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:49
 msgid ""
 "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
 "pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
@@ -9718,17 +9676,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour obtenir des informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:55
 msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
 msgstr "Navigation parmi les interfaces utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:57
 msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<key>Tab</key> et <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
 "<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
@@ -9744,19 +9702,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "texte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:64
 msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
 msgstr ""
 "Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Maj</key> pour déplacer le focus en sens "
 "inverse."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
 msgid "Arrow keys"
 msgstr "Flèches du clavier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:68
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
 "controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
@@ -9768,7 +9726,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "liste ou en icônes ou sélectionner un bouton radio dans un groupe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:73
 msgid ""
 "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
 "items with children."
@@ -9777,12 +9735,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "étendre et réduire les éléments avec enfants."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:78
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Touches fléchées</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79
 msgid ""
 "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
 "changing which item is selected."
@@ -9791,12 +9749,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "autre élément sans changer l'élément sélectionné."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Touches fléchées</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84
 msgid ""
 "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
 "the newly focused item."
@@ -9805,24 +9763,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'élément sélectionné vers le nouvel élément mis en évidence."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88
 msgid "<key>Space</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Barre d'espace</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89
 msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
 msgstr ""
 "Activer un élément mis en évidence, comme par exemple un bouton, une case à "
 "cocher ou un élément de liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Barre d'espace</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:91
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:94
 msgid ""
 "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
 "deselecting other items."
@@ -9831,12 +9789,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "mis en évidence sans désélectionner les autres éléments."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:95
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98
 msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Alt</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:99
 msgid ""
 "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
 "letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
@@ -9849,23 +9807,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "lettre soulignée pour activer un contrôle, comme si vous aviez cliqué dessus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105
 msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Échap</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
 msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
 msgstr ""
 "Sortir d'un menu, d'une fenêtre surgissante ou d'une boîte de dialogue."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109
 msgid "<key>F10</key>"
 msgstr "<key>F10</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:110
 msgid ""
 "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
 "navigate the menus."
@@ -9874,18 +9832,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "flèches du clavier pour naviguer dans les menus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:111
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
 msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar."
 msgstr "Ouvrir le menu de l'application dans la barre supérieure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
 "menu\">Menu</key>"
@@ -9894,7 +9852,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "menu\">Menu</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:119
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122
 msgid ""
 "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
 "clicked."
@@ -9903,12 +9861,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "effectué un clic-droit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:125
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128
 msgid ""
 "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
 "you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
@@ -9918,7 +9876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur un élément."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:129
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:132
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
 "key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
@@ -9927,23 +9885,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "key><key>Page Bas</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:131
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:134
 msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans une interface à onglets, basculer vers l'onglet de gauche ou de droite."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
 msgid "Navigate the desktop"
 msgstr "Déplacements dans le bureau"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:157 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:154
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:158
 msgid ""
 "Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> "
 "key and press <key>F6</key> until the window you want is highlighted, then "
@@ -9957,47 +9915,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:160 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Échap</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:161
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
 msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace."
 msgstr "Parcourir toutes les fenêtres ouvertes d'un espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:164 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:168 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>M</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:165
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:169
 msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Open the message tray.</"
-"link> Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">Open the message tray.</link> "
+"Press <key>Esc</key> to close."
 msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">Ouvrir le tiroir de "
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">Ouvrir le tiroir de "
 "messagerie.</link> Appuyez sur <key>Échap</key> pour fermer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:175
 msgid "Navigate windows"
 msgstr "Gestion des fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178
 msgid "Close the current window."
 msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre actuelle."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:181
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
 "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10006,11 +9964,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:179
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:183
 msgid ""
-"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key> "
-"<key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></"
-"keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
+"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</"
+"key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour restaurer à sa taille initiale ou maximiser une fenêtre, appuyez sur "
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>. <keyseq><key>Alt</"
@@ -10018,12 +9976,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "restaurer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:418
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:189 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190
 msgid ""
 "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
 "then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
@@ -10035,12 +9993,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<key>Échap</key> pour la remettre à son point de départ."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:196 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:191
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:197
 msgid ""
 "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></"
 "keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</"
@@ -10054,7 +10012,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "taille d'origine."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
 "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10063,7 +10021,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:202
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press "
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</"
@@ -10075,22 +10033,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "taille d'origine."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:208 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:215 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:422
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>H</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:209
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:216
 msgid "Minimize a window."
 msgstr "Minimiser une fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:212 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:458
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key></key>←</keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:213
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
 msgid ""
 "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again "
 "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
@@ -10101,12 +10059,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>→</key></keyseq> pour passer d'un côté à l'autre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:219 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:220
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
 msgid ""
 "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again "
 "to restore the window to its previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</"
@@ -10117,52 +10075,60 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>←</key></keyseq> pour passer d'un côté à l'autre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:226 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:233 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Barre d'espace</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-nav.page:227
+#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234
 msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
 msgstr ""
 "Afficher le menu de la fenêtre, comme avec un clic droit sur la barre de "
 "titre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16 C/power-hibernate.page:22
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15 C/power-hibernate.page:22
 msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
 msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:31
 msgid ""
-"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
+"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse "
+"or a touchscreen."
 msgstr ""
 "Utiliser un clavier visuel pour saisir du texte en cliquant sur des boutons "
-"avec la souris."
+"avec la souris ou en touchant l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35
-msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
-msgstr "Utilisation d'un clavier visuel"
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:37
+msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard"
+msgstr "Utilisation d'un clavier sur écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:37
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:39
 msgid ""
-"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
-"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
+"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
+"it, you can turn on the <em>on-screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous n'avez pas de clavier connecté à votre ordinateur, ou si vous ne "
 "souhaitez pas l'utiliser, vous pouvez activer la fonction <em>clavier "
 "visuel</em> pour saisir du texte."
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen"
+msgstr ""
+"Le clavier visuel s'active automatiquement dès que vous touchez l'écran."
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:49
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:56
 msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
 msgstr "Ouvrez <gui>Clavier visuel</gui> dans la section <gui>Saisie</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:61
 msgid ""
 "When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open "
 "at the bottom of the screen."
@@ -10173,7 +10139,7 @@ msgstr ""
 # Bruno :
 # En fait, il y a deux claviers visuels encore présent sous GNOME 3.2 donc l'un comporte ces touches mais 
cela doit être un BUG de GNOME
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:64
 msgid ""
 "Press the <gui style=\"bottom\">123</gui> button to enter numbers and "
 "symbols. More symbols are available if you then press the <gui>{#*</gui> "
@@ -10185,18 +10151,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "alphabétique, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Abc</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:63
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:70
 msgid "keyboard"
 msgstr "clavier"
 
 # Bruno ; Voir remarque ci-dessus !
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-osk.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-osk.page:69
 msgid ""
 "You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to hide the "
 "keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when you "
 "next press on something where you can use it. To make the keyboard show "
-"again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by "
+"again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">message tray</link> (by "
 "moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen), and press the keyboard icon."
 msgstr ""
 "Si le clavier visuel vous gène, cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button"
@@ -10207,7 +10173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "en bas à droite de l'écran et cliquez sur l'icône du clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:36
 msgid ""
 "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
 "delay and speed of repeat keys."
@@ -10216,12 +10182,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "modifier le délai et la vitesse de répétition des touches."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:36
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:40
 msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
 msgstr "Désactivation de la répétition des touches"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:38
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42
 msgid ""
 "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
 "will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
@@ -10235,7 +10201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "deux répétitions."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:53
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
 "repeated keys entirely."
@@ -10244,7 +10210,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour désactiver cette fonction."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55
+#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
 "have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</"
@@ -10255,29 +10221,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "curseur <gui>Vitesse</gui>, ajustez la vitesse de répétition."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37
 msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
 msgstr ""
 "Définir ou modifier les raccourcis clavier dans les paramètres <gui>Clavier</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:33
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
 msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "Définition de raccourcis clavier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56
 msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
 msgstr "Pour modifier la ou les touches d'un raccourci clavier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
 msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Raccourcis</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on "
 "the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New "
@@ -10288,7 +10254,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Nouvel Accélérateur…</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to "
 "clear."
@@ -10297,12 +10263,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Arrière</key> pour l'effacer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82
 msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts"
 msgstr "Raccourcis courants prédéfinis"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:75
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83
 msgid ""
 "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped "
 "into these categories:"
@@ -10311,130 +10277,130 @@ msgstr ""
 "sont regroupés dans ces catégories :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:79
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87
 msgid "Launchers"
 msgstr "Les lanceurs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:81
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
 msgid "Launch help browser"
 msgstr "Démarrer le navigateur d'aide"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:172
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:90 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:330 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:334
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:338 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:342
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:362 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:346 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:350
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:370 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:390
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:406 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:426
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:430 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:378 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:382
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:386 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:414 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:434
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:438 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:442
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:446 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:450
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:454
 msgid "Disabled"
 msgstr "Désactivé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:85
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93
 msgid "Launch calculator"
 msgstr "Lancer la calculatrice"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:86
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
 msgid "Calculator"
 msgstr "Calculatrice"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:89
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
 msgid "Launch email client"
 msgstr "Démarrer le client de messagerie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:90
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
 msgid "Mail"
 msgstr "Courriel"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:93
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:101
 msgid "Launch web browser"
 msgstr "Démarrer le navigateur Web"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:94
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102
 msgid "WWW"
 msgstr "WWW"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:97
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:105
 msgid "Home folder"
 msgstr "Dossier personnel"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106
 msgid "Explorer"
 msgstr "Explorer"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115
 msgid "Navigation"
 msgstr "Navigation"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:109
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
 msgid "Move window to workspace 1"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 1"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:113
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
 msgid "Move window to workspace 2"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 2"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:117
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
 msgid "Move window to workspace 3"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 3"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:121
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
 msgid "Move window to workspace 4"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre vers l'espace de travail 4"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:125
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133
 msgid "Move window one workspace to the left"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers la gauche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:126
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:137
 msgid "Move window one workspace to the right"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers la droite"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:130
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:133
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:141
 msgid "Move window one workspace up"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers le haut"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:134
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:142
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> "
 "<key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
@@ -10443,703 +10409,640 @@ msgstr ""
 "haut</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:138
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:146
 msgid "Move window one workspace down"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre d'un espace de travail vers le bas"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Logo</key><key>page bas</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
 msgid "Switch applications"
 msgstr "Basculer entre les applications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
 msgid "Switch windows"
 msgstr "Basculement entre fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
 msgid "Switch windows of an application"
 msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres d'une application"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
 msgid "Switch system controls"
 msgstr "Basculer les contrôles système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
 msgid "Switch windows directly"
 msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres directement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:163
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly"
 msgstr "Basculer entre les fenêtres d'une application directement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:167
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
 msgid "Switch system controls directly"
 msgstr "Changer les contrôles système directement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:168
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:176
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Échap</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:171
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
 msgid "Hide all normal windows"
 msgstr "Masquer toutes les fenêtres normales"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
 msgid "Switch to workspace 1"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 1"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
 msgid "Switch to workspace 2"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 2"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
 msgid "Switch to workspace 3"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 3"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
 msgid "Switch to workspace 4"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail 4"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
 msgid "Move to workspace left"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail de gauche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
 msgid "Move to workspace right"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail de droite"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207
 msgid "Move to workspace above"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail au dessus"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Page haut</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211
 msgid "Move to workspace below"
 msgstr "Basculer vers l'espace de travail en dessous"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Page bas</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:209
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:217
 msgid "Screenshots"
 msgstr "Captures d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211 C/screen-shot-record.page:39
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219 C/screen-shot-record.page:47
 msgid "Take a screenshot"
 msgstr "Prendre une capture d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
 msgid "<key>Print</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window"
 msgstr "Prendre une capture d'écran d'une fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area"
 msgstr "Prendre une capture d'une partie de l'écran "
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard"
 msgstr "Copier une capture d'écran dans le presse-papiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard"
 msgstr "Copier une capture d'écran d'une fenêtre dans le presse-papiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:239
 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard"
 msgstr "Copier une capture d'une partie de l'écran dans le presse-papiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:240
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243
 msgid "Record a screencast"
 msgstr "Enregistrer une vidéo d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>"
 msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:242
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:250
 msgid "Sound and Media"
 msgstr "Son et média"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
 msgid "Volume mute"
 msgstr "Couper le volume"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:245
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253
 msgid "Audio mute"
 msgstr "Extinction du son"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
 msgid "Volume down"
 msgstr "Baisser le volume"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:249
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257
 msgid "Audio lower volume"
 msgstr "Diminution du volume sonore"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
 msgid "Volume up"
 msgstr "Augmenter le volume"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:253
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
 msgid "Audio raise volume"
 msgstr "Augmentation du volume sonore"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
 msgid "Launch media player"
 msgstr "Lancer le lecteur multimédia"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:257
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
 msgid "Audio media"
 msgstr "Média audio"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
 msgid "Play (or play/pause)"
 msgstr "Lire (ou lecture/pause)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
 msgid "Audio play"
 msgstr "Lecture audio"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:272
 msgid "Pause playback"
 msgstr "Mettre en pause la lecture"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
 msgid "Audio pause"
 msgstr "Mise en pause de l'audio"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
 msgid "Stop playback"
 msgstr "Stopper la lecture"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
 msgid "Audio stop"
 msgstr "Arrêt de l'audio"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:272
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280
 msgid "Previous track"
 msgstr "Morceau précédent"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:273
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
 msgid "Audio previous"
 msgstr "Audio précédent"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284
 msgid "Next track"
 msgstr "Morceau suivant"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285
 msgid "Audio next"
 msgstr "Audio suivant"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289
 msgid "Eject"
 msgstr "Éjecter"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:286
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:294
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
 msgid "Show the run command prompt"
 msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre de saisie de commande"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:289 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300
 msgid "Show the activities overview"
 msgstr "Afficher la vue d'ensemble des activités"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:293
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
 msgid "Log out"
 msgstr "Se déconnecter"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:297 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:305 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Suppr</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300 C/shell-terminology.page:73
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308 C/shell-terminology.page:69
 msgid "Lock screen"
 msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:301 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
 msgid "Show the message tray"
 msgstr "Afficher le tiroir de messagerie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
 msgid "Focus the active notification"
 msgstr "Focaliser sur la notification active"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:309
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>logo</key><key>N</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320
 msgid "Show all applications"
 msgstr "Afficher toutes les applications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:313 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:321 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:316
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
 msgid "Open the application menu"
 msgstr "Ouvrir le menu de l'application"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>logo</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:322
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:330
 msgid "Typing"
 msgstr "Saisie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332
 msgid "Switch to next input source"
 msgstr "Passer à la source d'entrées suivante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:325
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Barre d'espace</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:329
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
 msgid "Switch to previous input source"
 msgstr "Passer à la source d'entrées précédente"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:333
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
 msgid "Modifiers-only switch to next source"
 msgstr ""
 "Avec les touches de modification seules, basculer vers la source suivante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:337
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:345
 msgid "Compose Key"
 msgstr "La touche « compose »"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:341
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
 msgid "Alternative Characters Key"
 msgstr "Touche de caractères alternatifs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355
 msgid "Universal Access"
 msgstr "Accès universel"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:349
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
 msgid "Turn zoom on or off"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le zoom"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:350
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Logo</key><key>8</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:353
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
 msgid "Zoom in"
 msgstr "Zoom avant"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:354
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:362
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Logo</key><key>=</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:357
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
 msgid "Zoom out"
 msgstr "Zoom arrière"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:358
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:366
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Logo</key><key>-</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
 msgid "Turn screen reader on or off"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le lecteur d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:365
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
 msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le clavier visuel"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
 msgid "Increase text size"
 msgstr "Augmenter la taille du texte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:373
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381
 msgid "Decrease text size"
 msgstr "Diminuer la taille du texte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
 msgid "High contrast on or off"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le contraste élevé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:383
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:391
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "Fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
 msgid "Activate the window menu"
 msgstr "Activer le menu de la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
 msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le mode plein écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
 msgid "Toggle maximization state"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver l'état maximisé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:394
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
 msgid "Maximize window"
 msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:398
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:406
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
 msgid "Restore window"
 msgstr "Restaurer la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:402
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
 msgid "Toggle shaded state"
 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver l'état enroulé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:409
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
 msgid "Close window"
 msgstr "Fermer la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
 msgid "Hide window"
 msgstr "Masquer la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
 msgid "Move window"
 msgstr "Déplacer la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
 msgid "Resize window"
 msgstr "Redimensionner la fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one"
 msgstr "Afficher la fenêtre sur tous les espaces de travail ou sur un seul"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it"
 msgstr ""
 "Placer la fenêtre au-dessus des autres si elle est recouverte, sinon au-"
 "dessous"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
 msgid "Raise window above other windows"
 msgstr "Placer la fenêtre au-dessus des autres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
 msgid "Lower window below other windows"
 msgstr "Placer la fenêtre au-dessous des autres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
 msgid "Maximize window vertically"
 msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre verticalement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
 msgid "Maximize window horizontally"
 msgstr "Maximiser la fenêtre horizontalement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457
 msgid "View split on left"
 msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la gauche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
 msgid "View split on right"
 msgstr "Séparer l'affichage sur la droite"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461
-msgid "Change keyboard shortcuts"
-msgstr "Modifier les raccourcis clavier"
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469
+msgid "Custom shortcuts"
+msgstr "Raccourcis personnalisés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:462
-msgid "This section shows how to change keyboard shortcuts for an application."
-msgstr ""
-"Cette section indique comment modifier les raccourcis clavier d'une "
-"application."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:466
-msgid "Open the Terminal application."
-msgstr "Ouvrez l'application Terminal."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468
-msgid ""
-"Run the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels "
-"true</cmd> command."
-msgstr ""
-"Exécutez la commande <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
-"change-accels true</cmd>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:471
 msgid ""
-"Start the application for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
-msgstr ""
-"Démarrez l'application dont vous voulez modifier les raccourcis clavier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:474
-msgid "Find the menu item for which you want to change the keyboard shortcut."
+"To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> "
+"settings:"
 msgstr ""
-"Trouvez l'entrée de menu dont vous voulez modifier le raccourci clavier."
+"Pour créer vos propres raccourcis clavier dans les paramètres <gui>Clavier</gui> :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477
-msgid "Type the shortcut that you want on the keyboard."
-msgstr "Saisissez le raccourci voulu sur le clavier."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:482
-msgid ""
-"Note that this setting is desktop-wide. You can disable it after you make "
-"changes by running the <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-"
-"change-accels false</cmd> command. You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</"
-"app> utility to do this."
-msgstr ""
-"Notez que ce paramétrage s'applique à l'ensemble des bureaux. Vous pouvez le "
-"désactiver après avoir effectué les modifications en exécutant la commande "
-"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels false</"
-"cmd>. Vous pouvez également vous servir de l'utilitaire <app>dconf-editor</"
-"app> dans ce but."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:490
-msgid "Custom shortcuts"
-msgstr "Raccourcis personnalisés"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:492
-msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
-msgstr "Pour créer vos propres raccourcis clavier :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:496
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476
 msgid ""
-"Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <gui "
-"style=\"button\">+</gui> button (or click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> "
-"button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</"
+"gui> window will appear."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez <gui>Raccourcis personnalisés</gui> dans le panneau de gauche, "
-"et cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> (ou cliquez le bouton "
-"<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> dans une quelconque catégorie). La fenêtre "
-"<gui>Raccourcis personnalisés</gui> s'ouvre alors."
+"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>. La fenêtre <gui>Raccourcis personnalisés</gui> s'ouvre 
alors."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:480
 msgid ""
 "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to "
-"run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
-"the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and "
-"use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
+"run an application, then click <gui>Add</gui>. For example, if you wanted "
+"the shortcut to open <app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</"
+"input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
 msgstr ""
-"Écrivez un <gui>Nom</gui> pour identifier le raccourci, et une "
-"<gui>Commande</gui> pour démarrer une application, puis cliquez sur "
-"<gui>Appliquer</gui>. Par exemple, si vous voulez un raccourci pour ouvrir "
-"Rhythmbox, vous pouvez le nommer <input>Musique</input> et utiliser la "
-"commande <input>rhythmbox</input>."
+"Saisissez un <gui>Nom</gui> pour identifier le raccourci, et une <gui>Commande</gui> pour lancer une 
application, puis cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</gui>. Par exemple, si vous voulez un raccourci pour ouvrir 
Rhythmbox, vous pouvez le nommer <input>Musique</input> et utiliser la commande <input>rhythmbox</input>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:508
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:487
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to "
 "<gui>New accelerator…</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> dans le rang qui vient d'être ajouté. Quand "
-"il de vient <gui>Nouvel accélérateur...</gui>, puis effectuez la "
-"combinaison de touches désirée."
+"il de vient <gui>Nouvel accélérateur...</gui>, puis effectuez la combinaison "
+"de touches désirée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:513
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:493
 msgid ""
 "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
 "check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
@@ -11152,7 +11055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "une application n'aie pas exactement le même nom que l'application elle-même."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:518
+#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:498
 msgid ""
 "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
 "shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
@@ -11186,12 +11089,12 @@ msgid "Region &amp; Language"
 msgstr "Pays &amp; langue."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/look-background.page:17
+#: C/look-background.page:18
 msgid "April Gonzales"
 msgstr "April Gonzales"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-background.page:47
+#: C/look-background.page:48
 msgid ""
 "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background or lock screen "
 "background."
@@ -11200,12 +11103,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "bureau ou de votre écran de veille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-background.page:51
+#: C/look-background.page:52
 msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
 msgstr "Modification de l'arrière-plan du bureau et de l'écran de veille"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-background.page:53
+#: C/look-background.page:54
 msgid ""
 "You can change the image used for your backgrounds or set it to a be a solid "
 "color."
@@ -11214,7 +11117,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "une simple couleur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:58
+#: C/look-background.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Background</gui>."
@@ -11223,22 +11126,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Arrière-plan</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:62
+#: C/look-background.page:63
 msgid "Click on <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Arrière-plan</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:65
+#: C/look-background.page:66
 msgid "Select the <gui>Background</gui> or <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Arrière-plan</gui> ou <gui>Écran de veille</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:68
+#: C/look-background.page:69
 msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
 msgstr "Trois choix vous sont proposés en haut :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:71
+#: C/look-background.page:72
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
 "images that ship with GNOME. Some wallpapers change throughout the day. "
@@ -11250,37 +11153,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "petite icône en forme d'horloge dans le coin en bas à droite."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:77
+#: C/look-background.page:78
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
 "<file>Pictures</file> folder. Most photo management applications store "
 "photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures "
 "folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and "
 "selecting <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening "
-"the image file and selecting <guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop "
-"Background</gui></guiseq>."
+"the image file, clicking the menu button in the titlebar and selecting "
+"<gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Images</gui> pour utiliser une de vos propres photos prise "
-"dans le dossier <file>Images</file>. La plupart des applications de gestion "
-"des photos les stockent à cet endroit. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une photo "
-"située dans un autre dossier, ouvrez <app>Fichiers</app>, faites un clic "
-"droit sur l'image voulue et choisissez <gui>Définir comme papier peint</gui> "
-"dans le menu contextuel. Vous pouvez aussi lancer l'application "
-"<app>Visionneur d'image</app>, ouvrir l'image et sélectionner "
-"<guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Définir comme papier-peint</gui></guiseq>."
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Images</gui> pour utiliser une de vos propres photos prise dans le dossier 
<file>Images</file>. La plupart des applications de gestion des photos les stockent à cet endroit. Si vous 
souhaitez utiliser une photo située dans un autre dossier, ouvrez <app>Fichiers</app>, faites un clic droit 
sur l'image voulue et choisissez <gui>Définir comme papier peint</gui> dans le menu contextuel. Vous pouvez 
aussi lancer l'application <app>Visionneur d'image</app> en ouvrant l'image et sélectionner <gui>Définir 
comme papier-peint</gui> dans le menu de la barre de titres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:86
+#: C/look-background.page:88
 msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Couleurs</gui> pour n'utiliser qu'une couleur unie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:91
+#: C/look-background.page:93
 msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
 msgstr "Les paramètres sont immédiatement appliqués."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-background.page:94
+#: C/look-background.page:96
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> "
 "to view your entire desktop."
@@ -11289,24 +11185,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> pour visualiser le bureau dans son intégralité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
 msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
 msgstr "La résolution de l'écran est peut-être mal définie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39
 msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
 msgstr "Pourquoi l'affichage de mon écran est-il brouillé/pixelisé ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:38
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41
 msgid ""
 "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
 "the right one for your screen."
 msgstr "Cela arrive si vous définissez une résolution inadaptée à votre écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:44
 msgid ""
 "To solve this, open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> "
 "overview and start typing <gui>Displays</gui>. Click on <gui>Displays</gui> "
@@ -11320,12 +11216,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "meilleure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57
 msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
 msgstr "Si plusieurs écrans sont connectés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:59
 msgid ""
 "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
 "monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
@@ -11339,13 +11235,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "se révéler mauvais."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:58
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64
 msgid ""
 "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
-"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
-"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
-"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
-"window on both screens at once."
+"will not be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. "
+"In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
+"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you cannot show the "
+"same window on both screens at once."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez faire en sorte que les deux affichages aient deux résolutions "
 "différentes, mais vous ne pourrez pas afficher la même chose sur les deux "
@@ -11355,23 +11251,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "écrans."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:70
 msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
 msgstr ""
 "Pour paramétrer les affichages pour que chacun ait sa propre résolution :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:68
-msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open panel."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Écrans</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:81
+msgid ""
+"The displays should be listed as <gui>Mirrored</gui>. Select your main "
+"display."
+msgstr ""
+"Les écrans doivent être en <gui>Mirroir</gui>. Sélectionnez votre écran "
+"principal."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:71
-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
-msgstr "Décochez la case <gui>Même image sur tous les écrans</gui>."
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Primary</gui> in the list of display configurations, and then "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez <gui>Principal</gui> dans la liste des écrans et cliquez sur "
+"<gui style=\"button\">Appliquer</gui> pour enregistrer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:75
+#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:89
 msgid ""
 "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
 "<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
@@ -11382,17 +11286,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'affichage vous paraisse correct."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/look-resolution.page:36
+#: C/look-resolution.page:37
 msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
 msgstr "Modifier la résolution de l'écran et son orientation (rotation)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:40
+#: C/look-resolution.page:41
 msgid "Change the resolution or rotation of the screen"
 msgstr "Modification de la résolution ou de la rotation de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:42
+#: C/look-resolution.page:43
 msgid ""
 "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
 "changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
@@ -11405,7 +11309,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "est pivoté) en modifiant la <em>rotation</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:61
+#: C/look-resolution.page:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
 "different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
@@ -11415,12 +11319,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez un écran dans la zone d'aperçu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:66
+#: C/look-resolution.page:67
 msgid "Select the resolution and rotation."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez la résolution et la rotation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:69
+#: C/look-resolution.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds "
 "before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
@@ -11434,12 +11338,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "nouveaux paramètres cliquez sur <gui>Conserver cette configuration</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:77
+#: C/look-resolution.page:78
 msgid "Resolution"
 msgstr "Résolution"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:79
+#: C/look-resolution.page:80
 msgid ""
 "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
 "direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</"
@@ -11458,7 +11362,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour éviter la distorsion."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:87
+#: C/look-resolution.page:88
 msgid ""
 "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
 "down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
@@ -11469,12 +11373,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"look-display-fuzzy\">brouillée ou pixelisée</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/look-resolution.page:94
+#: C/look-resolution.page:95
 msgid "Rotation"
 msgstr "Rotation"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/look-resolution.page:96
+#: C/look-resolution.page:97
 msgid ""
 "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
 "is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can rotate what you "
@@ -11494,8 +11398,8 @@ msgid ""
 "xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
 msgstr ""
 "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Appareils photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#music"
-"\">baladeurs</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">modification de photos</link>, "
-"<link xref=\"media#videos\">lecture de vidéos</link>…"
+"\">baladeurs</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">modification de photos</"
+"link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">lecture de vidéos</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/media.page:22
@@ -11940,7 +11844,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:56
 msgid ""
 "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the "
-"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> section then press <key>Enter</key>."
+"<gui>Pointing &amp; Clicking</gui> section then press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
 "Utilisez les touches flèche haut et bas afin de sélectionner <gui>Touches de "
 "souris</gui> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
@@ -11962,7 +11866,7 @@ msgid ""
 "into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
 "laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
 "and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
-"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or bluetooth "
+"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth "
 "numeric keypads."
 msgstr ""
 "Le pavé numérique est un groupe de touches numériques sur le clavier, placés "
@@ -12755,92 +12659,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "connectez à un ordinateur sous Linux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:14
-msgid ""
-"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
-"an audio player."
-msgstr ""
-"Ajouter un fichier <input>.is_audio_player</input> pour indiquer à votre "
-"système que c'est un lecteur de musique."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:18
-msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
-msgstr "Non reconnaissance de mon lecteur de musique après connexion"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:20
-msgid ""
-"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
-"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
-"properly recognized as an audio player."
-msgstr ""
-"Quand vous branchez votre lecteur de musique à votre ordinateur et que vous "
-"ne le voyez pas apparaître dans votre application de gestion de la musique, "
-"c'est sans doute qu'il n'a pas été bien reconnu comme un lecteur de musique."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:22
-msgid ""
-"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
-"help, open the File Manager. You should see the player listed under "
-"<gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the "
-"audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</"
-"gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> "
-"and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it "
-"should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the "
-"device as an audio player."
-msgstr ""
-"Essayez de le débrancher et de le rebrancher. Si cela ne change rien, ouvrez "
-"le gestionnaire de fichiers. Il devrait apparaître dans le panneau latéral "
-"parmi les <gui>Périphériques</gui> - cliquez dessus pour ouvrir le dossier "
-"du lecteur de musique. Ensuite, cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</"
-"gui><gui>Nouveau</gui><gui>Document vide</gui></guiseq>, saisissez <input>."
-"is_audio_player</input> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> (le point et les "
-"caractères soulignement sont importants et tout doit être en minuscule). Ce "
-"fichier indique à votre système que ce volume est un lecteur de musique."
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:24
-msgid ""
-"Now, find the audio player in the File Manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
-"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
-"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
-"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
-msgstr ""
-"Recherchez maintenant ce lecteur de musique dans le panneau latéral du "
-"gestionnaire de fichiers et éjectez-le (clic droit puis <gui>Éjecter</gui>). "
-"Débranchez-le et rebranchez-le. Cette fois, il devrait être reconnu comme "
-"lecteur de musique par votre application de gestion de la musique. Sinon, "
-"fermez l'application et ouvrez-la à nouveau."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:27
-msgid ""
-"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
-"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
-"should say in its manual if it is."
-msgstr ""
-"Ces instructions ne sont pas applicables aux iPods et autres lecteurs "
-"multimédias. Elles ne sont valables que si votre lecteur est un volume "
-"<em>de stockage de masse USB</em>. Consultez son manuel pour le savoir."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:31
-msgid ""
-"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>."
-"is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name "
-"tells the File Manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still "
-"there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></"
-"guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous regardez dans le dossier du lecteur de musique, vous ne voyez pas le "
-"fichier <input>.is_audio_player</input> car le point devant son nom indique "
-"au gestionnaire de fichiers qu'il s'agit d'un fichier caché. Vous pouvez "
-"vérifiez qu'il existe bien en cliquant sur <guiseq><gui>Affichage</"
-"gui><gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui></guiseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
 msgid ""
 "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
@@ -13110,7 +12928,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete "
-"and click the <key>-</key> button."
+"and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la fenêtre<gui>Signets</gui>, sélectionnez le signet que vous voulez "
 "supprimer et cliquez sur le bouton <gui>-</gui>."
@@ -13147,7 +12965,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dossier et au signet qui le désigne."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13
 msgid ""
 "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
 "WebDAV."
@@ -13156,12 +12974,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "partage Windows ou WebDAV."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:27
 msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
 msgstr "Consultation de fichiers sur un serveur ou un réseau partagé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29
 msgid ""
 "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
 "that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
@@ -13174,7 +12992,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de les partager avec les autres membres de votre réseau local."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:35
 msgid ""
 "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from "
 "the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in "
@@ -13195,19 +13013,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "serveur en saisissant son adresse réseau ou Internet."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45
 msgid "Connect to a file server"
 msgstr "Connexion à un serveur de fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:46
 msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Connect to Server</gui> in the sidebar."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans le gestionnaire de fichiers, cliquez sur <gui>Se connecter à un "
 "serveur</gui> dans le panneau latéral."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:49
 msgid ""
 "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</"
 "link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</"
@@ -13218,7 +13036,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "xref=\"#types\">ci-dessous</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:52
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:53
 msgid ""
 "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the "
 "<gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
@@ -13227,7 +13045,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dessus dans la liste des <gui>Connexions récentes</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on "
 "the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own "
@@ -13240,12 +13058,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans la barre latérale pour que vous puissiez y accéder facilement plus tard."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65
 msgid "Writing URLs"
 msgstr "Écriture des URL"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:67
 msgid ""
 "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address "
 "that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted "
@@ -13256,12 +13074,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "L'adresse est formatée de la façon suivante :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70
 msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>scheme://nomduserveur.exemple.com/dossier</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:72
 msgid ""
 "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The "
 "<em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</"
@@ -13272,12 +13090,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "nom d'utilisateur est requis, il est inséré devant le nom du serveur :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:75
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76
 msgid "<sys>scheme://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>scheme://nomutilisateur nomduserveur exemple com/dossier</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:77
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:78
 msgid ""
 "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the "
 "domain name:"
@@ -13286,12 +13104,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "domaine : "
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:80
 msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>scheme://nomduserveur.exemple.com:port/dossier</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:81
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
 msgstr ""
@@ -13299,12 +13117,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "acceptés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:85
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:86
 msgid "Types of servers"
 msgstr "Types de serveurs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88
 msgid ""
 "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
 "allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a "
@@ -13316,7 +13134,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:90
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91
 msgid ""
 "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
 "server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
@@ -13327,7 +13145,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'aurez probablement pas l'autorisation de supprimer des fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:94
 msgid ""
 "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its "
 "file shares."
@@ -13336,12 +13154,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "exporter ses partages de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:98
 msgid "SSH"
 msgstr "SSH"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:98
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99
 msgid ""
 "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
 "using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
@@ -13353,17 +13171,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "sécurité. Les serveurs SSH exigent toujours de vous identifier. "
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:102
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
 msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
 msgstr "Un URL SSH ressemble typiquement à ceci :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105
 msgid "<sys>ssh://username servername example com/folder</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>ssh:/nomutilisateur nomduserveur exemple com/dossier</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112
 msgid ""
 "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
 "so that other users on your network can't see it."
@@ -13373,12 +13191,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "réseau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
 msgid "FTP (with login)"
 msgstr "FTP (avec identification)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:117
 msgid ""
 "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
 "encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
@@ -13394,22 +13212,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "supprimer et téléverser des fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:121
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
 msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
 msgstr "Une adresse URL FTP ressemble à ceci :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:123
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:124
 msgid "<sys>ftp://username ftp example com/path/</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>ftp://nomutilisateur ftp exemple com/chemin/</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:127
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:128
 msgid "Public FTP"
 msgstr "FTP public"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:128
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129
 msgid ""
 "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
 "anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, "
@@ -13421,17 +13239,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:132
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
 msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
 msgstr "Un URL FTP anonyme ressemble typiquement à ceci :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:135
 msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>ftp://ftp.exemple.com/chemin/</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:136
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:137
 msgid ""
 "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and "
 "password, or with a public username using your email address as the "
@@ -13445,12 +13263,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'identification demandées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:143
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:144
 msgid "Windows share"
 msgstr "Partage Windows"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:144
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145
 msgid ""
 "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
 "area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
@@ -13465,22 +13283,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "partage Windows à partir du gestionnaire de fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:149
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
 msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
 msgstr "Un URL de partage Windows ressemble typiquement à ceci :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:151
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152
 msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
 msgstr "<sys>smb://nomduserveur/Partage</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:155
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:156
 msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
 msgstr "WebDAV et WebDAV sécurisé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:156
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:157
 msgid ""
 "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
 "share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
@@ -13495,14 +13313,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "puissant, de sorte que personne ne peut voir votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161
-msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
-msgstr "Une adresse URL WebDAV ressemble typiquement à ceci :"
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
+msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:"
+msgstr "Une adresse URL WebDAV ressemble à ceci :"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:164
+msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>dav://exemple.nomdhote.com/chemin</sys>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:175
+msgid "NFS share"
+msgstr "Partage NFS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:176
+msgid ""
+"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share "
+"files over a local network. With NFS, security is based on the UID of the "
+"user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are needed when "
+"connecting."
+msgstr ""
+"Les ordinateurs sous UNIX utilisent traditionnellement le protocole NFS (Network File System protocol) pour 
partager les fichiers sur un réseau local. Avec NFS, la sécurité est basée sur l'identifiant UID de 
l'utilisateur accédant au partage et donc il n'a pas besoin de s'authentifier pour s'y connecter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:180
+msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:"
+msgstr "Un URL de partage NFS ressemble à ceci :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: example/p
-#: C/nautilus-connect.page:163
-msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
-msgstr "<sys>http://exemple.nomdhote.com/chemin</sys>"
+#: C/nautilus-connect.page:182
+msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>"
+msgstr "<sys>nfs://nomduserveur/chemin</sys>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -13564,6 +13407,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "utile par exemple, si vous vérifiez souvent à qui appartient un fichier ou "
 "quelle est sa dernière date de modification."
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/nautilus-display.page:44
+msgid "down"
+msgstr "bas"
+
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/nautilus-display.page:43
 msgid ""
@@ -13669,7 +13517,7 @@ msgstr "Propriétés élémentaires"
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49 C/nautilus-list.page:36
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49 C/nautilus-list.page:47
 #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:37
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
@@ -13684,7 +13532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "faire en dehors de cette fenêtre. Voir <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55 C/nautilus-list.page:45
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55 C/nautilus-list.page:56
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Type"
 
@@ -13735,7 +13583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71 C/nautilus-list.page:40
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71 C/nautilus-list.page:51
 msgid "Size"
 msgstr "Taille"
 
@@ -13766,7 +13614,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77 C/nautilus-list.page:94
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77 C/nautilus-list.page:121
 msgid "Location"
 msgstr "Emplacement"
 
@@ -13836,7 +13684,7 @@ msgstr "La date et l'heure du dernier accès au fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106 C/nautilus-list.page:49
+#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106 C/nautilus-list.page:61
 msgid "Modified"
 msgstr "Dernière modification"
 
@@ -14046,31 +13894,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "aux sous-dossiers, quelle que soit leur profondeur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
 msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
 msgstr ""
 "Contrôler les informations affichées dans les colonnes dans la vue en liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:25
-msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
-msgstr "Préférences des colonnes dans la vue en liste"
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:33
+msgid "Files list columns preferences"
+msgstr "Préférences des colonnes dans Fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:27
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:35
 msgid ""
-"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file "
-"manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
+"There are nine columns of information that you can display in the "
+"<gui>Files</gui> list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, pick "
 "<gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select "
 "which columns will be visible."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez afficher jusqu'à neuf colonnes dans le gestionnaire de fichiers "
-"dans la vue en liste. Cliquez sur <gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre "
+"Vous pouvez afficher jusqu'à neuf colonnes dans la vue en liste de "
+"<gui>Fichiers</gui>. Cliquez sur <gui>Fichiers</gui> dans la barre "
 "supérieure, choisissez <gui>Préférences</gui> et sélectionnez l'onglet "
 "<gui>Colonnes des listes</gui> pour choisir celles qui doivent s'afficher."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:30
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
 "order in which the selected columns will appear."
@@ -14079,13 +13927,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "le bas</gui> pour modifier l'ordre d'affichage des colonnes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
-msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
-msgstr ""
-"Le nom des dossiers et des fichiers dans le dossier actuellement ouvert."
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:48
+msgid "The name of folders and files."
+msgstr "Le nom des dossiers et des fichiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:52
 msgid ""
 "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
 "folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
@@ -14094,7 +13941,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dossier. La taille d'un fichier est exprimée en octets, Ko ou Mo."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
 "audio, and more."
@@ -14103,59 +13950,62 @@ msgstr ""
 "« document PDF », « image JPEG », « audio MP3 » ou d'autres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:62
 msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
 msgstr "Indique la date et l'heure de dernière modification du fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:53
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:65
 msgid "Owner"
 msgstr "Propriétaire"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:66
 msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
 msgstr "Le nom du propriétaire du dossier ou du fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:57
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:69
 msgid "Group"
 msgstr "Groupe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
 msgid ""
-"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
-"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
-"might be in groups according to department or project."
+"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, "
+"but it is possible to have many users in one group. For example, a "
+"department may have their own group in a work environment."
 msgstr ""
-"Le groupe auquel appartient le fichier. Sur un ordinateur personnel, chaque "
-"utilisateur est dans son propre groupe. Les groupes sont parfois utilisés "
-"dans un environnement professionnel où les utilisateurs peuvent être réunis "
-"en fonction de leur service d'appartenance ou d'un projet commun."
+"Indique le groupe auquel appartient le fichier. Chaque utilisateur se trouve "
+"normalement dans son propre groupe, mais il est possible d'avoir plusieurs "
+"utilisateurs dans un même groupe. Par exemple, tout un service peut avoir "
+"son propre groupe dans un même environnement professionnel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:63
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:75
 msgid "Permissions"
 msgstr "Permissions"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
-msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+msgid ""
+"Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
 msgstr ""
 "Affiche les permissions d'accès au fichier, par exemple <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:67
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
 msgid ""
-"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
-"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
+"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and "
+"<gui>d</gui> means directory (folder). In rare cases, other characters can "
+"also be shown."
 msgstr ""
 "Le premier caractère est le type de fichier. <gui>-</gui> signifie fichier "
-"standard et <gui>d</gui> veut dire répertoire (dossier)."
+"standard et <gui>d</gui> veut dire répertoire (dossier). Dans de rares cas, "
+"d'autres caractères sont aussi utilisés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:70
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
 msgid ""
 "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
 "who owns the file."
@@ -14164,7 +14014,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "spécifique au propriétaire du fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:73
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:89
 msgid ""
 "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
 "group that owns the file."
@@ -14173,7 +14023,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "les membres du groupe propriétaire du fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:76
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:93
 msgid ""
 "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
 "for all other users on the system."
@@ -14182,47 +14032,61 @@ msgstr ""
 "accordées à tous les autres utilisateurs du système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:79
-msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
-msgstr "Voici la signification de chaque caractère :"
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:97
+msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:"
+msgstr "Voici la signification de chaque permission :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:83
-msgid "r : Read permission."
-msgstr "r : permission en lecture."
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:100
+msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder"
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>r</gui> : lecture, signifiant que vous pouvez ouvrir et lire le contenu "
+"du fichier ou du dossier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
-msgid "w : Write permission."
-msgstr "w : permission en écriture."
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:104
+msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it"
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>w</gui> : écriture, signifiant que vous pouvez y écrire et y "
+"enregistrer des modifications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
-msgid "x : Execute permission."
-msgstr "x : permission d'exécution."
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:107
+msgid ""
+"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or "
+"script file, or you can access subfolders and files if it is a folder"
+msgstr ""
+"<gui>x</gui> : exécutable, signifiant que vous pouvez le lancer si c'est un "
+"programme ou un script, ou accéder à ses sous-dossiers et fichiers si c'est "
+"un dossier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
-msgid "- : No permission."
-msgstr "- : aucune permission."
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:112
+msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set"
+msgstr "<gui>-</gui> : permission non définie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:90
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:117
 msgid "MIME Type"
 msgstr "Type MIME"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:118
 msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
 msgstr "Affiche le type MIME de l'élément."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
+#: C/nautilus-list.page:122
 msgid "The path to the location of the file."
 msgstr "Le chemin vers l'emplacement du fichier."
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
+msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser."
+msgstr "Afficher et définir les préférences du navigateur de fichiers."
+
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:15
+#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16
 msgid "File manager preferences"
 msgstr "Préférences du gestionnaire de fichiers"
 
@@ -14374,41 +14238,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez les trier par nom, taille de fichier, type de fichier, date de "
 "dernière modification, date de dernier accès, date de mise à la corbeille."
 
-#. (itstool) path: media/span
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
-#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
-#. window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:66 C/nautilus-views.page:86 C/nautilus-views.page:103
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:125
-msgid "View options"
-msgstr "Options d'affichage"
-
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
-#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
-#. window for 'View options'
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
 #: C/nautilus-views.page:63
 msgid ""
 "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an "
-"individual folder by clicking the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and "
-"choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or "
-"<gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in "
-"list view. This menu only affects the current folder."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez changer la façon dont <link xref=\"files-sort\">les fichiers "
-"sont triés</link> dans un dossier particulier en cliquant sur le bouton <_:"
-"media-1/> dans la barre d'outils et en choisissant <gui>Par nom</gui>, "
-"<gui>Par taille</gui>, <gui>Par type</gui>, <gui>Par date de modification</"
-"gui>, ou en cliquant sur les en-têtes de colonnes de la liste. Ce menu ne "
-"concerne que le dossier actuellement ouvert."
+"individual folder by clicking the <gui>View options</gui> button in the "
+"toolbar and choosing <gui>Name</gui>, <gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Type</gui> or "
+"<gui>Last Opened</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. "
+"This menu only affects the current folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez changer la façon dont <link xref=\"files-sort\">les fichiers sont triés</link> dans un dossier 
particulier en cliquant sur le bouton <gui>Préférences</gui> dans la barre d'outils et en choisissant 
<gui>Nom</gui>, <gui>Taille</gui>, <gui>Type</gui>, <gui>Date de modification</gui>, ou en cliquant sur les 
en-têtes de colonnes de la liste. Ce menu ne concerne que le dossier actuellement ouvert."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:71
 msgid "Sort folders before files"
 msgstr "Trier les dossiers avant les fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:73
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
 msgid ""
 "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To "
 "see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
@@ -14418,12 +14267,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "activez cette option."
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:76
 msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
 msgstr "Afficher les fichiers cachés et ceux de sauvegarde"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:78
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
 msgid ""
 "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</"
 "link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting "
@@ -14434,50 +14283,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "toujours possible de les voir en activant cette option."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
-#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
-#. window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:82
 msgid ""
 "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting "
-"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <_:media-1/> menu in the toolbar."
+"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <gui>View options</gui> button menu "
+"in the toolbar."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez aussi afficher les fichiers cachés dans une fenêtre particulière "
-"en sélectionnant <gui>Afficher les fichiers cachés</gui> dans le menu <_:"
-"media-1/> de la barre d'outils."
+"Vous pouvez aussi afficher les fichiers cachés dans une fenêtre particulière en sélectionnant <gui>Afficher 
les fichiers cachés</gui> dans le menu <gui>Préférences</gui> de la barre d'outils."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:93
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:90
 msgid "Icon view defaults"
 msgstr "Réglages par défaut de la vue en icônes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:96 C/nautilus-views.page:118
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:93 C/nautilus-views.page:113
 msgid "Default zoom level"
 msgstr "Niveau de zoom par défaut"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
-#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
-#. window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:99
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:96
 msgid ""
 "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view "
 "using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder "
-"by clicking the <_:media-1/> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom "
-"In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently "
-"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
+"by clicking the <gui>View options</gui> button in the toolbar and adjusting "
+"the slider to a position you find comfortable. If you frequently use a "
+"larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
 msgstr ""
-"Avec cette option, vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire, par défaut, la taille "
-"d'affichage des icônes et du texte dans la vue en icônes. Vous pouvez le "
-"faire séparément pour chaque dossier en cliquant sur le bouton <_:media-1/> "
-"dans la barre d'outils et en sélectionnant <gui>Zoom avant</gui>, <gui>Zoom "
-"arrière</gui> ou <gui>Taille normale</gui>. Si vous utilisez fréquemment un "
-"niveau de zoom plus petit ou plus grand, vous pouvez définir la valeur par "
-"défaut ici."
+"Avec cette option, vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire, par défaut, la taille d'affichage des icônes et du 
texte dans la vue en icônes. Vous pouvez le faire séparément pour chaque dossier en cliquant sur 
<gui>Préférences</gui> dans la barre d'outils et en déplaçant le curseur du zoom à votre convenance. Si vous 
utilisez fréquemment un niveau de zoom plus petit ou plus grand, vous pouvez définir la valeur par défaut 
ici."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:107
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:102
 msgid ""
 "In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions"
 "\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
@@ -14487,26 +14327,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "défini. "
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:115
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:110
 msgid "List view defaults"
 msgstr "Réglages par défaut de la vue en liste"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
-#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
-#. window for 'View options'
-#: C/nautilus-views.page:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector
+#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options'
+#: C/nautilus-views.page:116
 msgid ""
 "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this "
-"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <_:"
-"media-1/> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom "
-"Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>."
+"option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the "
+"<gui>View options</gui> button in the toolbar and adjusting the slider to a "
+"position you find comfortable."
 msgstr ""
-"Avec cette option, vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire, par défaut, la taille "
-"d'affichage des icônes et du texte dans la vue en liste. Vous pouvez le "
-"faire séparément pour chaque dossier en cliquant sur le bouton <_:media-1/> "
-"dans la barre d'outils et en sélectionnant <gui>Zoom avant</gui>, <gui>Zoom "
-"arrière</gui> ou <gui>Taille normale</gui>."
+"Avec cette option, vous pouvez agrandir ou réduire, par défaut, la taille d'affichage des icônes et du 
texte dans la vue en liste. Vous pouvez le faire séparément pour chaque dossier en cliquant sur 
<gui>Préférences</gui> dans la barre d'outils et en déplaçant le curseur du zoom à votre convenance."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/net-antivirus.page:17
@@ -14806,7 +14641,8 @@ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
 msgstr "Trouvez votre adresse IP (réseau) interne"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:45 C/net-macaddress.page:48 C/net-othersconnect.page:45
+#: C/net-findip.page:45 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:40
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:48 C/net-othersconnect.page:45
 #: C/net-othersedit.page:65 C/net-proxy.page:58 C/net-vpn-connect.page:60
 #: C/power-nowireless.page:46
 msgid ""
@@ -14817,9 +14653,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "link> et commencez à saisir <gui>Réseau</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-findip.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:52 C/net-manual.page:45
-#: C/net-othersconnect.page:49 C/net-othersedit.page:69 C/net-proxy.page:62
-#: C/power-nowireless.page:50
+#: C/net-findip.page:49 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:44
+#: C/net-macaddress.page:52 C/net-manual.page:45 C/net-othersconnect.page:49
+#: C/net-othersedit.page:69 C/net-proxy.page:62 C/power-nowireless.page:50
 msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Réseau</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
@@ -15029,7 +14865,7 @@ msgstr "631/udp"
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #: C/net-firewall-ports.page:62 C/net-firewall-ports.page:73
-#: C/printing.page:27
+#: C/printing.page:28
 msgid "Printing"
 msgstr "Impression"
 
@@ -15107,7 +14943,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "réseau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
 msgid ""
 "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
 "services from your computer."
@@ -15116,12 +14952,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "services réseau à partir de votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
 msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
 msgstr "Création d'une connexion avec une adresse IP fixe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
 msgid ""
 "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
 "address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
@@ -15137,63 +14973,50 @@ msgstr ""
 "serveur de fichiers)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36
 msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
 msgstr "Pour attribuer à votre ordinateur une adresse IP fixe (statique) :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:34
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>network icon</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
-"<gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui> from the list on the left."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'<gui>icône réseau</gui> dans la barre supérieure et ouvrez "
-"<gui>Paramètres du réseau</gui>."
+"Sélectionnez <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> ou <gui>Câblé</gui>dans la liste de gauche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:51
 msgid ""
-"Select the network connection from the list (<gui>Wired</gui> or "
-"<gui>Wireless</gui>) and click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+"Press the settings button next to the Wi-Fi network or at the bottom-right "
+"of the wired connection dialog to open the network settings."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez la connexion réseau dans la liste (<gui>Filaire</gui> ou "
-"<gui>Sans fil</gui>) et cliquez sur <gui>Configuration</gui>."
+"Appuyez sur le bouton des paramètres situé à côté du réseau Wi-Fi concerné "
+"ou bien en bas à droite de la boîte de dialogue du réseau câblé pour "
+"afficher les paramètres réseau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:42
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56
 msgid ""
-"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
-"to <em>Manual</em>."
+"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> or <gui>IPv6 Settings</gui> tab and "
+"change the <gui>Addresses</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Paramètres IPv4</gui> et modifiez la <gui>Méthode</gui> "
-"à <em>Manuel</em>."
+"Ouvrez un des onglets <gui>Paramètres IPv4</gui> ou <gui>Paramètres IPv6</"
+"gui> et passer les <gui>Adresses</gui> à <em>Manuel</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:46
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:60
 msgid ""
-"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
-"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"S'il n'y a pas d'informations de connexion dans la liste des <gui>Adresses</"
-"gui> et si vous souhaitez configurer une nouvelle connexion, cliquez sur "
-"<gui>Ajouter</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:51
-msgid ""
-"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
+"Enter the <em>Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
 "information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
 "your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
 "and netmasks are valid for a given network."
 msgstr ""
-"Saisissez les informations sur l'<em>adresse IP</em>, le <em>masque de "
-"réseau</em> et la <em>passerelle</em> dans les champs adéquats. Votre choix "
-"déterminera le paramétrage de votre réseau ; il existe des règles "
-"spécifiques à appliquer pour le choix d'une adresse IP et d'un masque réseau "
-"valides en fonction du réseau."
+"Saisissez l'<em>Adresse</em>, le <em>Masque réseau</em> et la "
+"<em>Passerelle</em> dans les champs adéquats. Votre choix définit le "
+"paramétrage de votre réseau. Vous devez respecter des règles spécifiques à "
+"chaque réseau pour choisir une adresse IP et un masque réseau valides."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:57
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:66
 msgid ""
 "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
 "servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
@@ -15206,12 +15029,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fournisseurs internet possèdent des serveurs DNS dédiés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:63
+#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:72
 msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
+"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
 "address."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>. Le réseau doit maintenant avoir une "
+"Cliquez sur <gui>Appliquer</gui>. Le réseau doit maintenant avoir une "
 "adresse IP fixe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -15640,12 +15463,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</"
 "gui>. Enter the IP address of a DNS server you want to use. Enter additional "
-"DNS server addresses using the <key>+</key> button."
+"DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la partie <gui>DNS</gui>, basculer l'interrupteur <gui>Automatique</"
 "gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>. Saisissez l'adresse du serveur DNS que vous "
 "souhaitez utiliser. Ajoutez d'autres adresses de serveurs DNS à l'aide du "
-"bouton <key>+</key>."
+"bouton <gui>+</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-manual.page:74
@@ -15653,13 +15476,13 @@ msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</"
 "gui>. Enter the <gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> "
 "and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter additional routes "
-"using the <key>+</key> button."
+"using the <gui>+</gui> button."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la partie <gui>Routes par défaut</gui>, basculer l'interrupteur "
 "<gui>Automatique</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>. Saisissez l'<gui>Addresse</"
 "gui>, le <gui>Masque réseau</gui>, la <gui>Passerelle</gui> pour la route "
 "que vous souhaitez utiliser. Ajouter des routes supplémentaires à l'aide du "
-"bouton <key>+</key>."
+"bouton <gui>+</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-manual.page:80
@@ -15675,6 +15498,102 @@ msgstr ""
 "connectant au partage de fichiers du réseau, par exemple."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/net-mobile.page:20
+msgid ""
+"Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network."
+msgstr ""
+"Utiliser votre téléphone ou votre adaptateur Internet pour vous connecter au "
+"réseau cellulaire de votre mobile."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/net-mobile.page:25
+msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
+msgstr "Connexion au réseau cellulaire"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network using your mobile phone or "
+"Internet stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurez une connexion à un réseau cellulaire (3G ou 4G) avec votre "
+"téléphone ou votre adaptateur Internet."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:31
+msgid "Connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Branchez votre téléphone ou votre adaptateur Internet sur un port USB de "
+"votre ordinateur."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Click the system status area on the top bar, select <gui>Mobile Broadband</"
+"gui>, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez dans la zone d'état du système de la barre supérieure, sélectionnez "
+"<gui>Téléphone cellulaire</gui> et appuyez sur <gui>Connecter</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system status menu, "
+"ensure that your device is not set to connect as Mass Storage."
+msgstr ""
+"Si <gui>Téléphone cellulaire</gui> ne s'affiche pas dans la zone d'état du "
+"système, vérifiez que votre périphérique n'est pas configuré comme étant un "
+"périphérique de stockage de masse."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you are connecting for the first time, the Mobile Broadband wizard is "
+"launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click "
+"<gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous vous connectez pour la première fois, l'assistant de connexion d'un "
+"téléphone cellulaire se lance. La boîte de dialogue affiche une liste "
+"d'informations nécessaires. Appuez sur <gui style=\"button\">Suivant</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider's country or region from the list. Click <gui style="
+"\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez le pays ou la région de votre fournisseur dans la liste, puis "
+"cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Suivant</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez votre fournisseur dans la liste, puis cliquez sur <gui style="
+"\"button\">Suivant</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will "
+"determine the Access Point Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez la carte qui correspond au type de périphérique que vous "
+"connectez. Cela détermine le nom du point d'accès, puis cliquez sur <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Suivant</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/net-mobile.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will "
+"display the properties of your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Confirmez votre choix des paramètres en appuyant sur <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Appliquer</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/net-othersconnect.page:28
 msgid ""
 "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
@@ -15820,20 +15739,21 @@ msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un serveur mandataire ?"
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/net-proxy.page:39
 msgid ""
-"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
-"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
-"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
-"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
-"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
-"to do security checks on websites."
-msgstr ""
-"Un <em>serveur mandataire</em> filtre les sites Web que vous consultez, il "
-"reçoit les requêtes de votre navigateur Web, récupère les pages Web et leurs "
-"éléments et, suivant une politique, décide de vous les transmettre. Ils sont "
-"fréquemment utilisés dans le domaine professionnel et les points d'accès "
-"sans fil publics pour contrôler quels sites peuvent être consultés, pour "
-"vous interdire d'accéder à Internet sans vous identifier, ou pour effectuer "
-"des contrôles de sécurité de sites Web."
+"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests "
+"from your web browser to fetch web pages and their elements, and following a "
+"policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in "
+"businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can "
+"look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to "
+"do security checks on websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Un <em>serveur mandataire</em> filtre les sites Web que vous consultez. Il "
+"reçoit les requêtes de votre navigateur pour récupérer les pages Web "
+"demandées avec leurs éléments et, dans le respect des règles édictées, "
+"décide de vous les transmettre ou non. Ils sont fréquemment utilisés dans le "
+"domaine professionnel et les points d'accès sans fil publics pour contrôler "
+"quels sites peuvent être consultés, pour interdire l'accès à Internet sans "
+"identification, ou pour effectuer des contrôles de sécurité de certains "
+"sites répertoriés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #: C/net-proxy.page:49
@@ -16282,7 +16202,7 @@ msgstr "cliquez sur <gui>Réseau</gui> pour ouvrir le centre de contrôle,"
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-vpn-connect.page:67
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add "
+"At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add "
 "a new connection."
 msgstr ""
 "au bas de la liste de gauche, cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui> pour "
@@ -17804,36 +17724,30 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez dans la zone d'état du système de la barre supérieure, sélectionnez "
 "<gui>Wi-fi</gui> puis <gui>Paramètres Wi-Fi</gui>. Vérifiez que "
-"l'interrupteur <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> est sur <gui>Activé</gui>. Vérifiez aussi que "
-"le <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">mode avion est désactivé</link>."
+"l'interrupteur <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> est sur <gui>Activé</gui>. Vérifiez aussi "
+"que le <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">mode avion est désactivé</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:59
-msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgid ""
+"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez un terminal, saisissez <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
+"Ouvrez un terminal, saisissez <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</"
 "key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:61
 msgid ""
-"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
-"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
-"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
-"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
-"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
-"is working and connected to your wireless router."
+"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection "
+"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is an item "
+"related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is <code>connected</"
+"code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless "
+"router."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette commande affiche les informations sur votre matériel réseau et sur le "
-"statut de votre connexion. Recherchez dans la liste une section relative à "
-"votre adaptateur réseau sans fil. L'information concernant chaque "
-"périphérique réseau est séparée d'une autre par une ligne de tirets. Si vous "
-"trouvez la ligne <code>State: Connected</code> dans la section de votre "
-"adaptateur sans fil, c'est qu'il est opérationnel et connecté à votre "
-"routeur."
+"Cette commande affiche les informations sur vos interfaces réseau et sur le statut de votre connexion. 
Recherchez dans la liste un élément relatif à votre adaptateur réseau sans fil. Si vous trouvez la ligne 
<code>connecté</code> dans la section de votre adaptateur sans fil, c'est qu'il est opérationnel et connecté 
à votre routeur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:70
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:69
 msgid ""
 "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
 "the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
@@ -17849,20 +17763,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "et en dernier ressort contactez votre FAI pour obtenir de l'aide."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:76
+#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:75
 msgid ""
-"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
-"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
+"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you "
+"were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
 "portion of the troubleshooting guide."
 msgstr ""
-"Si la commande <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> indique que vous n'êtes pas connecté au "
-"réseau, cliquez sur <gui>Suivant</gui> pour aller à l'étape suivante du "
-"guide de dépannage."
+"Si la commande <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> indique que vous n'êtes pas connecté au réseau, cliquez sur 
<gui>Suivant</gui> pour aller à l'étape suivante du guide de dépannage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:23
 msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
-msgstr "Identifier et résoudre les problèmes de connexions sans fil"
+msgstr "Identifier et résoudre les problèmes des connexions sans fil"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28
@@ -18975,21 +18887,22 @@ msgstr ""
 #: C/power-lowpower.page:30
 msgid ""
 "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by opening "
-"<app>Power</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Look at the "
-"<gui>When power is critically low</gui> setting. You can choose for the "
-"computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut down, your "
-"applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the computer "
-"turns off."
+"<app>Power</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview. Look at the <gui>When battery power is critical</gui> setting. You "
+"can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut down. If you choose shut "
+"down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the "
+"computer turns off."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez modifier ce qui se passe quand le niveau de batterie devient "
-"trop faible en ouvrant <gui>Énergie</gui> dans la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>. Regardez le paramètre <gui>Quand la réserve d'énergie "
-"est à un niveau critique</gui>. Vous avez le choix entre mettre l'ordinateur "
-"en hibernation ou l'éteindre. Si vous choisissez l'extinction, vos documents "
-"<em>ne seront pas</em> enregistrés avant que l'ordinateur ne s'éteigne."
+"trop faible en ouvrant <gui>Énergie</gui> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>. Regardez le paramètre <gui>Quand "
+"la réserve d'énergie est à un niveau critique</gui>. Vous avez le choix "
+"entre mettre l'ordinateur en hibernation ou l'éteindre. Si vous choisissez "
+"l'extinction, vos documents <em>ne seront pas</em> enregistrés avant que "
+"l'ordinateur ne s'éteigne."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/power-lowpower.page:36
+#: C/power-lowpower.page:37
 msgid ""
 "Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
 "applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
@@ -19050,14 +18963,14 @@ msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/power-nowireless.page:56
-msgid "Switch the wireless <gui>Off</gui> and then <gui>On</gui> again."
+msgid "Switch the wireless <gui>OFF</gui> and then <gui>ON</gui> again."
 msgstr "Désactivez le réseau sans fil puis réactivez-le."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/power-nowireless.page:59
 msgid ""
-"If the wireless still does not work, switch <gui>On</gui> the <gui>Airplane "
-"Mode</gui> and then switch it <gui>Off</gui> again."
+"If the wireless still does not work, switch <gui>ON</gui> the <gui>Airplane "
+"Mode</gui> and then switch it <gui>OFF</gui> again."
 msgstr ""
 "Si le réseau sans fil ne fonctionne toujours pas, basculez l'interrupteur "
 "<gui>Mode avion</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui> puis à nouveau sur "
@@ -19419,7 +19332,7 @@ msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Énergie</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau. "
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/power-whydim.page:54
 msgid ""
-"Switch <gui>Blank screen</gui> to <gui>Off</gui> in the <gui>Power Saving</"
+"Switch <gui>Blank screen</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui> in the <gui>Power Saving</"
 "gui> section."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculez l'option <gui>Écran noir</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> dans la "
@@ -19591,6 +19504,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">région et formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">agencement du "
 "clavier</link>…"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
+"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
+"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"
+"link>…"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Partage par Bluetooth</link>, <link xref="
+"\"sharing-personal\">Partage de fichiers personnels</link>, <link xref="
+"\"sharing-desktop\">Partage de l'écran</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
+"\">Media sharing</link>…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28
+msgid "Sharing Settings"
+msgstr "Paramétrage du partage"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
+"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
+msgstr ""
+"Le <em>paramétrage du partage</em> dans GNOME permet de contrôler ce qui est "
+"partagé sur un réseau local, ou à travers d'autres techniques comme "
+"<em>Bluetooth</em>."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
 #: C/prefs.page:7
 msgctxt "link:trail"
@@ -19615,30 +19556,36 @@ msgid "User &amp; system settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres utilisateur et système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:22
 msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
 msgstr "Imprimer en recto verso ou de plusieurs pages sur une même feuille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:23
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
 msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
 msgstr "Impression recto verso et agencement multi-pages"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:25
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:27
 msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
 msgstr "Pour imprimer sur le recto et le verso de chaque feuille de papier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:29 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:37
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:34
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:75 C/printing-order.page:32
-#: C/printing-order.page:50
-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq>."
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:31 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:39
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:36
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77 C/printing-differentsize.page:37
+#: C/printing-select.page:27 C/printing-to-file.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
+"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez la fenêtre d'impression. Habituellement, cliquez pour cela sur <gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">Imprimer</gui> dans le menu ou servez-vous du raccourci "
+"clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:32
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
 msgid ""
 "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
 "from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
@@ -19650,16 +19597,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "avec votre imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:35
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
 msgid ""
-"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
+"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to "
 "experiment with your printer to see how it works."
 msgstr ""
 "Les imprimantes gèrent le recto verso de différentes manières. C'est une "
 "bonne idée de tester la vôtre pour connaître sa façon d'opérer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:39
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:43
 msgid ""
 "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
 "too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
@@ -19668,7 +19615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "feuille en utilisant l'option <gui>Pages par côté</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-2sided.page:44
+#: C/printing-2sided.page:49
 msgid ""
 "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
 "have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
@@ -19679,7 +19626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "toujours être disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:8
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:18
 msgid ""
 "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size "
 "paper."
@@ -19688,14 +19635,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "feuilles de taille A4/Letter standard."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:20
-msgid "Print folded booklets"
-msgstr "Impression de brochure reliées"
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer"
+msgstr "Impression d'une brochure avec une imprimante double face"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:22
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:24
 msgid ""
-"You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
+"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing "
 "pages of a document in a special order and changing a couple of printing "
 "options."
 msgstr ""
@@ -19705,15 +19652,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:26 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:22
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:28 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:24
 msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
 msgstr ""
 "Ces instructions permettent d'imprimer un livret à partir d'un document PDF."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:30 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:25
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:26
 msgid ""
 "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first "
 "export it to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</"
@@ -19727,21 +19674,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "rajoutez autant de pages blanches pour obtenir un multiple de 4."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:34
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35
 msgid "To print a booklet:"
 msgstr "Pour imprimer une brochure :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44
 msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</"
+"Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <gui>Range</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</"
 "gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez à l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>. Sous <em>Plage</em>, choisissez "
+"Allez à l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>. Sous <gui>Plage</gui>, choisissez "
 "<gui>Pages</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, "
 "and a multiple of 4):"
@@ -19750,7 +19697,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pages et un multiple de 4) :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:46 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:44
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47
 msgid ""
 "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
 "n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
@@ -19760,25 +19707,25 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:48 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:50
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
 msgid "Examples:"
 msgstr "Exemples :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:51
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
 msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
 msgstr "brochure de 4 pages : saisissez <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:51 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:55 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
 msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
 msgstr "brochure de 8 pages : saisissez <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:56
 msgid ""
 "20 page booklet: Type "
 "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
@@ -19787,70 +19734,72 @@ msgstr ""
 "<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:56
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60
 msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Maintenant, allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:61
 msgid ""
-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short "
-"Edge (Flip)</gui>."
+"Under <gui>Layout</gui>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list, select "
+"<gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Sous <em>Agencement</em>, dans l'option <gui>Recto verso</gui> choisissez "
-"<gui>Bord court (retourné)</gui>."
+"Sous <gui>Agencement</gui>, dans la liste déroulante <gui>Recto verso</gui> "
+"choisissez <gui>Bord court (retourné)</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:59
-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
-msgstr "Dans l'option <gui>Pages par côté</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>2</gui>."
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
+msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>2</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la liste déroulante <gui>Pages par côté</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>2</"
+"gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:65
 msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans le menu <gui>Ordre des pages</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>De gauche à "
 "droite</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:63 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
+#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:69 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86
 msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimer</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:19
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:21
 msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
 msgstr "Impression d'une brochure avec une imprimante simple face"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:31
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:32
 msgid "To print:"
 msgstr "Pour imprimer :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41
 msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Général</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:38
-msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr "Sous <em>Plage</em>, choisissez <gui>Pages</gui>."
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:42
+msgid "Under <gui>Range</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
+msgstr "Sous <gui>Plage</gui>, choisissez <gui>Pages</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49
 msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
 msgstr "… jusqu'à ce que vous ayez saisi toutes les pages."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
 msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
 msgstr ""
 "brochure de 12 pages : saisissez <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:54
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55
 msgid ""
 "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -19859,33 +19808,37 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:78
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:82
 msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61
 msgid ""
-"Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One "
-"Sided</gui>."
+"Under <gui>Layout</gui>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list, select "
+"<gui>One Sided</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Sous <em>Agencement</em>, dans le menu <gui>Recto verso</gui>, sélectionnez "
-"<gui>Recto</gui>."
+"Sous <gui>Agencement</gui>, dans la liste déroulante <gui>Recto verso</gui>, "
+"sélectionnez <gui>Recto</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63
-msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
-msgstr "Dans le menu <gui>Pages par côté</gui>, choisissez <gui>2</gui>."
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Left to right</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans la liste déroulante <gui>Ordre des pages</gui>, sélectionnez <gui>De "
+"gauche à droite</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:65
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:67
 msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans le menu <gui>Imprimer seulement</gui>, choisissez <gui>Pages impaires</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:71
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:73
 msgid ""
 "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in "
 "the printer."
@@ -19894,14 +19847,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "le bac de l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:79
+#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:83
 msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans le menu <gui>Imprimer seulement</gui>, choisissez <gui>Pages paires</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:8
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:18
 msgid ""
 "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
 msgstr ""
@@ -19909,17 +19862,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "ou au format Letter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:19
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:22
 msgid "Print a booklet"
 msgstr "Impression d'une brochure"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:21
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:24
 msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
 msgstr "Vous pouvez imprimer une brochure à partir d'un PDF."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:27
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:32
 msgid ""
 "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you "
 "should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a "
@@ -19930,7 +19883,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour ce faire, vous pouvez :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:33
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:38
 msgid ""
 "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank "
 "pages needed."
@@ -19939,7 +19892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pages blanches,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:37
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:42
 msgid ""
 "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> "
 "<gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
@@ -19948,7 +19901,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui><gui>Exporter en PDF…</gui></guiseq>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:41
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> "
 "or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing the blank pages at the end."
@@ -19957,7 +19910,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "app> ou <app>PDF Mod</app> en plaçant les pages blanches à la fin."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-booklet.page:46
+#: C/printing-booklet.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list "
 "below:"
@@ -19965,23 +19918,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "Choisissez le type d'imprimante que vous utilisez dans la liste ci-dessous :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:21 C/printing-name-location.page:12
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:21 C/printing-name-location.page:13
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:21 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22
 msgid "Jana Svarova"
 msgstr "Jana Svarova"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:28
 msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
 msgstr "Annuler une impression en attente et la retirer de la file."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
 msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
 msgstr "Annulation, pause ou déblocage d'une impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:33
 msgid ""
 "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the "
 "printer settings."
@@ -19990,12 +19943,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "les paramètres de l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:35
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37
 msgid "Cancel a print job"
 msgstr "Annulation d'une impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39
 msgid ""
 "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so "
 "that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
@@ -20004,13 +19957,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "rapidement pour ne pas gaspiller du papier et de l'encre. "
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:41
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
 msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
 msgstr "Annulation d'une impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43 C/printing-name-location.page:43
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42 C/printing-setup.page:74
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45 C/printing-cancel-job.page:85
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:44 C/printing-name-location.page:72
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:48 C/printing-setup.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Printers</gui>."
@@ -20019,14 +19973,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:47 C/printing-cancel-job.page:87
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:47 C/printing-name-location.page:74
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46 C/printing-setup.page:78
-msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:49 C/printing-cancel-job.page:89
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:48 C/printing-name-location.page:76
+msgid "Click on <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimantes</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
 "<gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
@@ -20035,31 +19988,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "dialogue <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:54
-msgid ""
-"Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop "
-"symbols."
-msgstr ""
-"Annulez la tâche d'impression en cliquant sur le bouton stop dans la zone "
-"des boutons."
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:56
+msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button."
+msgstr "Annulez la tâche d'impression en cliquant sur le bouton stop."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:59
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:60
 msgid ""
 "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down "
-"the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
+"the <em>cancel</em> button on your printer."
 msgstr ""
 "Si cette action n'arrête pas l'impression, maintenez enfoncé le bouton "
-"<gui>Annuler</gui> de votre imprimante."
+"<em>annuler</em> de votre imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:63
 msgid ""
 "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
-"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
-"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
-"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
-"and then on again."
+"that will not cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. "
+"The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. "
+"You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer "
+"off and then on again."
 msgstr ""
 "En dernier ressort, et surtout si vous avez lancé l'impression d'un gros "
 "document avec beaucoup de pages et qui ne veut pas s'annuler, retirez le "
@@ -20068,7 +20017,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "carrément éteindre et rallumer l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
 "- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
@@ -20079,12 +20028,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "le laisser là où il est."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:77
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:78
 msgid "Pause and release a print job"
 msgstr "Mise en pause et relance d'une impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:80
 msgid ""
 "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the "
 "jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
@@ -20093,14 +20042,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "faire en ouvrant la boîte des tâches et en cliquant sur le bouton adéquat."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:84 C/printing-name-location.page:71
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur votre nom dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Paramètres "
-"</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:90
+#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:92
 msgid ""
 "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the "
 "<gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based "
@@ -20111,19 +20053,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "tâche selon vos besoins."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26
 msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
 msgstr ""
 "Imprimer un document sur un format de papier différent ou avec une "
 "orientation différente."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:25
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:29
 msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
 msgstr "Modification du format de papier pour l'impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31
 msgid ""
 "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
 "US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
@@ -20134,61 +20076,57 @@ msgstr ""
 "pouvez modifier son format d'impression."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32 C/printing-select.page:24
-msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42
 msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
 msgstr "Allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
 msgid ""
-"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
-"drop-down list."
+"Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from "
+"the drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la colonne <em>Papier</em>, choisissez votre <em>Type de papier</em> "
-"dans le menu déroulant."
+"Dans la colonne <gui>Papier</gui>, choisissez votre <gui>Type de papier</"
+"gui> dans le menu déroulant."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49
 msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimer</gui> et vous obtenez votre document au format "
 "voulu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:39
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53
 msgid ""
-"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
-"orientation:"
+"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a "
+"different orientation:"
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez aussi changer l'orientation dans le menu <gui>Orientation</gui> :"
+"Vous pouvez aussi changer l'orientation dans le menu déroulant "
+"<gui>Orientation</gui> :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57
 msgid "Portrait"
 msgstr "Portrait"
 
 #. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58
 msgid "Landscape"
 msgstr "Paysage"
 
 #. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59
 msgid "Reverse portrait"
 msgstr "Portrait inversé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: p/gui
-#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
+#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60
 msgid "Reverse landscape"
 msgstr "Paysage inversé"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:22
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
 "the correct paper size."
@@ -20197,12 +20135,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "sens et d'avoir sélectionné la bonne taille de papier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
 msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
 msgstr "Impression d'enveloppes et d'étiquettes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:26
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:28
 msgid ""
 "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
 "labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
@@ -20213,20 +20151,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "intéressant si vous avez notamment beaucoup de lettres à expédier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
 msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
 msgstr "Impression sur des enveloppes"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:33
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:35
 msgid ""
 "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
 "envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
 "After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
 "<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope"
-"\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
-"size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say "
-"what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
+"\" if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper "
+"size</gui> to an envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The pack of "
+"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devez vérifier deux choses avant de lancer l'impression sur une "
 "enveloppe. Premièrement, assurez-vous que votre imprimante connaît le format "
@@ -20234,11 +20172,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Imprimer, allez à l'onglet <gui>Mise en page</gui> et dans le menu <gui>Type "
 "de papier</gui> choisissez « Enveloppe » si vous pouvez. Si cela n'existe "
 "pas, regardez dans <gui>Taille du papier</gui> s'il y a un format "
-"d'enveloppe disponible (par exemple « C5 »). Le format de l'enveloppe est "
-"normalement indiqué sur son emballage ; la plupart sont standardisées."
+"d'enveloppe disponible (par exemple <gui>C5</gui>). Le format de l'enveloppe "
+"est normalement indiqué sur son emballage ; la plupart sont standardisées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:41
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:44
 msgid ""
 "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
 "side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
@@ -20250,7 +20188,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur une seule enveloppe pour être sûr du sens dans lequel il faut les mettre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-envelopes.page:47
+#: C/printing-envelopes.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
 "some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
@@ -20261,19 +20199,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "être sûr ; sinon, vous risquez de l'endommager en y chargeant des enveloppes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:18
 msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
 msgstr "Vérifier le niveau d'encre ou de toner des cartouches de l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:19
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
 msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
 msgstr ""
 "Comment vérifier le niveau d'encre ou de toner des cartouches de mon "
 "imprimante ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:21
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23
 msgid ""
 "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
 "model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
@@ -20284,7 +20222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:27
 msgid ""
 "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
 "information."
@@ -20293,7 +20231,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "niveaux et d'autres informations."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:28
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found "
+"in the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app>"
+msgstr ""
+"Certaines imprimantes indiquent leur niveau d'encre à l'ordinateur dans le "
+"panneau <gui>Imprimantes</gui> des <gui>Paramètres</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:33
 msgid ""
 "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
 "Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
@@ -20305,24 +20252,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "avec des fonctionnalités similaires."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:37
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
 "levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
 "printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.";
 "sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink "
-"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
+"levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mtink</app>."
 msgstr ""
-"Une autre possibilité consiste à installer une application de gestion ou de "
-"contrôle des niveaux d'encre. <app>Inkblot</app> affiche les niveaux d'encre "
-"de beaucoup d'imprimantes HP, Epson et Canon. Vous pouvez vérifier ici la "
-"<link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\";>liste des "
-"modèles pris en charge</link> pour voir si votre imprimante en fait partie. "
-"<app>mktink</app> est une autre application pour les imprimantes Epson et "
-"quelques autres."
+"Une autre possibilité consiste à installer une application de gestion ou de contrôle des niveaux d'encre. 
<app>Inkblot</app> affiche les niveaux d'encre de beaucoup d'imprimantes HP, Epson et Canon. Vous pouvez 
vérifier ici la <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net/#supported\";>liste des modèles pris en 
charge</link> pour voir si votre imprimante en fait partie. <app>mtink</app> est une autre application pour 
les imprimantes Epson et quelques autres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-inklevel.page:39
+#: C/printing-inklevel.page:44
 msgid ""
 "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
 "designed to report their ink levels."
@@ -20331,19 +20272,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'autres ne sont pas conçues pour retourner leur niveau d'encre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:22
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:23
 msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
 msgstr ""
 "Modifier le nom et l'emplacement d'une imprimante dans les paramètres de "
 "l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:26
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:27
 msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
 msgstr "Modification du nom et de l'emplacement d'une imprimante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:28
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:29
 msgid ""
 "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
 msgstr ""
@@ -20351,7 +20292,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "paramètres de l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:32
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:33
 msgid ""
 "You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or "
 "location of a printer."
@@ -20360,76 +20301,76 @@ msgstr ""
 "le nom et l'emplacement d'une imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:37
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:38
 msgid "Change printer name"
 msgstr "Modification du nom d'une imprimante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:39
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:40
 msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous souhaitez modifier le nom d'une imprimante, conformez-vous aux "
 "étapes suivantes :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:50 C/printing-name-location.page:77
-#: C/printing-setup.page:81
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:51 C/printing-name-location.page:79
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:59 C/printing-setup.page:82
 msgid ""
-"Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
+"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
 "password."
 msgstr ""
-"cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> en haut à droite et saisissez "
-"votre mot de passe,"
+"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> en haut à droite et saisissez "
+"votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:54
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Click on the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the "
 "printer."
 msgstr "cliquez sur le nom de votre imprimante et renommez-la,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:58
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:59
 msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
 msgstr "appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour enregistrer vos modifications."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:65
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:66
 msgid "Change printer location"
 msgstr "Changement de l'emplacement d'une imprimante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:67
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:68
 msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
 msgstr "Pour modifier l'emplacement d'une imprimante :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:81
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:83
 msgid "Click on the location, and start editing the location."
 msgstr "cliquez sur l'emplacement, modifiez-le,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-name-location.page:84
+#: C/printing-name-location.page:86
 msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
 msgstr "appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> pour enregistrer les changements."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-order.page:8
+#: C/printing-order.page:22
 msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
 msgstr "Rassembler des copies et inverser l'ordre d'impression."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:23
+#: C/printing-order.page:25
 msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
 msgstr "Inversion de l'ordre d'impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:26
+#: C/printing-order.page:28
 msgid "Reverse"
 msgstr "Inversion"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:27
+#: C/printing-order.page:30
 msgid ""
 "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
 "pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
@@ -20441,12 +20382,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous pouvez inverser cet ordre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:30
+#: C/printing-order.page:34
 msgid "To reverse the order:"
 msgstr "Pour inverser l'ordre :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:33
+#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:62
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <guiseq><gui>Fichier</gui><gui>Imprimer</gui></guiseq>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-order.page:41
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
 "check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
@@ -20456,15 +20402,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "retrouve imprimée en premier et ainsi de suite."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing-order.page:40
+#: C/printing-order.page:50
 msgid "Collate"
 msgstr "Rassemblement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:43
+#: C/printing-order.page:52
 msgid ""
 "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
-"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
+"be grouped by page number by default (that is, all of the copies of page one "
 "come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
 "make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
 "instead."
@@ -20476,12 +20422,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "copie du document sorte avec toutes ses pages regroupées dans le bon ordre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:48
+#: C/printing-order.page:58
 msgid "To Collate:"
 msgstr "Pour rassembler :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-order.page:51
+#: C/printing-order.page:65
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
 "check <gui>Collate</gui>."
@@ -20490,7 +20436,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<em>Copies</em>, cochez la case <gui>Rassembler</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:18
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:19
 msgid ""
 "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
 "you have."
@@ -20499,19 +20445,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "et du modèle de votre imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:23
 msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
 msgstr "Résolution d'un problème de bourrage du papier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:25
 msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
 msgstr ""
 "Parfois, l'imprimante charge de travers les feuilles de papier et il y a "
 "bourrage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:27
 msgid ""
 "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
 "how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
@@ -20525,16 +20471,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "retirer du mécanisme d'approvisionnement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-paperjam.page:31
+#: C/printing-paperjam.page:32
 msgid ""
 "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
-"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
-"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
+"<em>resume</em> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may "
+"even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
 "print job again."
 msgstr ""
 "Une fois le bourrage terminé, il faut en général appuyez sur le bouton "
-"<gui>Reprendre</gui> pour relancer des impressions. Avec certaines "
-"imprimantes, il faut même éteindre et rallumer l'imprimante, puis "
+"<em>reprendre</em> de l'imprimante pour relancer l'impression. Avec "
+"certaines imprimantes, il faut même éteindre et rallumer l'imprimante, puis "
 "recommencer l'impression."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
@@ -20542,7 +20488,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/printing-select.page:35
+#: C/printing-select.page:42
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
@@ -20552,23 +20498,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "md5='527835df0ce2072c82ce7b16907efed5'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-select.page:7
+#: C/printing-select.page:18
 msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
 msgstr ""
 "Imprimer seulement quelques pages spécifiques ou une sélection de pages."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-select.page:18
+#: C/printing-select.page:21
 msgid "Print only certain pages"
 msgstr "Impression de certaines pages"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:20
+#: C/printing-select.page:23
 msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
 msgstr "Pour n'imprimer que certaines pages du document :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:25
+#: C/printing-select.page:32
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
 "<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
@@ -20577,7 +20523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "choisissez <gui>Pages</gui> dans la colonne <gui>Plage</gui>,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:27
+#: C/printing-select.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
 "by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
@@ -20587,7 +20533,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "plage de numéros."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-select.page:32
+#: C/printing-select.page:40
 msgid ""
 "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
 "pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
@@ -20596,17 +20542,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Pages</gui>, vous allez imprimer les pages 1,3,5,6,7 et 9."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33
 msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
 msgstr "Définir l'imprimante que vous utilisez le plus souvent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36
 msgid "Set the default printer"
 msgstr "Définition de l'imprimante par défaut"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:32
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
 "your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
@@ -20616,7 +20562,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "souvent."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:36
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:42
 msgid ""
 "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
 msgstr ""
@@ -20624,7 +20570,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "une imprimante par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:52 C/printing-setup.page:79
+msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Imprimantes</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
 msgstr ""
@@ -20632,62 +20583,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:53
-msgid ""
-"Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your "
-"password."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Déverrouiller</gui> en haut à droite et saisissez "
-"votre mot de passe."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57
-msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
-msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option <gui>Par défaut</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:62
-msgid ""
-"When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the "
-"printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for "
-"example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lors du choix dans la liste des imprimantes disponibles, vous pouvez filtrer "
-"les résultats de la recherche d'imprimantes en spécifiant un nom ou un "
-"emplacement pour l'imprimante (par exemple, <input>1er étage</input> ou "
-"<input>entrée</input>)."
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65
-msgid ""
-"The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for adding new "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-"Le filtrage des résultats de recherche n'est disponible que dans la boîte de "
-"dialogue servant à ajouter de nouvelles imprimantes."
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:63
+msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox."
+msgstr "Choisissez l'imprimante <gui>Par défaut</gui> en cochant sa case."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69
+#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:67
 msgid ""
 "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
-"unless you choose a different printer for that specific output."
+"unless you choose a different printer."
 msgstr ""
 "Quand vous imprimez avec une application, l'imprimante par défaut est "
 "utilisée automatiquement, à moins que vous ne choisissiez une autre "
-"imprimante pour une impression spécifique."
+"imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-setup.page:34
+#: C/printing-setup.page:35
 msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
 msgstr "Configurer une imprimante connectée à votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-setup.page:37
+#: C/printing-setup.page:38
 msgid "Set up a local printer"
 msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante locale"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:39
+#: C/printing-setup.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are "
 "connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
@@ -20698,7 +20619,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sont reliées par l'intermédiaire d'un câble USB branché à votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:44
+#: C/printing-setup.page:45
 msgid ""
 "You do not need to select whether you want to install a network or local "
 "printer now. They are listed in one window."
@@ -20707,12 +20628,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'imprimante réseau ou locale. Elles figurent dans une liste unique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:55
+#: C/printing-setup.page:56
 msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
 msgstr "Assurez-vous que l'imprimante soit allumée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:58
+#: C/printing-setup.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
 "activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
@@ -20723,7 +20644,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "puis, il vous demandera certainement de vous identifier pour les installer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:63
+#: C/printing-setup.page:64
 msgid ""
 "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
 "Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</"
@@ -20735,7 +20656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configuration de l'imprimante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:69
+#: C/printing-setup.page:70
 msgid ""
 "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
 "settings."
@@ -20744,19 +20665,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'ajouter dans les paramètres d'imprimantes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:85
-msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <key>+</key>."
+#: C/printing-setup.page:86
+msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>+</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:88
+#: C/printing-setup.page:89
 msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la fenêtre qui s'affiche, sélectionnez votre nouvelle imprimante. "
 "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:93
+#: C/printing-setup.page:94
 msgid ""
 "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to "
 "install print drivers."
@@ -20765,7 +20686,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "imprimante, il vous faut sans doute installer des pilotes d'impression."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-setup.page:101
+#: C/printing-setup.page:102
 msgid ""
 "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
 "default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
@@ -20774,7 +20695,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "default-printer\">changer d'imprimante par défaut</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:19
 msgid ""
 "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
 "or clean the print head."
@@ -20783,13 +20704,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "les niveaux d'encre ou faites un nettoyage des têtes d'impression."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:21
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:23
 msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
 msgstr ""
 "Pourquoi des zébrures, des lignes ou de mauvaises couleurs sur mes épreuves ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:29
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:26
 msgid ""
 "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
 "there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
@@ -20800,12 +20721,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "problème avec l'imprimante ou un manque d'encre ou de toner."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:35
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:32
 msgid "Fading text or images"
 msgstr "Texte ou images estompés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:33
 msgid ""
 "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
 "a new cartridge if necessary."
@@ -20814,12 +20735,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "achetez une cartouche neuve si nécessaire."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:41
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:37
 msgid "Streaks and lines"
 msgstr "Zébrures et striures"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:38
 msgid ""
 "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
 "blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
@@ -20830,12 +20751,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "manuel de votre imprimante pour connaître la procédure)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:43
 msgid "Wrong colors"
 msgstr "Mauvaises couleurs"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:44
 msgid ""
 "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/"
 "toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
@@ -20844,12 +20765,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "les niveaux et achetez une cartouche neuve si nécessaire."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:54
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:48
 msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
 msgstr "Lignes dentelées ou tordues"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
+#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
 msgid ""
 "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
 "need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
@@ -20860,7 +20781,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "imprimante pour connaître la procédure détaillée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:17
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:19
 msgid ""
 "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it to a "
 "printer."
@@ -20870,12 +20791,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:20 C/printing-to-file.page:29
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:23 C/printing-to-file.page:32
 msgid "Print to file"
 msgstr "Impression dans un fichier"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:22
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:25
 msgid ""
 "You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print "
 "from a printer. Printing to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a "
@@ -20890,18 +20811,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ou le partager avec quelqu'un."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:31
-msgid ""
-"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style="
-"\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
-"key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
-msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez la fenêtre d'impression. Habituellement, cliquez pour cela sur <gui "
-"style=\"menuitem\">Imprimer</gui> dans le menu ou servez-vous du raccourci "
-"clavier <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:36
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style="
 "\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
@@ -20910,7 +20820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionnez <gui>Imprimer dans un fichier</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:40
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:43
 msgid ""
 "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the "
 "filename below the printer selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</"
@@ -20921,7 +20831,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Sélectionner</gui> quand votre choix est fait."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:45
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:48
 msgid ""
 "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use "
 "a different <gui>Output format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or "
@@ -20932,19 +20842,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<sys>Postscript</sys> ou <sys>SVG</sys>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:50
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
 msgid "Choose your other page preferences."
 msgstr "Choisir d'autres préférences de page."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/printing-to-file.page:53
+#: C/printing-to-file.page:56
 msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Imprimer</gui> pour enregistrer "
 "le fichier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:15
+#: C/printing.page:18
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order"
 "\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and "
@@ -20955,40 +20865,40 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"printing-2sided\">recto verso et multi-page</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:36
+#: C/printing.page:37
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Setup"
 msgstr "Configuration"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:38
+#: C/printing.page:39
 msgid "Set up a printer"
 msgstr "Configuration d'une imprimante"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/printing.page:43
+#: C/printing.page:44
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Sizes and layouts"
 msgstr "Formats et agencements"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:45
+#: C/printing.page:46
 msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
 msgstr "Différents formats de papier et agencements"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/printing.page:51
+#: C/printing.page:52
 msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
 msgstr ""
 "Imprimantes non détectées, bourrages papier, épreuves d'aspect bizarre…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/printing.page:53
+#: C/printing.page:54
 msgid "Printer problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes d'impression"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy.page:10
+#: C/privacy.page:25
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-"
 "history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge"
@@ -20999,16 +20909,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "xref=\"privacy-purge\">Vider la corbeille et les fichiers temporaires</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy.page:26
+#: C/privacy.page:32
 msgid "Privacy Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres de confidentialité"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy.page:28
+#: C/privacy.page:34
 msgid ""
 "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not "
 "certain parts of your desktop are visible to others. You can also use these "
-"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unecessary files."
+"settings to clear your computer usage history and clean-out unnecessary "
+"files."
 msgstr ""
 "Les <em>Paramètres de confidentialité</em> dans GNOME permettent de vous "
 "assurer que certaines parties de votre ordinateur sont ou ne sont pas "
@@ -21017,19 +20928,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "fichiers inutiles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:9
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:24
 msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
 msgstr ""
 "Empêcher ou limiter l'ordinateur dans le traçage des fichiers récemment "
 "utilisés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:22
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:28
 msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking"
 msgstr "Arrêt ou limitation du suivi de l'historique des fichiers"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:24
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:30
 msgid ""
 "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items "
 "that you have been working on, but you may wish to keep these items private."
@@ -21039,15 +20950,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "préférez peut-être que cela ne soit pas public."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:29
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35
 msgid "To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
 msgstr ""
 "Pour arrêter le suivi de l'historique des fichiers sur votre ordinateur :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:31 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:57
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:33 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:49
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64
+#: C/privacy-location.page:32 C/privacy-purge.page:40
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:53 C/session-screenlocks.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Privacy</gui>."
@@ -21056,25 +20967,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Confidentialité</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:35 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:61
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:37 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:53
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:47
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:42 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:68
+#: C/privacy-location.page:36 C/privacy-purge.page:44
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:57 C/session-screenlocks.page:49
 msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Confidentialité</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:45 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:71
 msgid "Select <gui>Usage &amp; History</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Utilisation et historique</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:41
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:48
 msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculez l'option <gui>Récemment utilisés</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:42
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:49
 msgid ""
 "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to "
 "<gui>ON</gui>."
@@ -21083,7 +20994,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilisés</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:46 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:75
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:53 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Clear Recent History</gui> button to purge the history "
 "immediately."
@@ -21092,7 +21003,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "action immédiatement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:51
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:58
 msgid ""
 "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about "
 "the web sites you visit."
@@ -21101,19 +21012,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "stockage des informations sur les sites que vous visitez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:55
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:62
 msgid "To restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked:"
 msgstr "Pour limiter le temps de stockage de l'historique de vos fichiers :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:67
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:74
 msgid "Ensure the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch is <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Vérifiez que l'option <gui>Récemment utilisés</gui> est sur <gui>Désactivé</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:70
+#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:77
 msgid ""
 "Select the length of time to <gui>Retain History</gui>. Choose from options "
 "<gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</"
@@ -21124,7 +21035,53 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Toujours</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:8
+#: C/privacy-location.page:18
+msgid "Enable or disable geolocation."
+msgstr "Activer ou désactiver la géolocalisation."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:21
+msgid "Control location services"
+msgstr "Contrôle des services de géolocalisation"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and "
+"nearby Wi-Fi access points to determine your current location for use in "
+"setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</app>. When "
+"enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with "
+"a great deal of precision."
+msgstr ""
+"Les services de géolocalisation se servent des antennes relais GSM, des "
+"données satellitaires GPS et des points d'accès Wi-Fi pour déterminer votre "
+"position géographique et établir sur quel fuseau horaire vous vous trouvez, "
+"ainsi que dans des applications comme <app>Cartes</app>. Lorsqu'ils sont "
+"activés, ils peuvent être partagés sur le réseau avec une précision extrême."
+
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#: C/privacy-location.page:30
+msgid "To turn off the geolocation features of your desktop:"
+msgstr "Pour stopper les fonctions de géolocalisation de votre ordinateur :"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:39
+msgid "Set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Basculez l'option <gui>Services de géolocalisation</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</"
+"gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/privacy-location.page:40
+msgid ""
+"To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to "
+"<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour rétablir cette fonction, basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Services de "
+"géolocalisation</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:24
 msgid ""
 "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your "
 "computer."
@@ -21133,12 +21090,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "temporaires doivent être vidés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:21
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:28
 msgid "Purge trash &amp; temporary files"
 msgstr "Purge de la corbeille et des fichiers temporaires"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:23
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
 msgid ""
 "Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded "
 "files from your computer, and also frees up more space on your hard drive. "
@@ -21152,7 +21109,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "automatiquement à votre place."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:30
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:37
 msgid ""
 "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set "
 "period of time:"
@@ -21161,23 +21118,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "défini :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:40
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:47
 msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash &amp; Temporary Files</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez <gui>Vider la corbeille et les fichiers temporaires</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:43
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:50
 msgid ""
-"Set the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically purge "
-"Temporary Files</gui> switches to <gui>ON</gui>."
+"Set one or both of the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or "
+"<gui>Automatically purge Temporary Files</gui> switches to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculez le bouton <gui>Vider automatiquement la corbeille</gui> ou "
+"Basculez le ou les boutons <gui>Vider automatiquement la corbeille</gui> ou "
 "<gui>Purger automatiquement les fichiers temporaires</gui> sur <gui>Activé</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:48
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</"
 "em> to be purged by changing the <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
@@ -21186,7 +21143,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<em>Fichiers temporaires</em> en modifiant la valeur <gui>Purger après</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:53
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons "
 "to perform these actions immediately."
@@ -21195,13 +21152,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fichiers temporaires</gui> pour exécuter ces actions immédiatement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:57 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:67
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55
-msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:64 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:71
+msgid "Click the <gui>X</gui> to close."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>X</gui> pour fermer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:61
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Use the <em>Purge After: Immediately</em> setting with caution. Setting your "
 "trash to be purged immediately will cause any files you delete to skip your "
@@ -21214,7 +21170,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "récupérer que ceux qui sont dans la corbeille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-purge.page:67
+#: C/privacy-purge.page:74
 msgid ""
 "Unless you have a specific need to immediately delete files from your trash, "
 "it is probably safer to set a longer <gui>Purge After</gui> value."
@@ -21224,7 +21180,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "après</gui> plus longue."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:14
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
 msgid ""
 "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
 "computer."
@@ -21233,12 +21189,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "éloignez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:32
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:36
 msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
 msgstr "Verrouillage automatique de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:34
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:38
 msgid ""
 "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen"
 "\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop "
@@ -21255,7 +21211,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ainsi en sécurité quand vous ne vous en servez pas."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:41
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:45
 msgid ""
 "When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will "
 "continue to run, but you will need to enter your password to begin using "
@@ -21266,28 +21222,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour en reprendre le contrôle."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:50
 msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
 msgstr ""
 "Pour paramétrer un délai plus long avant que l'écran ne se verrouille "
 "automatiquement :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:56
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:60
 msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Verrouiller l'écran</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:59
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:63
 msgid ""
-"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a "
-"length of time from the drop-down list."
+"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched <gui>ON</gui>, then "
+"select a length of time from the drop-down list."
 msgstr ""
-"Assurez-vous que l'option <gui>Verrouillage automatique de l'écran</gui> , "
-"est activée, puis choisissez un délai dans la liste déroulante."
+"Assurez-vous que l'interrupteur <gui>Verrouillage automatique de l'écran</"
+"gui> est sur <gui>Activé</gui>, puis choisissez un délai dans la liste "
+"déroulante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:63
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:67
 msgid ""
 "To allow notifications to be displayed on the lock screen, switch <gui>Show "
 "Notifications</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
@@ -21297,38 +21254,41 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:71
+#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:75
 msgid ""
 "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, "
 "or swipe up from the bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your "
-"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>."
+"password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</gui>. "
+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be "
+"automatically raised as you type."
 msgstr ""
 "Si l'écran est verrouillé, appuyez sur <key>Échap</key> pour le "
 "déverrouiller, ou balayez l'écran avec la souris de bas en haut. Saisissez "
 "alors votre mot de passe et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key> ou bien cliquez "
-"sur <gui>Déverrouiller</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9
-msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what's happening on your screen."
-msgstr "Prendre une capture ou une vidéo de ce qui se passe sur votre écran."
+"sur <gui>Déverrouiller</gui>. Sinon, commencez juste à saisir votre mot de "
+"passe et le rideaux se soulève au fur et à mesure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/years
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:20
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:21
 #: C/translate.page:13
 msgid "2011"
 msgstr "2011"
 
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
+msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen."
+msgstr "Prendre une capture ou une vidéo de ce qui se passe sur votre écran."
+
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38
 msgid "Screenshots and screencasts"
 msgstr "Captures d'écran et vidéo d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40
 msgid ""
 "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a "
-"video of what's happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
+"video of what is happening on the screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is "
 "useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
 "example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video "
 "files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
@@ -21340,32 +21300,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "donc les envoyer par courriel ou les partager sur le Web."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:41
-msgid "Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology"
+"\">Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez <app>Capture d'écran</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>."
+"Ouvrez <app>Capture d'écran</app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref="
+"\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55
 msgid ""
-"In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
+"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole "
 "screen, the current window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you "
 "need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. "
 "Then choose any effects you want."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la fenêtre <app>Capture d'écran</app>, choisissez si vous voulez copier "
 "tout l'écran, la fenêtre active ou une zone de l'écran. Définissez un délai "
-"si vous avez besoin de sélectionner une fenêtre ou de régler votre bureau "
-"pour la capture d'écran. Puis choisissez les effets que vous souhaitez."
+"si vous avez besoin de sélectionner une fenêtre ou de définir la taille de "
+"votre bureau pour la capture d'écran. Puis choisissez les effets que vous "
+"souhaitez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61
 msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Prendre une capture d'écran</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62
 msgid ""
 "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a "
 "crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
@@ -21376,7 +21339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "choix."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a "
 "folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
@@ -21385,7 +21348,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de fichier, choisissez un dossier et cliquez sur <gui>Enregistrer</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:59
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing "
 "application without saving it first. Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then "
@@ -21398,13 +21361,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "application, ou faites glisser la miniature de la capture jusqu'à "
 "l'application."
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:66
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77
 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "Raccourcis clavier"
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
 msgid ""
 "Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time "
 "using these global keyboard shortcuts:"
@@ -21413,12 +21376,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ou d'une zone de l'écran en utilisant ces raccourcis clavier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:70
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84
 msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop."
 msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key> pour prendre une capture d'écran du bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:71
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a "
 "window."
@@ -21427,7 +21390,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "capture d'écran d'une fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:73
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of "
 "an area you select."
@@ -21435,19 +21398,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq> pour prendre une "
 "capture d'écran d'une zone choisie."
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:76
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96
 msgid ""
 "When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your "
-"Pictures folder with a file name that begins with \"Screenshot\" and "
-"includes the date and time it was taken."
+"<file>Pictures</file> folder in your home folder with a file name that "
+"begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time it was "
+"taken."
 msgstr ""
 "Quand vous utilisez un raccourci clavier, l'image est automatiquement "
-"sauvegardée dans votre dossier Images avec un nom de fichier commençant par "
-"« Capture » et incluant la date et l'heure à laquelle elle a été prise."
+"sauvegardée dans votre dossier <file>Images</file> avec un nom de fichier "
+"commençant par <file>Capture</file> et incluant la date et l'heure à "
+"laquelle elle a été prise."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved "
+"in your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne possédez pas de dossier <file>Images</file>, elles sont "
+"enregistrées dans votre répertoire personnel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
 msgid ""
 "You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to "
 "copy the screenshot image to the clipboard instead of saving it."
@@ -21457,58 +21431,68 @@ msgstr ""
 "presse-papiers au lieu de la sauvegarder."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:86
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111
 msgid "Make a screencast"
 msgstr "Faire une vidéo d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113
 msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:"
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez faire une vidéo d'écran qui enregistre ce qui ce passe à "
 "l'écran :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></"
-"keyseq> to start recording what's on your screen."
+"keyseq> to start recording what is on your screen."
 msgstr ""
 "Appuyez sur les touches <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</"
 "key><key>R</key></keyseq> pour commencer l'enregistrement de ce qui se passe "
 "sur votre écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:93
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120
 msgid ""
-"A red circle is displayed in the bottom right corner of the screen when the "
-"recording is in progress. This indicator does not show up in the video."
+"A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the "
+"recording is in progress."
 msgstr ""
-"Un rond rouge est affiché dans le coin inférieur droit de l'écran quand "
-"l'enregistrement est en cours. Cet indicateur n'apparaît pas dans la vidéo."
+"Un rond rouge est affiché dans le coin supérieur droit de l'écran quand "
+"l'enregistrement est en cours."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:98
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124
 msgid ""
-"Once you've finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</"
-"key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
+"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</"
+"key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> again to stop the recording."
 msgstr ""
 "Une fois que vous avez fini, appuyez de nouveau sur les touches "
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>R</key></keyseq> "
 "pour arrêter l'enregistrement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129
 msgid ""
-"The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name that "
-"starts with \"Screencast\" and includes the date and time it was taken."
+"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your "
+"home folder, with a file name that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and "
+"includes the date and time it was taken."
 msgstr ""
-"La vidéo est automatiquement sauvegardée dans votre dossier Vidéos avec un "
-"nom commençant par « Vidéo d'écran » et incluant la date et l'heure à "
-"laquelle elle a été prise."
+"La vidéo est automatiquement sauvegardée dans votre dossier <file>Vidéo</"
+"file> avec un nom commençant par <file>Capture d'écran vidéo</file> et "
+"incluant la date et l'heure à laquelle elle a été prise."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in "
+"your home folder instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne possédez pas de dossier <file>Vidéo</file>, elles sont "
+"enregistrées dans votre répertoire personnel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:35
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36
 msgid ""
 "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead "
 "of typing in your password."
@@ -21517,12 +21501,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "charge à la place de la saisie de votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:38
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
 msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
 msgstr "Connexion avec une empreinte digitale"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42
 msgid ""
 "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your "
 "fingerprint and use it to log in."
@@ -21531,12 +21515,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "enregistrer une empreinte digitale et l'utiliser pour vous connecter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:44
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
 msgid "Record a fingerprint"
 msgstr "Enregistrement d'une empreinte digitale"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48
 msgid ""
 "Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that "
 "the system can use it to identify you."
@@ -21546,7 +21530,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "identifier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:50
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52
 msgid ""
 "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your "
 "fingerprint. If this happens, moisten your finger slightly, dry it with a "
@@ -21558,8 +21542,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:55 C/user-changepassword.page:61
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:37
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:63
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:38
 msgid ""
 "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
 "to edit user accounts other than your own."
@@ -21568,9 +21552,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "requis pour modifier des comptes utilisateurs autres que le votre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:60 C/user-add.page:81
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:39 C/user-changepassword.page:66
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:42 C/user-delete.page:49
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:41 C/user-autologin.page:31
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:68 C/user-changepicture.page:43
+#: C/user-delete.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Users</gui>."
@@ -21579,14 +21564,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Utilisateurs</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:64 C/user-add.page:85
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:43 C/user-changepassword.page:70
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:45 C/user-autologin.page:35
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:72 C/user-changepicture.page:47
+#: C/user-delete.page:54
 msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Utilisateurs</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:67
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a "
 "fingerprint for the selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for "
@@ -21598,7 +21584,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Déverrouiller</gui> le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:73
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style="
 "\"button\">Next</gui>."
@@ -21607,7 +21593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur <gui style=\"button\">Suivant</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:77
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79
 msgid ""
 "Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a "
 "<em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader. Once the computer has "
@@ -21619,7 +21605,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Terminé !</gui> s'affiche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:83
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85
 msgid ""
 "Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your "
 "fingerprint was saved successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
@@ -21629,12 +21615,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui> pour terminer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:92
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
 msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
 msgstr "Contrôle du bon fonctionnement de votre empreinte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96
 msgid ""
 "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a "
 "fingerprint, you still have the option to log in with your password."
@@ -21644,7 +21630,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "toutefois la possibilité de vous connecter avec votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:99
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101
 msgid ""
 "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -21652,7 +21638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">déconnectez-vous</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:103
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105
 msgid ""
 "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form "
 "will appear."
@@ -21661,7 +21647,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "saisie du mot de passe apparaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-fingerprint.page:107
+#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109
 msgid ""
 "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on "
 "the fingerprint reader."
@@ -21670,7 +21656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'empreintes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-formats.page:22
+#: C/session-formats.page:25
 msgid ""
 "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
 msgstr ""
@@ -21678,12 +21664,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "devise et le système de mesure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-formats.page:28
+#: C/session-formats.page:29
 msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
 msgstr "Modification des formats de la date et du système de mesure"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:30
+#: C/session-formats.page:31
 msgid ""
 "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
 "currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
@@ -21693,29 +21679,39 @@ msgstr ""
 "spécificités locales de votre région."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:41
+#: C/session-formats.page:43
 msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Formats</gui>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/session-formats.page:48 C/session-language.page:61
+msgid "..."
+msgstr "..."
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:42
+#: C/session-formats.page:46
 msgid ""
-"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
-"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
-"<gui>Language</gui> tab. Click the <key>...</key> button to select from all "
-"available regions."
+"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you "
+"would like to use. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:"
+"media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available "
+"regions and languages."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez la région qui correspond le mieux aux formats que vous voulez "
-"utiliser. Par défaut, la liste n'affiche que les régions utilisant la langue "
-"sélectionnée dans l'onglet <gui>Langue</gui> . Cliquez sur le bouton <gui>..."
-"</gui> pour faire une sélection parmi toutes les régions disponibles."
+"Sélectionnez la région et la langue qui correspondent le mieux aux formats "
+"que vous voulez utiliser. S'ils n'apparaissent pas dans la liste, cliquez "
+"sur <gui><_:media-1/></gui> en bas de la liste pour choisir parmi toutes les "
+"régions et langues disponibles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/session-formats.page:53 C/session-language.page:66
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Terminer</gui> pour enregistrer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:46 C/session-language.page:61
+#: C/session-formats.page:56 C/session-language.page:69
 msgid ""
-"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for these "
-"changes to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</"
-"gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
+"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes "
+"to take effect</gui> by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui> to restart later."
 msgstr ""
 "Répondez à l'invite <gui>Vous devez redémarrer la session pour que les "
 "changements soient effectifs</gui> en cliquant sur <gui style=\"button"
@@ -21723,9 +21719,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour redémarrer plus tard."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-formats.page:52
+#: C/session-formats.page:63
 msgid ""
-"After you've selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
+"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows "
 "various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown "
 "in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
 "calendars."
@@ -21736,17 +21732,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "semaine dans les agendas est défini en fonction de la région."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-language.page:9
+#: C/session-language.page:32
 msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
 msgstr "Modifier le langue pour l'interface utilisateur et le texte d'aide."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-language.page:33
+#: C/session-language.page:36
 msgid "Change which language you use"
 msgstr "Modification de la langue"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:41
+#: C/session-language.page:44
 msgid ""
 "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
 "provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
@@ -21756,29 +21752,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "soient installés sur votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:52
+#: C/session-language.page:56
 msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Langue</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:53 C/session-language.page:94
+#: C/session-language.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not "
+"listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select "
+"from all available regions and languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez votre région et votre langue. S'ils ne sont pas dans la liste, "
+"cliquez sur <gui><_:media-1/></gui> au bas de la liste pour les trouver "
+"parmi toutes les régions et langues disponibles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/session-language.page:76
 msgid ""
-"Select your desired language. The initial list only shows a small subset of "
-"the supported languages. If your language is not listed, click <_:media-1/>. "
 "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
 "support your language at all. Any untranslated text will appear in the "
 "language in which the software was originally developed, usually American "
 "English."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez la langue de votre choix. La liste initiale affiche un petit "
-"sous-ensemble des langues prises en compte. Si votre langue ne figure pas "
-"dans cette liste, cliquez sur <_:media-1/>. Certaines traductions sont "
-"incomplètes, et certaines applications ne sont peut-être pas traduites dans "
-"la langue de votre choix. Les textes non-traduits apparaîtront dans lalangue "
-"utilisée lors du développement du logiciel, généralement l'anglais américain."
+"Certaines traductions peuvent être incomplètes et certaines applications "
+"peuvent ne pas prendre du tout en charge votre langue. Tout texte non "
+"traduit apparaît dans la langue où il a été développé, généralement "
+"l'anglais américanisé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-language.page:67
+#: C/session-language.page:81
 msgid ""
 "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
 "store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
@@ -21795,40 +21798,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "utiliser la nouvelle langue sélectionnée tout le temps, il est conseillé de "
 "mettre à jour les noms de dossier."
 
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/session-language.page:75
-msgid "Change the system language"
-msgstr "Modification de la langue du système"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/session-language.page:77
-msgid ""
-"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
-"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
-"in places like the login screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vous modifiez votre langue, la modification s'applique uniquement à "
-"votre compte après votre connexion. Vous pouvez aussi changer la <em>langue "
-"du système</em>, qui est utilisée sur l'écran de connexion par exemple."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:89
-msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
-msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Écran de connexion</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-language.page:90
-msgid ""
-"Click <gui>Language</gui>. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative "
-"privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, or the password for the "
-"requested administrator account."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui>Langue</gui>. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Des "
-"privilèges administrateurs</link> sont requis. Saisissez votre mot de passe "
-"ou le mot de passe du compte administrateur demandé."
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> "
 "settings."
@@ -21837,12 +21808,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "paramètres <gui>Confidentialité</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33
 msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
 msgstr "L'écran se verrouille trop rapidement"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35
 msgid ""
 "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
 "lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
@@ -21858,19 +21829,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "se verrouille trop vite peut devenir gênant."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:39
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:41
 msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
 msgstr ""
 "Pour paramétrer un délai plus long avant que l'écran ne se verrouille "
 "automatiquement :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:50
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:52
 msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Verrouiller l'écran</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:53
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55
 msgid ""
 "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the "
 "<gui>Lock screen after blank for</gui> drop-down list."
@@ -21880,43 +21851,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "après</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/session-screenlocks.page:59
+#: C/session-screenlocks.page:61
 msgid ""
 "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
-"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+"<gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour que l'écran ne se verrouille pas automatiquement, basculez le "
 "<gui>Verrouillage automatique de l'écran</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/settings-sharing.page:9
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Personal file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-"
-"desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</"
-"link>…"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Partage par Bluetooth</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-personal\">Partage de fichiers personnels</link>, <link xref="
-"\"sharing-desktop\">Partage de l'écran</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media"
-"\">Media sharing</link>…"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/settings-sharing.page:23
-msgid "Sharing Settings"
-msgstr "Paramétrage du partage"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/settings-sharing.page:25
-msgid ""
-"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over "
-"the local network, or through other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>."
-msgstr ""
-"Le <em>paramétrage du partage</em> dans GNOME permet de contrôler ce qui est "
-"partagé sur un réseau local, ou à travers d'autres techniques comme "
-"<em>Bluetooth</em>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
 #: C/sharing.page:9
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
@@ -21933,51 +21876,60 @@ msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Partage"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:29
 msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth."
 msgstr ""
 "Autoriser le téléversement de fichiers vers votre ordinateur par Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:32
 msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
 msgstr "Contrôle du partage par Bluetooth"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45
 msgid ""
-"You can allow access to your <file>Downloads</file> folder for Bluetooth "
-"file sharing, and also restrict that access to only <em>trusted devices</"
-"em>. Configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control access to the shared "
-"folder on your computer."
+"You can configure <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to control access to your "
+"<file>Downloads</file> folder for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict "
+"that access to only <em>trusted devices</em>. Trusted devices are ones which "
+"you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">paired</link> to your "
+"computer before."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez permettre que le partage de fichiers Bluetooth puisse accéder à "
-"votre dossier <file>Téléchargements</file>, mais restreindre aussi cet accès "
-"aux seuls <em>Périphériques de confiance</em>. Configurez le <gui>Partage "
-"par Bluetooth</gui> pour contrôler l'accès aux dossiers partagés sur votre "
-"ordinateur."
+"Vous pouvez configurer le <gui>Partage par Bluetooth</gui> pour contrôler "
+"l'accès du partage à votre dossier <file>Téléchargements</file> et "
+"restreindre aussi cet accès aux seuls <em>Périphériques de confiance</em>. "
+"Les périphériques de confiance sont ceux qui ont déjà été <link xref="
+"\"bluetooth-connect-device\">appariés</link> à votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:31
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52
+msgid ""
+"You must have the <app>GNOME User Share</app> package installed for "
+"<gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+"Le paquet <app>Partage utilisateur de GNOME</app> doit être installé pour "
+"que <gui>Le partage par Bluetooth</gui> soit visible."
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:57
 msgid ""
-"A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or "
-"connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install GNOME "
+"User Share</link>"
 msgstr ""
-"Un périphérique Bluetooth est dit <em>de confiance</em> si vous l'avez "
-"<em>apparié</em> ou connecté à l'ordinateur. Consultez <link xref="
-"\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+"<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Installer le "
+"partage utilisateur de GNOME</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:37
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:64
 msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder"
 msgstr ""
 "Autorisation du partage des fichiers de votre dossier <gui>Téléchargements</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39 C/sharing-desktop.page:44
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:29 C/sharing-media.page:41
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:50
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:66 C/sharing-desktop.page:59
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:54
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:63
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Sharing</gui>."
@@ -21986,36 +21938,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Partage</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:43 C/sharing-desktop.page:48
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:33 C/sharing-media.page:45
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:54
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:70 C/sharing-desktop.page:63
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:58
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:67
 msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Partage</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:46 C/sharing-desktop.page:51
-#: C/sharing-media.page:48 C/sharing-personal.page:57
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:73 C/sharing-desktop.page:66
+#: C/sharing-media.page:61 C/sharing-personal.page:70
 msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Si l'interrupteur <gui>Partage</gui> est sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>, basculez-"
 "le sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:49
-msgid ""
-"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your "
-"computer displays to other devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">changer</link> le nom que "
-"votre ordinateur montre aux autres périphériques."
-
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:53
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:77
 msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
 msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Partage par Bluetooth</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:56
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:80
 msgid ""
 "Switch <gui>Save Received Files to Downloads Folder</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -22023,7 +21966,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Téléchargements</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:60
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:84
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to allow trusted devices to access your <file>Downloads</"
 "file> folder, switch <gui>Only Receive From Trusted Devices</gui> to "
@@ -22034,7 +21977,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "depuis des périphériques de confiance</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:65
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:89
 msgid ""
 "This option is disabled by default. You should enable it if you want to "
 "prevent access to your shared files by anyone with a Bluetooth-enabled cell "
@@ -22046,7 +21989,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "type, dans le voisinage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:72
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:96
 msgid ""
 "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now "
 "be able to send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
@@ -22055,31 +21998,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bluetooth peuvent maintenant accéder aux fichiers de votre dossier "
 "<file>Téléchargements</file>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:78
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:106
 msgid ""
-"<gui>Files</gui> allows you to launch the <gui>Sharing</gui> panel directly "
+"<app>Files</app> allows you to launch the <gui>Sharing</gui> panel directly "
 "by clicking the <gui>Preferences</gui> button when you visit the "
-"<gui>Downloads</gui> folder."
+"<file>Downloads</file> folder."
 msgstr ""
-"<gui>Fichiers</gui> vous permet d'afficher directement le panneau "
+"<app>Fichiers</app> vous permet d'afficher directement le panneau "
 "<gui>Partage</gui> en cliquant sur le bouton <gui>Préférences</gui> quand "
-"vous ouvrez le dossier <gui>Téléchargements</gui>."
+"vous ouvrez le dossier <file>Téléchargements</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:21
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:26
 msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
 msgstr ""
 "Permettre à d'autres personnes de voir et d'interagir avec votre bureau en "
 "utilisant VNC."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29
 msgid "Share your desktop"
 msgstr "Partage de votre bureau"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:27
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:41
 msgid ""
 "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
 "with a desktop viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
@@ -22091,7 +22034,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnes à accéder à votre bureau et paramétrer les préférences de sécurité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47
 msgid ""
 "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</"
 "gui> to be visible."
@@ -22100,13 +22043,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'écran</gui> soit visible."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:37
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52
 msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>"
 msgstr "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Installer Vino</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:54 C/sharing-media.page:51
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:60
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69 C/sharing-media.page:64
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:73
 msgid ""
 "If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can "
 "<link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer "
@@ -22117,12 +22060,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "affiche sur le réseau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:59
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:74 C/sharing-desktop.page:159
 msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>."
 msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Partage de l'écran</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:77
 msgid ""
 "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to "
 "<gui>ON</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
@@ -22133,7 +22076,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tenter de se connecter à votre ordinateur pour voir ce qu'il y a d'affiché."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:67
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
 msgid ""
 "To let others interact with your desktop, switch <gui>Allow Remote Control</"
 "gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, "
@@ -22147,7 +22090,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ordinateur en fonction des paramètres de sécurité que vous avez définis."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:74
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89
 msgid ""
 "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> is <gui>ON</"
 "gui>."
@@ -22156,12 +22099,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82 C/sharing-personal.page:79
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97 C/sharing-personal.page:93
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Sécurité"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:84
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99
 msgid ""
 "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
 "option means before changing it."
@@ -22170,12 +22113,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "de sécurité avant de la modifier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104
 msgid "New connections must ask for access"
 msgstr "Les nouvelles connexions doivent demander une autorisation d'accès"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105
 msgid ""
 "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
 "desktop, enable <gui>New connections must ask for access</gui>. If you "
@@ -22189,17 +22132,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "se connecter à votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:94
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110
 msgid "This option is enabled by default."
 msgstr "Cette option est activée par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:98
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114
 msgid "Require a Password"
 msgstr "Demande d'un mot de passe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115
 msgid ""
 "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
 "enable <gui>Require a Password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone "
@@ -22211,7 +22154,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de voir votre bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-desktop.page:103 C/sharing-personal.page:89
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119 C/sharing-personal.page:103
 msgid ""
 "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
 "secure password."
@@ -22219,20 +22162,78 @@ msgstr ""
 "Cette option est désactivée par défaut, mais vous devriez l'activer et "
 "définir un mot de passe sûr."
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140 C/sharing-media.page:91
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:111
+msgid "Networks"
+msgstr "Réseaux"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your desktop can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+"La section <gui>Réseaux</gui> affiche les réseaux auquels vous êtes "
+"actuellement connectés. Basculez l'interrupteur correspondant à chacun "
+"d'entre eux sur <gui>Activé</gui> ou sur <gui>Désactivé</gui> pour décider "
+"avec qui votre ordinateur peut être partagé."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148
+msgid "Stop sharing your desktop"
+msgstr "Arrêt du partage de votre bureau"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150
+msgid ""
+"You can disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop using the "
+"<gui>notification icon</gui> in the message Tray. To do so:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour déconnecter quelqu'un en train de visualiser votre bureau avec "
+"l'<gui>icône de notifications</gui> du tiroir de messagerie :"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:153
+msgid ""
+"Open the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq>, or by moving your mouse pointer to the very bottom of your screen."
+msgstr ""
+"ouvrez le tiroir de messagerie en appuyant sur <keyseq><key>Logo</"
+"key><key>M</key></keyseq> ou en plaquant le curseur de votre souris contre "
+"le bas de l'écran,"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:156
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <gui>Desktop</gui> icon in the <gui>Message Tray</gui>. This "
+"will open the <app>Sharing</app> panel."
+msgstr ""
+"cliquez sur l'icône <gui>Bureau</gui> du <gui>Tiroir de messagerie</gui> "
+"pour ouvrir le panneau <gui>Partage</gui>,"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-desktop.page:160
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> slider to <gui>Off.</gui>"
+msgstr ""
+"basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Partage de l'écran</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</"
+"gui>."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:16
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20
 msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices."
 msgstr ""
 "Contrôler la manière dont votre ordinateur se présente aux autres machines "
 "et périphériques."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:21
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24
 msgid "Set the display name for your computer"
 msgstr "Choix d'un nom public pour votre ordinateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:23
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26
 msgid ""
 "You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other "
 "computers or devices, on the network or over Bluetooth."
@@ -22241,12 +22242,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'autres machines ou périphériques sur le réseau ou par Bluetooth."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:27
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30
 msgid "Change the display name of your computer:"
 msgstr "Pour modifier le nom public de votre ordinateur :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36
+#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your "
 "computer displays on the network."
@@ -22255,17 +22256,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "que votre ordinateur affiche sur le réseau"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-media.page:17
-msgid "Share media on your local network using Rygel."
-msgstr "Partager les médias sur votre réseau local en utilisant Rygel."
+#: C/sharing-media.page:21
+msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP."
+msgstr "Partager les médias sur votre réseau local en utilisant UPnP."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-media.page:21
+#: C/sharing-media.page:24
 msgid "Share your music, photos and videos"
 msgstr "Partage de votre musique, de vos photos et vidéos"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:23
+#: C/sharing-media.page:36
 msgid ""
 "You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a "
 "<sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> enabled device such as a phone, TV or "
@@ -22279,7 +22280,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "contenant votre musique, vos photos ou vos vidéos"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:29
+#: C/sharing-media.page:42
 msgid ""
 "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</"
 "gui> to be visible."
@@ -22288,66 +22289,84 @@ msgstr ""
 "médias</gui> soit visible."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:34
+#: C/sharing-media.page:47
 msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>"
 msgstr "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Installer rygel</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:56
+#: C/sharing-media.page:69
 msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
 msgstr "Choisissez <gui>Partager les médias</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:59
-msgid "Switch <gui>Share Media On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+#: C/sharing-media.page:72
+msgid "Switch <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculez <gui>Partager les médias sur ce réseau</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
+"Basculer l'interrupteur <gui>Partager les médias</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:62
+#: C/sharing-media.page:75
 msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> "
-"window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder, <file>Music</file> in "
-"your <file>Home</file> directory for example, and click <gui style=\"button"
-"\">Open</gui>. Repeat for the other folders you wish to share, for example "
-"<file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file>."
+"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</"
+"file> are shared. To remove one of these, click the <gui>X</gui> next to the "
+"folder name."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> pour ouvrir la fenêtre "
-"<gui>Choisir un dossier</gui>. Allez dans le dossier désiré, par exemple "
-"<file>Musique</file> dans le répertoire <file>Dossier personnel</file>, et "
-"cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Ouvrir</gui>. Répétez la manœuvre pour les "
-"autres dossiers que vous voulez partager, par exemple <file>Images</file> et "
-"<file>Vidéos</file>."
+"Par défaut, les dossiers <file>Musique</file>, <file>Images</file> et "
+"<file>Vidéos</file> sont partagés. Pour en retirer un, cliquez sur <gui>X</"
+"gui> à côté de son nom."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-media.page:70
+#: C/sharing-media.page:80
 msgid ""
-"Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse or "
-"play media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the "
+"<gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder "
+"and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">Fermer</gui>. Vous pouvez maintenant "
-"explorer et lire les médias dans les dossiers que vous avez sélectionnés en "
-"utilisant le périphérique externe."
+"Pour ajouter un autre dossier, cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">"
+"+</gui> pour ouvrir la boîte de dialogue <gui>Choisir un dossier</gui>. "
+"Allez <em>dans</em> le dossier désiré et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Ouvrir</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:85
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">X</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play "
+"media in the folders you selected using the external device."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">X</gui>. Vous pouvez maintenant explorer "
+"ou lire les médias dans les dossiers que vous avez sélectionnés en utilisant "
+"le périphérique externe."
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-media.page:93
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your media can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+"La section <gui>Réseaux</gui> affiche la liste des réseaux auxquels vous "
+"êtes actuellement connecté. Utilisez l'interrupteur <gui>Activé | Désactivé</"
+"gui> de chaque réseau pour choisir avec qui vous autorisez le partage de "
+"votre média."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:17
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:21
 msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
 msgstr ""
 "Permettez à d'autres personnes d'accéder aux fichiers de votre dossier "
 "<file>Public</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:21
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:25
 msgid "Share your personal files"
 msgstr "Partage de vos fichiers personnels"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:30
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:43
 msgid ""
 "You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</"
-"file> directory from another computer on the network. Configure "
-"<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of "
-"the folder."
+"file> folder from another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal "
+"File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents of the folder."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez permettre qu'un autre ordinateur du réseau puisse accéder à "
 "votre dossier <file>Public</file> dans le répertoire <file>Dossier "
@@ -22355,7 +22374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "autoriser d'autres personnes à accéder au contenu de ce dossier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:36
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:49
 msgid ""
 "You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for "
 "<gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be visible."
@@ -22364,7 +22383,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Partage de fichiers personnels</gui> soit visible."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:41
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:54
 msgid ""
 "<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-"
 "user-share</link>"
@@ -22373,37 +22392,38 @@ msgstr ""
 "user-share</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:65
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:78
 msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
 msgstr "Sélectionnez <gui>Partage de fichiers personnels</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:68
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:81
 msgid ""
-"Switch <gui>Share Public Folder On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This "
-"means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer "
-"and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+"Switch <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that "
+"other people on your current network will be able to attempt to connect to "
+"your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculez <gui>Partager le Dossier public sur ce réseau</gui> sur <gui>I</"
-"gui>. Maintenant, d'autres personnes peuvent tenter de se connecter à votre "
-"ordinateur pour accéder aux fichiers de votre dossier <file>Public</file>."
+"Basculez <gui>Partage de fichiers personnels</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>. "
+"Les personnes présentes sur votre réseau actuel peuvent maintenant se "
+"connecter à votre ordinateur pour accéder aux fichiers de votre dossier "
+"<file>Public</file>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:72
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:86
 msgid ""
-"A <em>url</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
+"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be "
 "accessed from other computers on the network."
 msgstr ""
-"Un <em>URL</em> s'affiche permettant aux autres ordinateurs du réseau de se "
-"connecter à votre dossier <file>Public</file>."
+"Un <em>URI</em> permettant aux autres ordinateurs du réseau de se connecter "
+"à votre dossier <file>Public</file> s'affiche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:83
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:97
 msgid "Require Password"
 msgstr "Demande de mot de passe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sharing-personal.page:84
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:98
 msgid ""
 "To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</"
 "file> folder, switch <gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do "
@@ -22415,20 +22435,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "de passe</gui> sur <gui>Activé</gui>. Si vous ne le faites pas, n'importe "
 "qui peut essayer de voir votre dossier <file>Public</file>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/sharing-personal.page:113
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are "
+"currently connected. Use the <gui>ON | OFF</gui> switch next to each to "
+"choose where your personal files can be shared."
+msgstr ""
+"La section <gui>Réseaux</gui> affiche la liste des réseaux auxquels vous "
+"êtes actuellement connecté. Utilisez l'interrupteur <gui>Activé | Désactivé</"
+"gui> de chaque réseau pour choisir avec qui vous autorisez le partage de vos "
+"fichiers personnels."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29
 msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
 msgstr ""
 "Ajouter (ou enlever) du lanceur (le dash) les icônes d'applications "
 "fréquemment utilisées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
 msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash"
 msgstr "Ajout de vos applications préférées au lanceur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:33
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
 msgid ""
 "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">dash</link> "
 "for easy access:"
@@ -22437,7 +22469,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "(dash)</link> afin de pouvoir y accéder facilement :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:38
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
 "link> by clicking <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
@@ -22447,7 +22479,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "à gauche de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:41
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42
 msgid ""
 "Click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</"
 "link> at the top left of the screen and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</"
@@ -22458,7 +22490,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "des activités</gui> dans ce menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:46
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47
 msgid ""
 "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add."
 msgstr ""
@@ -22466,7 +22498,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'application à ajouter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:50
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -22474,12 +22506,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Ajouter aux favoris</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:52
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53
 msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash."
 msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi faire glisser l'icône sur le dash."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:56
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57
 msgid ""
 "To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application "
 "icon and select <gui>Remove from Favorites</gui>."
@@ -22489,7 +22521,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:59
+#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60
 msgid ""
 "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the "
 "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link>."
@@ -22499,33 +22531,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:26
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28
 msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
 "Lancer des applications à partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:29
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31
 msgid "Start applications"
 msgstr "Lancement d'applications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:39
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41
 msgid ""
 "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left "
-"of the screen to show the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. This is where you "
-"can find all of your applications. You can also open the overview by "
-"pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+"of the screen to show the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also "
+"open the overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</"
+"key> key."
 msgstr ""
 "Déplacez le pointeur de la souris dans le coin <gui>Activités</gui> qui se "
-"trouve en haut à gauche de l'écran pour afficher la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>. C'est ici que se trouvent toutes les applications. "
-"Vous pouvez aussi afficher la vue d'ensemble en appuyant sur la touche <link "
-"xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link>."
+"trouve en haut à gauche de l'écran pour afficher la vue d'ensemble des <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>. C'est ici que se trouvent toutes "
+"les applications. Vous pouvez aussi afficher la vue d'ensemble en appuyant "
+"sur la touche <link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:45
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47
 msgid ""
 "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
 "\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you "
@@ -22538,7 +22571,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "appuyant sur la touche <link xref=\"windows-key\">Logo</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:50
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52
 msgid ""
 "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the "
 "<gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
@@ -22547,7 +22580,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:55
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Start typing the name of an application - searching begins instantly. (If "
 "this doesn't happen, click the search bar at the top of the screen and start "
@@ -22559,7 +22592,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour la lancer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:60
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:62
 msgid ""
 "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of "
 "icons on the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one "
@@ -22571,7 +22604,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correspondante."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:65
 msgid ""
 "If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref="
 "\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them to the dash</link> yourself."
@@ -22580,7 +22613,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">les ajouter au dash</link> vous-même."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:68
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently "
 "used applications if the <gui style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is "
@@ -22594,36 +22627,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui> en bas pour les afficher. Cliquez sur celle que vous voulez ouvrir."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:75
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:77
 msgid ""
 "You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
-"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash (or from the list of "
-"applications), and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand "
-"side of the screen. The application will open in the chosen workspace."
+"\">workspace</link> by dragging its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto "
+"one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. The application "
+"will open in the chosen workspace."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez lancer une application dans un <link xref=\"shell-workspaces"
 "\">espace de travail</link> séparé en déplaçant son icône à partir du dash "
-"(ou de la liste des applications) et en la déposant sur un des espaces de "
-"travail sur le côté droit de l'écran. L'application s'ouvre dans l'espace de "
-"travail choisi."
+"et en la déposant sur un des espaces de travail sur le côté droit de "
+"l'écran. L'application s'ouvre dans l'espace de travail choisi."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:80
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:82
 msgid ""
-"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by middle-clicking "
-"its icon in the dash or in the application list."
+"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its "
+"icon to the empty workspace at the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to "
+"the small gap between two workspaces."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez démarrer une application dans un <em>nouvel</em> espace de "
-"travail en effectuant un clic central sur son icône dans le dash ou dans la "
-"liste d'applications."
+"Vous pouvez lancer une application dans un <em>nouvel</em> espace de travail "
+"en glissant son icône dans l'espace libre du dessous, ou entre deux espaces "
+"de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:86
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:89
 msgid "Quickly running a command"
 msgstr "Lancement rapide d'une commande"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:87
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
 msgid ""
 "Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
 "key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its <em>command name</em>, and then press "
@@ -22634,23 +22667,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "commande</em> puis d'appuyer sur <key>Entrée</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90
+#: C/shell-apps-open.page:93
 msgid ""
 "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). "
-"The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type '<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>' (without the "
+"single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
 msgstr ""
 "Par exemple, pour lancer <app>Rhythmbox</app>, appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Alt</"
-"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> et saisissez « rhythmbox » (sans les guillemets). "
-"Le nom de l'application est la commande qui lance le programme."
+"key><key>F2</key></keyseq> et saisissez <cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>. Le nom de "
+"l'application est la commande qui lance le programme."
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-exit.page:25
+#: C/shell-exit.page:26
 msgid "Alexandre Franke"
 msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-exit.page:35
+#: C/shell-exit.page:36
 msgid ""
 "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
 "so on."
@@ -22659,12 +22692,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'utilisateur…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:39
+#: C/shell-exit.page:41
 msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
 msgstr "Déconnexion, extinction, ou changement d'utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:47
+#: C/shell-exit.page:49
 msgid ""
 "When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
 "(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
@@ -22674,12 +22707,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "déconnecter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:51
+#: C/shell-exit.page:53
 msgid "Log out or switch users"
 msgstr "Déconnexion ou changement d'utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:53
+#: C/shell-exit.page:55
 msgid ""
 "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
 "yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
@@ -22692,18 +22725,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "tout sera là où vous l'avez laissé lorsque vous vous reconnecterez."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:57
+#: C/shell-exit.page:60
 msgid ""
-"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the system menu on "
-"the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the right "
-"option."
+"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref="
+"\"shell-terminology\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, "
+"click your name and then choose the right option."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour <gui>fermer la session</gui> ou <gui>changer d'utilisateur</gui>, "
-"cliquez sur le menu système à droite dans la barre supérieure, cliquez sur "
-"votre nom et choisissez l'option appropriée."
+"ouvrez le <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">menu système</link> à droite dans "
+"la barre supérieure, cliquez sur votre nom et choisissez l'action appropriée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:62
+#: C/shell-exit.page:65
 msgid ""
 "The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the "
 "menu if you have more than one user account on your system."
@@ -22713,7 +22746,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:67
+#: C/shell-exit.page:70
 msgid ""
 "The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more "
 "than one user account on your system."
@@ -22722,12 +22755,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "plusieurs comptes utilisateur sur votre système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:78
+#: C/shell-exit.page:81
 msgid "Lock the screen"
 msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:80
+#: C/shell-exit.page:83
 msgid ""
 "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
 "screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
@@ -22744,7 +22777,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas votre écran, il se verrouille automatiquement après un certain délai."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:87
+#: C/shell-exit.page:90
 msgid ""
 "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar "
 "and press the lock screen button at the bottom of the menu."
@@ -22754,7 +22787,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:90
+#: C/shell-exit.page:93
 msgid ""
 "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
 "clicking <gui>Log in as another user</gui> on the password screen. You can "
@@ -22766,12 +22799,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre ordinateur quand ils ont terminé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:101
+#: C/shell-exit.page:104
 msgid "Suspend"
 msgstr "Mise en veille"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:103
+#: C/shell-exit.page:106
 msgid ""
 "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a "
 "laptop, GNOME suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
@@ -22787,7 +22820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "est quand même consommée pendant la veille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:109
+#: C/shell-exit.page:112
 msgid ""
 "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side "
 "of the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key> key. The power off button "
@@ -22799,12 +22832,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "veille. Cliquez dessus."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-exit.page:120
+#: C/shell-exit.page:123
 msgid "Power off or restart"
 msgstr "Extinction ou redémarrage"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:122
+#: C/shell-exit.page:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
 "the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the power off "
@@ -22818,7 +22851,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:127
+#: C/shell-exit.page:130
 msgid ""
 "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
 "restart the computer because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
@@ -22830,7 +22863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous être demandé pour pouvoir éteindre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-exit.page:132
+#: C/shell-exit.page:135
 msgid ""
 "You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not "
 "have a battery, if your battery is low or does not hold charge well. A "
@@ -22848,21 +22881,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:40
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:42
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+#| "md5='47dcaf839a377218b5a593c834a8aed9'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
-"md5='47dcaf839a377218b5a593c834a8aed9'"
+"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
-"md5='47dcaf839a377218b5a593c834a8aed9'"
+"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:45
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:47
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' "
@@ -22876,11 +22914,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:65
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
+#| "md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
-"md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
+"md5='f21d5d62e41f6823325a144cf82ca1f6'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-activities.png' "
 "md5='e9fd4a053aade039919675b0c6b9b3e2'"
@@ -22890,7 +22933,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:70
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:72
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-activities-classic.png' "
@@ -22904,23 +22947,34 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:90
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+#| "md5='47dcaf839a377218b5a593c834a8aed9'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='32464c7ae813f2ebec1a38bbdfa97ce4'"
 msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-dash.png' md5='829fcd84aaa0651ab3a0136157661800'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' "
+"md5='55f7ae9983112f7b1052e10f21ac84c3'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:134
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
+#| "md5='af4db3d3d3ed4572fb2c4d3847ca0836'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
-"md5='af4db3d3d3ed4572fb2c4d3847ca0836'"
+"md5='94bda0c7e9ad37dc4658bf410d13f881'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' "
 "md5='af4db3d3d3ed4572fb2c4d3847ca0836'"
@@ -22930,7 +22984,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:145
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:148
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' "
@@ -22944,19 +22998,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:193
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+#| "md5='f36e3a0a115ff2181a6fc787e6a83283'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='bfe2580e70c3220b06582417451cda96'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='1a3d98db1a86cf98efe8de6ede17b758'"
 msgstr ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='bfe2580e70c3220b06582417451cda96'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
+"md5='f36e3a0a115ff2181a6fc787e6a83283'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:198
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:206
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' "
@@ -22970,10 +23030,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:247
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:255
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' "
+#| "md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
-"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
+"external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='dcc0335a64450a3a7abed4448bfa84f2'"
 msgstr ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
 
@@ -22982,7 +23047,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:303
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:290
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' "
@@ -22992,7 +23057,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "md5='83226d03f64e23f5c87794c897c81bcf'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:29
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:30
 msgid ""
 "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</"
 "gui> overview."
@@ -23001,12 +23066,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:32
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:34
 msgid "Introduction to GNOME"
 msgstr "Introduction à GNOME"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:34
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:36
 msgid ""
 "GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out "
 "of your way, minimize distractions, and help you get things done. When you "
@@ -23018,12 +23083,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "voyez un bureau vide et la barre supérieure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:41 C/shell-introduction.page:46
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:43 C/shell-introduction.page:48
 msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
 msgstr "La barre supérieure de GNOME Shell"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:51
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:53
 msgid ""
 "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar "
 "and appointments, and <link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> "
@@ -23042,17 +23107,17 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:61 C/shell-terminology.page:37
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:63 C/shell-terminology.page:39
 msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
 msgstr "La vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:66 C/shell-introduction.page:71
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:68 C/shell-introduction.page:73
 msgid "Activities button"
 msgstr "Bouton des activités"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:76
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:78
 msgid ""
 "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> "
 "button, or just move your mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can "
@@ -23070,7 +23135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et dossiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:83
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:85
 msgid ""
 "To access your windows and applications, click the <link xref=\"shell-"
 "terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the "
@@ -23088,12 +23153,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "applications, fichiers et dossiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:91
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
 msgid "The dash"
 msgstr "Le dash"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:94
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:97
 msgid ""
 "On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows "
 "you your favorite and running applications. Click any icon in the dash to "
@@ -23111,7 +23176,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "espace de travail à droite."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:101
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:104
 msgid ""
 "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window "
 "in a running application, or to open a new window. You can also click the "
@@ -23123,7 +23188,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "appuyée la touche <key>Ctrl</key> pour ouvrir une nouvelle fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:105
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:108
 msgid ""
 "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. "
 "This shows you live thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
@@ -23133,7 +23198,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'espace de travail actuel est affiché."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:109
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:112
 msgid ""
 "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications "
 "overview. This shows you all the applications installed on your computer. "
@@ -23152,7 +23217,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "accéder rapidement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:118
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:121
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -23160,7 +23225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lancement d'applications.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:122
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:125
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -23168,17 +23233,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "fenêtres et les espaces de travail.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:130
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:133
 msgid "Application menu"
 msgstr "Menu de l'application"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:135 C/shell-introduction.page:146
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:138 C/shell-introduction.page:149
 msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>"
 msgstr "Menu de <app>Terminal</app>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:137
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:140
 msgid ""
 "Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the "
 "name of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick "
@@ -23191,7 +23256,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "accessibles depuis ce menu varient en fonction de l'application."
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:148
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:151
 msgid ""
 "Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and "
 "<gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name of the active application alongside "
@@ -23206,44 +23271,61 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'application."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:159
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:162
 msgid "Clock, calendar &amp; appointments"
 msgstr "Horloge, agenda et rendez-vous"
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:167
+msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications"
+msgstr "Horloge, agenda, rendez-vous et notifications"
+
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:174
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:177
 msgid ""
 "Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month "
-"calendar, and a list of your upcoming appointments. You can also access the "
-"date and time settings and open your full <app>Evolution</app> calendar "
-"directly from the menu."
+"calendar, a list of your upcoming appointments and new notifications. You "
+"can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full "
+"<app>Evolution</app> calendar directly from the menu."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur l'horloge au centre de la barre supérieure pour voir la date "
-"actuelle, un calendrier mensuel et une liste de vos rendez-vous à venir. "
-"Vous pouvez aussi accéder au réglage de la date et de l'heure et ouvrir "
-"votre agenda <app>Evolution</app> complet directement depuis le menu."
+"actuelle, un calendrier mensuel, une liste de vos rendez-vous à venir et les "
+"nouvelles notifications. Alternativement, appuyez sur <keyseq><key>Logo</"
+"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. Pour accéder aux réglages de la date et de "
+"l'heure et accéder à votre agenda <app>Evolution</app> complet, ouvrez "
+"directement le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:181
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:186
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments."
 "</link>"
 msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur "
-"l'agenda et les rendez-vous.</link>"
+"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur l'agenda "
+"et les rendez-vous.</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:188
+msgid ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
+"message tray.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur les "
+"notifications et le tiroir de messagerie.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:189
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:197
 msgid "You and your computer"
 msgstr "Vous et votre ordinateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:194 C/shell-introduction.page:199
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:202 C/shell-introduction.page:207
 msgid "User menu"
 msgstr "Menu utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:204
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:212
 msgid ""
 "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings "
 "and your computer."
@@ -23252,7 +23334,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "profil et votre ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:231
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:239
 msgid ""
 "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other "
 "people from using it. You can also quickly switch users without logging out "
@@ -23266,7 +23348,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "éteindre l'ordinateur depuis le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:238
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:246
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and "
 "turning off your computer.</link>"
@@ -23276,12 +23358,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:245 C/shell-introduction.page:248
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:253 C/shell-introduction.page:256
 msgid "Lock Screen"
 msgstr "Verrouillage de l'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:251
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
 msgid ""
 "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is "
 "displayed. In addition to protecting your desktop while you're away from "
@@ -23295,7 +23377,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "le statut du réseau et contrôle la lecture des medias."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:259
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:267
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -23303,45 +23385,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'écran.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:267
-msgid "Message Tray"
-msgstr "Tiroir de messagerie"
-
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:270
-msgid "Message tray"
-msgstr "Tiroir de messagerie"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:273
-msgid ""
-"The message tray can be brought into view by pushing your mouse pointer "
-"against the bottom of the screen or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. This is where your notifications are stored until "
-"you are ready to view them."
-msgstr ""
-"Le tiroir de messagerie s'affiche en déplaçant la souris dans le coin "
-"inférieur de l'écran ou en appuyant sur <keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>M</key></"
-"keyseq>. C'est ici que vos notifications sont enregistrées jusqu'à ce que "
-"vous soyez prêt à les consulter."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:280
-msgid ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the "
-"message tray.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-"<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Approfondissez vos connaissances sur les "
-"notifications et le tiroir de messagerie.</link>"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:288 C/shell-introduction.page:304
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:275 C/shell-introduction.page:291
 msgid "Window List"
 msgstr "Liste des fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:292
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:279
 msgid ""
 "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently "
 "visible window list found in other desktop environments. This lets you focus "
@@ -23353,7 +23403,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "que sur votre travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:297
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:284
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</"
 "link>"
@@ -23361,23 +23411,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Comment naviguer entre les fenêtres.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:309
-msgid ""
-"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier "
-"for the current worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) "
-"workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total number of "
-"available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the "
-"identifier and select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Dans la partie droite de la liste des fenêtres, GNOME affiche un petit "
-"identifiant pour l'espace de travail actuel, comme <gui>1</gui> pour le "
-"premier espace de travail (du haut). En plus du numéro, l'identifiant "
-"indique le nombre total d'espaces de travail disponibles. Pour passer à un "
-"autre espace de travail, cliquez sur l'identifiant et choisissez votre "
-"espace de travail dans le menu."
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-#: C/shell-introduction.page:314
+#: C/shell-introduction.page:301
 msgid ""
 "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will "
 "display a blue icon at the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the "
@@ -23388,17 +23422,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "affiche une notification dans le tiroir de messagerie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31
 msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
 msgstr "Se déplacer dans le bureau à l'aide du clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
 msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
 msgstr "Les raccourcis clavier utiles"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36
 msgid ""
 "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
 "your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
@@ -23412,12 +23446,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "uniquement via le clavier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
 msgid "Getting around the desktop"
 msgstr "Déplacement dans le bureau"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-"
 "super\">Super</key> key"
@@ -23426,7 +23460,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"keyboard-key-super\">Logo</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the "
 "overview, start typing to instantly search your applications, contacts, and "
@@ -23437,14 +23471,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "vos applications, contacts et documents."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
 msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
 msgstr ""
 "Faire apparaître la fenêtre des commandes (pour lancer des commandes "
 "rapidement)"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</"
 "link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
@@ -23454,12 +23488,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "parcours."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
 msgid ""
 "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
 "application after <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
@@ -23468,7 +23502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionnée après <keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64
 msgid ""
 "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
 "is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</"
@@ -23480,29 +23514,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "touche se trouvant au dessus de <key>Tab</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
 msgid ""
 "Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, "
 "switch keyboard focus between the top bar, dash, windows overview, "
-"applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate."
+"applications list, search field, and message tray. Use the arrow keys to "
+"navigate."
 msgstr ""
-"Donner le focus clavier à la barre supérieure. Dans la vue d'ensemble des "
+"Donne le focus clavier à la barre supérieure. Dans la vue d'ensemble des "
 "<gui>Activités</gui>, bascule le focus clavier entre la barre supérieure, le "
-"dash, la vue d'ensemble des fenêtres, la liste des applications et le champ "
-"pour la recherche. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer."
-
-#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
-msgid ""
-"It is not currently possible to use the arrow keys to navigate the windows "
-"overview. To switch windows, exit the overview and use <keyseq><key>Super</"
-"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></"
-"keyseq>."
-msgstr ""
-"Il n'est actuellement pas possible d'utiliser les flèches du clavier pour "
-"naviguer dans les fenêtres de la vue générale. Pour changer de fenêtre, "
-"quittez la vue générale et utilisez les combinaisons <keyseq><key>Logo</key> "
-"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> et <keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>`</key></keyseq>."
+"dash, la vue d'ensemble des fenêtres, la liste des applications, le champ "
+"pour la recherche et le tiroir de messagerie. Utilisez les touches fléchées "
+"pour vous déplacer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
 #: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
@@ -23545,107 +23568,107 @@ msgstr ""
 "un espace de travail différent</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Se déconnecter</link>."
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Power Off</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Éteindre</link>."
 
 # Alain: punctuation inside tags
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
 msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
 msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Verrouiller l'écran</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105
 msgid ""
-"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">the message tray</"
-"link>. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or "
-"<key>Esc</key> to close."
+"Open <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">the message tray</link>. "
+"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> "
+"to close."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrir <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagingtray\">le tiroir de "
+"Ouvrir <link xref=\"shell-notifications#messagetray\">le tiroir de "
 "messagerie</link>. Appuyer à nouveau sur <keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>M</"
 "key></keyseq> ou sur <key>Échap</key> pour fermer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112
 msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
 msgstr "Raccourcis courants de modification"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115
 msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
 msgstr "Sélectionner tout le texte ou tous les éléments d'une liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119
 msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
 msgstr ""
 "Couper (enlever) le texte ou les éléments sélectionnés et les mettre dans le "
 "presse-papiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123
 msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
 msgstr "Copier le texte ou les éléments sélectionnés dans le presse-papiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127
 msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
 msgstr "Coller le contenu du presse-papiers."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131
 msgid "Undo the last action."
 msgstr "Annuler la dernière action."
 
 #. (itstool) path: table/title
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:137
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136
 msgid "Capturing from the screen"
 msgstr "Capture d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138
 msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>"
 msgstr "<key>Impr. écran</key>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:140
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139
 msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
 msgstr ""
 "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Fait une capture d'écran</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:144
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</"
 "link>"
@@ -23654,12 +23677,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fenêtre</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147
 msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr "<keyseq><key>Maj</key><key>Impr. écran</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
 "the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
@@ -23670,14 +23693,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionnez une zone."
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153
 msgid ""
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
 msgstr ""
 "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Maj</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: td/p
-#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155
+#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and end screencast "
 "recording.</link>"
@@ -23686,17 +23709,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "enregistrement vidéo de l'écran.</link>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:16
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:17
 msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information."
 msgstr "L'affichage écran verrouillé fournit des informations utiles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:19
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:21
 msgid "The Lock Screen"
 msgstr "Verrouillage d'écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:23
 msgid ""
 "The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer "
 "is locked, and it allows you to get a summary of what has been happening "
@@ -23709,22 +23732,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "un fond d'écran et fournit des informations utiles :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:25
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:30
 msgid "the name of the logged-in user"
 msgstr "le nom de l'utilisateur connecté,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
 msgid "date and time, and certain notifications"
 msgstr "la date, l'heure et certaines notifications,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:27
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:32
 msgid "battery and network status"
 msgstr "l'état de la batterie et du réseau,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:28
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:33
 msgid ""
 "the ability to control media playback - change the volume, skip a track or "
 "pause your music without having to enter a password"
@@ -23733,25 +23756,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "une piste ou mettre votre musique en pause sans saisir de mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:31
+#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:37
 msgid ""
 "To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward "
 "with the cursor, or by pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This "
 "will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your password to unlock. "
-"You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one."
+"Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be "
+"automatically raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer "
+"is configured for more than one."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour déverrouiller l'ordinateur, soulevez le rideau avec la souris, ou en "
 "appuyant sur <key>Échap</key> ou sur <key>Entrée</key>. Cela affiche l'écran "
 "de connexion où vous pouvez saisir votre mot de passe pour déverrouiller. "
-"Vous pouvez aussi changer d'utilisateur si votre système est paramétré pour "
-"plusieurs comptes."
+"Alternativement, commencez juste à saisir votre mot de passe et le rideau se "
+"soulève au fur et à mesure de votre saisie. Vous pouvez aussi changer "
+"d'utilisateur si votre système est paramétré pour plusieurs comptes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media
 #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:46
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:49
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-notification.png' "
@@ -23765,7 +23791,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:52
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:55
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' "
@@ -23775,62 +23801,56 @@ msgstr ""
 "md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: credit/name
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:14
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:16
 msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
 msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
 
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:26
+msgid "2013, 2015"
+msgstr "2013, 2015"
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:28
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
 msgid ""
-"Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events "
-"happen."
+"Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain "
+"events happen."
 msgstr ""
-"À propos des messages qui apparaissent en bas de l'écran, pour avertir d'un "
-"événement."
+"Les messages apparaissent dans un menu déroulant en haut de l'écran, pour "
+"avertir d'un événement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:31
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:34
 msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
 msgstr "Notifications et tiroir de messagerie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:34
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:37
 msgid "What is a notification?"
 msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une notification ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:36
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
 msgid ""
 "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a "
-"notification will be shown at the bottom of the screen."
+"notification will be shown at the top of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 "Si une application ou un composant du système veut attirer votre attention, "
-"une notification s'affiche en bas de l'écran."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:39
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you get a new chat message, plug in an external device (like "
-"a USB stick), new updates are available for your computer, or your "
-"computer’s battery is low, you will get a notification informing you."
-msgstr ""
-"Par exemple, si un nouveau message de discussion arrive, un périphérique "
-"externe est connecté (comme une clé USB), de nouvelles mises à jour sont "
-"disponibles pour votre ordinateur ou la batterie de votre ordinateur est "
-"faible, vous recevez une notification qui vous en informe."
+"une notification s'affiche en haut de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:43
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:42
 msgid ""
-"To minimize distraction, some notifications first appear as a single line. "
-"You can move your mouse over them to see their full content."
+"For example, if you get a new chat message, new updates are available for "
+"your computer, or your computer’s battery is low, you will get a "
+"notification informing you."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour ne pas vous gêner, la notification apparaît dans un premier temps sur "
-"une seule ligne. Déplacez votre souris au dessus d'elle si vous voulez voir "
-"l'intégralité de son contenu."
+"Par exemple, si un nouveau message de discussion arrive, de nouvelles mises "
+"à jour sont disponibles pour votre ordinateur ou la batterie de votre "
+"ordinateur est faible, vous recevez une notification qui vous en informe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:48
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these "
 "notifications without selecting one of its options, click the close button."
@@ -23840,7 +23860,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cliquez sur le bouton fermer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:54
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like "
 "Rhythmbox or your chat application, will stay hidden in the message tray."
@@ -23850,28 +23870,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "masquées dans le tiroir de messagerie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:62
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:65
 msgid "The message tray"
 msgstr "Le tiroir de messagerie"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:64
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:67
 msgid ""
 "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
-"is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
-"right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the "
-"notifications that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+"is convenient for you. It appears when you click on the clock, or press "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. "
+"The message tray contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon "
+"or that permanently reside in it."
 msgstr ""
 "Le tiroir de messagerie vous permet de récupérer vos notifications quand bon "
-"vous semble. Il apparaît lorsque vous déplacez votre souris dans le coin "
-"inférieur droit de l'écran, ou lorsque vous appuyez sur <keyseq><key xref="
-"\"keyboard-key-super\">Logo</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. Il contient toutes "
-"les notifications sur lesquelles vous n'avez pas encore agi ou qui y "
-"résident en permanence."
+"vous semble. Il apparaît lorsque vous cliquez sur l'horloge, ou lorsque vous "
+"appuyez sur <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Logo</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq>. Il contient toutes les notifications sur lesquelles vous n'avez pas "
+"encore agi ou qui y résident en permanence."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:71
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:74
 msgid ""
 "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it "
 "is convenient for you. It appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-"
@@ -23890,7 +23909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "agi ou qui y résident en permanence."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:79
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:82
 msgid ""
 "You can view the notifications by clicking on the message tray items. These "
 "are usually messages sent by applications. However, chat notifications are "
@@ -23904,7 +23923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous ont envoyé les messages."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:84
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:87
 msgid ""
 "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</"
 "key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>."
@@ -23912,23 +23931,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour fermer le tiroir de messagerie, appuyez de nouveau sur "
 "<keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>M</key></keyseq> ou sur <key>Échap</key>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:88
-msgid ""
-"If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you will "
-"need to click the <gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">clavier visuel</link> est ouvert, vous "
-"devez cliquer sur le <gui>bouton du tiroir</gui> pour afficher le tiroir de "
-"messagerie."
-
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:96
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:94
 msgid "Hiding notifications"
 msgstr "Masquage des notifications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:98
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:96
 msgid ""
 "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can "
 "switch off notifications."
@@ -23937,7 +23946,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pouvez désactiver les notifications."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:103
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:101
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Notifications</gui>."
@@ -23946,27 +23955,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Notifications</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:107
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:105
 msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Notifications</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:110
-msgid "Switch <gui>Show Pop Up Banners</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:108
+msgid "Switch <gui>Show Pop Up Banners</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
-"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Afficher les notifications</gui> sur <gui>O</"
-"gui>."
+"Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Afficher les notifications</gui> sur "
+"<gui>Désactivé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/shell-notifications.page:114
+#: C/shell-notifications.page:112
 msgid ""
 "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the "
 "screen. Very important notifications, such as when your battery is "
 "critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be available in "
-"the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom "
-"of the screen, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></"
-"keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch the toggle to "
-"<gui>ON</gui> again."
+"the message tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom of "
+"the screen, or by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), "
+"and they will start popping up again when you switch the toggle to <gui>ON</"
+"gui> again."
 msgstr ""
 "Lorsqu'elles sont désactivées, la plupart des notifications n'apparaissent "
 "plus en bas de l'écran. Les notifications très importantes, telles qu'un "
@@ -24010,19 +24019,19 @@ msgid "Applications and windows"
 msgstr "Les applications et les fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:28
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:29
 msgid "An overview of terms used to describe different parts of the desktop."
 msgstr ""
 "Une description des termes utilisés pour décrire les différentes parties du "
 "bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:31
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:33
 msgid "Activities, dash, top bar… What are they?"
 msgstr "Activités, dash, barre supérieure… Qu'est-ce que c'est ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:38
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:40
 msgid ""
 "The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed "
 "when you click <gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
@@ -24032,7 +24041,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:41
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:43
 msgid ""
 "The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed "
 "when you select <gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</"
@@ -24043,12 +24052,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Applications</gui> du coin supérieur gauche de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:47
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:49
 msgid "Applications menu"
 msgstr "Menu applications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:48
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:50
 msgid ""
 "You can find the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the at the top left of the "
 "screen. It gives you access to applications organized into categories. The "
@@ -24061,29 +24070,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Vue d'ensemble des activités</gui> dans le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:54
-msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
-msgstr "Sélecteur de fenêtre Logo-Tab"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:55
-msgid ""
-"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
-"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
-"the applications that are currently open."
-msgstr ""
-"Lorsque vous maintenez enfoncée la touche <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Logo</key> puis appuyez sur la touche <key>Tab</key>, un <em>sélecteur de "
-"fenêtre</em> apparaît. Il affiche les icônes des applications actuellement "
-"ouvertes."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:60
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:56
 msgid "Dash"
 msgstr "Dash"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:61
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:57
 msgid ""
 "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on "
 "the left-hand side of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Applications that "
@@ -24096,12 +24088,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "Le dash est parfois appelé le <em>dock</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:67
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:63
 msgid "Hot corner"
 msgstr "Coin actif"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:68
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:64
 msgid ""
 "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When "
 "you move the pointer to this corner, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
@@ -24112,7 +24104,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Activités</gui> apparaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:74
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:70
 msgid ""
 "The <em>lock screen</em> displays an image on the screen while your computer "
 "is locked. It provides useful information about what has been happening "
@@ -24125,37 +24117,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "obligé de vous reconnecter."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:80
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:76
 msgid "Notifications"
 msgstr "Notifications"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:81
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:77
 msgid ""
 "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, "
 "telling you that something just happened. For example, when someone chatting "
 "with you sends a message, a notification will pop up to tell you. If you "
-"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message "
-"tray. Move your mouse to the bottom of the screen (or press <keyseq><key "
-"xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your "
-"message tray."
+"don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your "
+"<em>message tray</em>. Move your mouse to the bottom of the screen (or press "
+"<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) "
+"to see your message tray."
 msgstr ""
 "Les <em>notifications</em> sont des messages qui apparaissent en bas de "
 "l'écran, pour vous indiquer que quelque chose vient de se produire. Par "
 "exemple, lorsqu'une personne qui discute avec vous vous envoie un message, "
 "une notification apparaît pour vous en informer. Si vous ne voulez pas vous "
-"occuper du message tout de suite, celui-ci est masqué dans votre tiroir de "
-"messagerie. Déplacez votre souris vers le coin inférieur droit ou appuyez "
-"sur <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Logo</key><key>M</key></keyseq> "
-"pour consulter votre tiroir de messagerie."
+"occuper du message tout de suite, celui-ci est masqué dans votre <em>tiroir "
+"de messagerie</em>. Déplacez votre souris vers le coin inférieur droit ou "
+"appuyez sur <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Logo</key><key>M</key></"
+"keyseq> pour consulter votre tiroir de messagerie."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:91
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:87
 msgid "Places menu"
 msgstr "Menu emplacements"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:92
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:88
 msgid ""
 "The <em>places menu</em> is opened when you click <gui>Places</gui> on the "
 "<gui>top bar</gui>. It gives you quick access to important folders, for "
@@ -24167,12 +24159,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Téléchargements</gui> ou <gui>Images</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:97
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:93
 msgid "Settings"
 msgstr "Paramètres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:98
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:94
 msgid ""
 "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, "
 "similar to the Control Panel in Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. "
@@ -24190,12 +24182,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Paramètres</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:106
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:102
+msgid "Super-Tab window switcher"
+msgstr "Sélecteur de fenêtre Logo-Tab"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:103
+msgid ""
+"When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and "
+"then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows "
+"the applications that are currently open."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque vous maintenez enfoncée la touche <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+"\">Logo</key> puis appuyez sur la touche <key>Tab</key>, un <em>sélecteur de "
+"fenêtre</em> apparaît. Il affiche les icônes des applications actuellement "
+"ouvertes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:108
 msgid "System menu"
 msgstr "Menu système"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:107
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:109
 msgid ""
 "The <em>system menu</em> is on the right side of the top bar. You can update "
 "some of your settings, find information about your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> "
@@ -24207,12 +24216,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'utilisateur, vous déconnecter d'une session et éteindre l'ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:113
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:115
 msgid "Top bar"
 msgstr "Barre supérieure"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:114
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:116
 msgid ""
 "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
 "The <gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and the system "
@@ -24223,7 +24232,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "est de l'autre côté."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:117
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:119
 msgid ""
 "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. "
 "The <gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and the system "
@@ -24233,13 +24242,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "Le lien <gui>Applications</gui> est à son extrémité gauche et le menu "
 "système est de l'autre côté."
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:125
+msgid ""
+"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
+"shows buttons for all your open windows."
+msgstr ""
+"La <em>liste des fenêtres</em> est la barre située tout en bas de l'écran et "
+"contient les miniatures de toutes vos fenêtres ouvertes."
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:122
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:129
 msgid "Workspace"
 msgstr "Espace de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:123
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:130
 msgid ""
 "You can put windows on different <em>workspaces</em>. They are a convenient "
 "way of grouping and separating windows."
@@ -24249,12 +24267,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/title
 #. (itstool) path: media/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:127 C/shell-workspaces.page:28
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:134 C/shell-workspaces.page:27
 msgid "Workspace selector"
 msgstr "Sélecteur d'espace de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:128
+#: C/shell-terminology.page:135
 msgid ""
 "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on "
 "the right-hand side of the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the <gui>Activities</"
@@ -24264,45 +24282,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "travail qui s'affiche sur le côté droit de la vue <gui>Fenêtres</gui> dans "
 "la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-terminology.page:134
-msgid ""
-"The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, which "
-"shows buttons for all your open windows."
-msgstr ""
-"La <em>liste des fenêtres</em> est la barre située tout en bas de l'écran et "
-"contient les miniatures de toutes vos fenêtres ouvertes."
-
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:21
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23
 msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
 msgstr ""
 "Examiner la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> ou d'autres espaces de "
 "travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:24
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
 msgid "Find a lost window"
 msgstr "Recherche d'une fenêtre perdue"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28
 msgid ""
 "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is "
-"easily found using the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</"
-"gui> overview</link>:"
+"easily found using the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> "
+"overview:"
 msgstr ""
 "Il est facile de trouver une fenêtre sur un espace de travail différent ou "
-"masquée derrière une autre fenêtre en utilisant la <link xref=\"shell-"
-"terminology\">vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui></link> :"
+"masquée derrière une autre fenêtre en utilisant la vue d'ensemble des <gui "
+"xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui> :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:32
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34
 msgid ""
-"Open the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>. If the missing window is "
-"on the current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces"
-"\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the "
-"thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the "
+"current <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</"
+"link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the thumbnail to "
+"redisplay the window, or"
 msgstr ""
 "ouvrez la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et vérifiez que la vue "
 "<gui>Fenêtres</gui> est sélectionnée. Si la fenêtre égarée est sur l'<link "
@@ -24311,7 +24320,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "simplement sur l'aperçu pour afficher à nouveau la fenêtre,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:39
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41
 msgid ""
 "Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
 "selector</link> at the right-hand side of the screen to try to find your "
@@ -24322,7 +24331,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de l'écran pour essayer de trouver votre fenêtre,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:44
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. "
 "Click the window in the list to switch to it."
@@ -24332,14 +24341,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "la liste pour basculer vers elle."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:49
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57
 msgid "Using the window switcher:"
 msgstr "En utilisant le sélecteur de fenêtre :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:53
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61
 msgid ""
-"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key> </"
+"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
 "keyseq> to display the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">window switcher</"
 "link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and press <key>Tab</"
 "key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</"
@@ -24352,7 +24361,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keyseq> pour revenir en arrière."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:60
+#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69
 msgid ""
 "If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and "
 "press <key>`</key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them."
@@ -24362,19 +24371,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "dessus de la touche <key>Tab</key>) pour les parcourir."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20
 msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
 msgstr ""
 "Double-cliquer ou déplacer la barre de titre pour maximiser ou restaurer une "
 "fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:22
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
 msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
 msgstr "Maximisation et réduction d'une fenêtre"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26
 msgid ""
 "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
 "unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
@@ -24390,7 +24399,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "plus de détails."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:30
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32
 msgid ""
 "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
 "screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
@@ -24405,7 +24414,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:36
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38
 msgid ""
 "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the "
 "titlebar."
@@ -24414,7 +24423,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dans la barre de titre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:39
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41
 msgid ""
 "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
 "the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
@@ -24428,27 +24437,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "maximiser la fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:45 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47
 msgid ""
-"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+"Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
 msgstr ""
-"Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Alt</key> et faites glisser une fenêtre à "
+"Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Logo</key> et faites glisser une fenêtre à "
 "partir de n'importe quel point de la fenêtre pour la déplacer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20
 msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently."
 msgstr ""
 "Arranger les fenêtres dans un espace de travail pour travailler plus "
 "efficacement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24
 msgid "Move and resize windows"
 msgstr "Déplacement et redimensionnement de vos fenêtres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26
 msgid ""
 "You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In "
 "addition to the dragging behavior you might expect, GNOME features shortcuts "
@@ -24460,20 +24469,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "fenêtres rapidement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:30
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32
 msgid ""
-"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key>Alt</key> and drag "
-"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the "
-"window to the edges of the screen and other windows."
+"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-"
+"key-super\">Super</key> and drag anywhere in the window. Hold down "
+"<key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the screen "
+"and other windows."
 msgstr ""
 "Déplacez une fenêtre en faisant glisser sa barre de titre, ou maintenez "
-"<key>Alt</key> appuyée pour la faire glisser à partir de n'importe quel "
+"<key>Logo</key> appuyée pour la faire glisser à partir de n'importe quel "
 "point de la fenêtre. Maintenez la touche <key>Maj</key> appuyée tout en "
 "déplaçant la fenêtre pour la positionner au bord de l'écran ou à côté d'une "
 "autre fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
 msgid ""
 "Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down "
 "<key>Shift</key> while resizing to snap the window to the edges of the "
@@ -24485,7 +24495,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "fenêtre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
 msgid ""
 "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in "
 "the titlebar."
@@ -24494,7 +24504,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "adéquat dans la barre de titre."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
 msgid ""
 "Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</"
 "key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</"
@@ -24510,7 +24520,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur <key>Échap</key> pour retourner à la position et la taille originales."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47
+#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52
 msgid ""
 "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging "
 "it to the top of the screen. Drag a window to one side of the screen to "
@@ -24524,17 +24534,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27
 msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
 msgstr "Appuyer sur <keyseq><key>Logo</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:29
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30
 msgid "Switch between windows"
 msgstr "Basculement entre fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:35
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37
 msgid ""
 "You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user "
 "interface in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><em>window switcher</em></"
@@ -24547,12 +24557,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "de naviguer entre elles d'un seul geste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:40
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43
 msgid "From a workspace:"
 msgstr "À partir d'un espace de travail :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:47
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></"
 "keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
@@ -24561,7 +24571,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "key></keyseq> pour faire apparaître le <gui>sélecteur de fenêtre</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next "
 "(highlighted) window in the switcher."
@@ -24570,7 +24580,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélectionner la prochaine fenêtre (mise en surbrillance) dans le sélecteur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:48
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56
 msgid ""
 "Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\"> Super</"
 "key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or "
@@ -24582,7 +24592,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "revenir en arrière."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:63
 msgid ""
 "You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open "
 "windows and switch between them."
@@ -24591,7 +24601,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "inférieure pour y accéder et naviguer entre elles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:58
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:67
 msgid ""
 "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of "
 "applications with multiple windows pop down as you click through. Hold down "
@@ -24605,7 +24615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "la touche au dessus de la touche <key>Tab</key>) pour parcourir la liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:65
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:74
 msgid ""
 "In the window switcher, applications from different workspaces are divided "
 "by vertical separators."
@@ -24613,8 +24623,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Dans le sélecteur de fenêtre, les applications appartenant à des espaces de "
 "travail différents sont séparées par des barres verticales."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:70
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:78
 msgid ""
 "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with "
 "the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the "
@@ -24624,8 +24634,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "sélecteur de fenêtre avec les touches <key>→</key> ou <key>←</key> ou en "
 "cliquant à l'aide de la souris sur une fenêtre pour la sélectionner."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the "
 "<key>↓</key> key."
@@ -24634,26 +24644,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "affichés avec la touche <key>↓</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77
-msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
-msgstr "À partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> :"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79
+#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85
 msgid ""
-"Click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to it and "
-"leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-"
-"with-workspaces\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to "
-"view the open windows on each workspace."
+"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-"
+"windows\">window</link> to switch to it and leave the overview. If you have "
+"multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspaces</"
+"link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each "
+"workspace."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur une <link xref=\"shell-windows\">fenêtre</link> pour basculer "
-"vers elle et quitter la vue d'ensemble. Si vous avez plusieurs <link xref="
-"\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">espaces de travail</link> ouverts, "
-"vous pouvez cliquer sur chaque espace de travail pour afficher les fenêtres "
-"ouvertes dans chacun d'eux."
+"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, cliquez sur une <link xref="
+"\"shell-windows\">fenêtre</link> pour basculer vers elle et quitter la vue "
+"d'ensemble. Si vous avez plusieurs <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-"
+"workspaces\">espaces de travail</link> ouverts, vous pouvez cliquer sur "
+"chaque espace de travail pour afficher les fenêtres ouvertes dans chacun "
+"d'eux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19
 msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
 msgstr "Maximiser deux fenêtres côte à côte."
 
@@ -24678,14 +24685,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
 "it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
-"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super key</"
-"link> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
+"the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and "
+"press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour maximiser une fenêtre le long d'un bord de l'écran, cliquez sur sa "
 "barre de titre et faites-la glisser jusqu'au bord gauche ou droit de "
 "l'écran, jusqu'à ce que la moitié de l'écran se mette en surbrillance. Via "
-"le clavier, maintenez appuyée la touche <link xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
-"\">Logo</link> et appuyez sur la touche <key>flèche gauche</key> ou "
+"le clavier, maintenez appuyée la touche <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super"
+"\">Logo</key> et appuyez sur la touche <key>flèche gauche</key> ou "
 "<key>flèche droite</key>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -24698,8 +24705,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "bord de l'écran, ou utilisez le même raccourci clavier que celui utilisé "
 "pour la maximiser."
 
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
+msgstr ""
+"Maintenez appuyée la touche <key>Alt</key> et faites glisser une fenêtre à "
+"partir de n'importe quel point de la fenêtre pour la déplacer."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-windows.page:9
+#: C/shell-windows.page:18
 msgid "Move and organize your windows."
 msgstr "Déplacer et organiser vos fenêtres."
 
@@ -24712,16 +24727,17 @@ msgstr "Fenêtres et espaces de travail"
 #: C/shell-windows.page:23
 msgid ""
 "Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running "
-"applications. Using both the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and the "
-"<gui>dash</gui>, you can launch new applications and control active windows."
+"applications. Using both the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</"
+"gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new applications and "
+"control active windows."
 msgstr ""
 "Tout comme les autres bureaux, GNOME utilise des fenêtres pour afficher les "
 "applications en cours d'exécution. En utilisant à la fois la vue d'ensemble "
-"des <gui>Activités</gui> et le <gui>dash</gui>, vous pouvez lancer de "
-"nouvelles applications et gérer les fenêtres actives."
+"des <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui> et le <em>dash</em>, "
+"vous pouvez lancer de nouvelles applications et gérer les fenêtres actives."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-windows.page:27
+#: C/shell-windows.page:28
 msgid ""
 "You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the "
 "window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these "
@@ -24733,29 +24749,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "facilement."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:57
+#: C/shell-windows.page:60
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Windows"
 msgstr "Windows"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:59
+#: C/shell-windows.page:62
 msgid "Working with windows"
 msgstr "Gestion des fenêtres"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:64
+#: C/shell-windows.page:67
 msgctxt "link:trail"
 msgid "Workspaces"
 msgstr "Espaces de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/shell-windows.page:66
+#: C/shell-windows.page:69
 msgid "Working with workspaces"
 msgstr "Gestion des espaces de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26
 msgid ""
 "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different "
 "workspace."
@@ -24764,26 +24780,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "vers un autre espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:28
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:30
 msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
 msgstr "Déplacement d'une fenêtre vers un autre espace de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26
 msgid "Using the mouse:"
 msgstr "Avec la souris :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33
-msgid ""
-"Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
-"link>."
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview."
 msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez la <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui></link>."
+"Ouvrez la <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</"
+"gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities Overview</gui> from the "
 "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui style=\"menu\">Applications</gui> "
@@ -24794,19 +24808,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui></link> dans le coin actif gauche de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:41
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43
 msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen."
 msgstr "Cliquez et déplacez la fenêtre vers la droite de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46
 msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace selector</em> will appear."
 msgstr ""
 "Le <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur d'espace de travail</em> "
 "apparaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
 "window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace appears at the bottom of "
@@ -24817,7 +24831,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "travail vide apparaît en bas du <em>sélecteur d'espace de travail</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:54
 msgid ""
 "Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the "
 "window you have dropped."
@@ -24827,12 +24841,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
 #. (itstool) path: list/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:64 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:60 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:50
 msgid "Using the keyboard:"
 msgstr "Avec le clavier :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:66
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62
 msgid ""
 "Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key "
 "xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref="
@@ -24843,7 +24857,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">sélecteur de fenêtre</em>)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:71
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:67
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to "
 "move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the "
@@ -24854,7 +24868,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'espace de travail actuel dans le <em>sélecteur d'espace de travail</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:74
+#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:70
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> "
 "to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
@@ -24865,17 +24879,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'espace de travail actuel dans le <em>sélecteur d'espace de travail</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:20
 msgid "Use the workspace selector."
 msgstr "Utiliser le sélecteur d'espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:22
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23
 msgid "Switch between workspaces"
 msgstr "Changement d'espace de travail"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
 msgid ""
 "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Activities</gui> overview</"
 "link>."
@@ -24884,7 +24898,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui></link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:30
 msgid ""
 "At the top left of the screen, click the <link xref=\"shell-terminology"
 "\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> and choose <gui>Activities Overview</"
@@ -24895,7 +24909,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'ensemble des activités</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">workspace "
 "selector</link> on the right side of the screen to view the open windows on "
@@ -24906,14 +24920,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "afficher les fenêtres ouvertes sur cet espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40
 msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur n'importe quelle miniature de fenêtre pour activer l'espace de "
 "travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:43
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, you can switch between workspaces by clicking the workspace "
 "identifier at the right-hand side of the window list on the bottom bar and "
@@ -24924,7 +24938,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "barre inférieure et en choisissant l'espace de travail voulu dans le menu."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</"
 "key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace in "
@@ -24935,7 +24949,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dessus de l'espace de travail actuel dans le sélecteur d'espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:57
+#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:58
 msgid ""
 "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move to a "
 "workspace which is below the current workspace in the workspace selector."
@@ -24949,7 +24963,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
 #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
 #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
 msgctxt "_"
 msgid ""
 "external ref='figures/shell-workspaces.png' "
@@ -24959,19 +24973,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "md5='5a7e511449e645bf69111c82868f4db8'"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:20
 msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
 msgstr ""
 "Les espaces de travail sont une façon de regrouper les fenêtres sur votre "
 "bureau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:24
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
 msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
 msgstr "Qu'est ce qu'un espace de travail et à quoi sert-il ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:31
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
 msgid ""
 "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create "
 "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
@@ -24983,7 +24997,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'encombrement de votre bureau et d'y permettre une navigation plus aisée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use "
 "multiple workspaces, which act like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant "
@@ -24995,7 +25009,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'encombrement de votre bureau et d'y permettre une navigation plus aisée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
 "all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
@@ -25010,18 +25024,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45
 msgid "Using workspaces:"
 msgstr "Utiliser les espaces de travail :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:50
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:49
 msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-most "
-"side of the screen."
+"In the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">&gt;Activities</gui> overview, move "
+"your cursor to the right-most side of the screen."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui>, déplacez le curseur sur "
-"l'extrême bord droit de l'écran."
+"Dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>, "
+"déplacez le curseur sur l'extrême bord droit de l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
 #: C/shell-workspaces.page:52
@@ -25070,7 +25084,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et un nouvel espace de travail vide apparaît en dessous de lui."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:73
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:72
 msgid ""
 "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other "
 "workspaces."
@@ -25079,12 +25093,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "fenêtres ou déplacez-les vers d'autres espaces de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/shell-workspaces.page:78
+#: C/shell-workspaces.page:77
 msgid "There is always at least one workspace."
 msgstr "Il y a toujours au minimum un espace de travail."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-alert.page:27
+#: C/sound-alert.page:28
 msgid ""
 "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
 "alert sounds."
@@ -25093,12 +25107,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'alerte, ou désactiver les sons d'alerte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-alert.page:30
+#: C/sound-alert.page:32
 msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
 msgstr "Choix ou désactivation du son d'alerte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:32
+#: C/sound-alert.page:34
 msgid ""
 "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
 "and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
@@ -25110,7 +25124,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "volume sonore du système, ou désactiver complètement les sons d'alerte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:39 C/sound-usemic.page:52 C/sound-usespeakers.page:57
+#: C/sound-alert.page:41 C/sound-nosound.page:74 C/sound-usemic.page:54
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:59
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
@@ -25119,12 +25134,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Son</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:43 C/sound-usemic.page:56 C/sound-usespeakers.page:61
+#: C/sound-alert.page:45 C/sound-nosound.page:78 C/sound-usemic.page:58
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:63
 msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Son</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:46
+#: C/sound-alert.page:48
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
 "play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
@@ -25134,7 +25150,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "compte du résultat."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:51
+#: C/sound-alert.page:53
 msgid ""
 "Use the volume slider in the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
 "of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
@@ -25145,27 +25161,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "musique, des films ou d'autres fichiers son."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-alert.page:55
+#: C/sound-alert.page:57
 msgid ""
 "To disable alert sounds entirely, switch the <gui>Alert volume</gui> to "
-"<gui>Off</gui>."
+"<gui>OFF</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour désactiver complètement les sons des alertes, basculez l'interrupteur "
 "<gui>Volume des alertes</gui> sur <gui>Désactivé</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-broken.page:10
+#: C/sound-broken.page:19
 msgid ""
 "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
 msgstr "Régler les problèmes d'absence de son ou de son de mauvaise qualité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-broken.page:20
+#: C/sound-broken.page:23
 msgid "Sound problems"
 msgstr "Problèmes de son"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-broken.page:27
+#: C/sound-broken.page:30
 msgid ""
 "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
 "Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
@@ -25174,17 +25190,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "plus fréquentes figurent dans la liste ci-dessous :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:18
 msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
 msgstr "Vérifiez les câbles audio et les pilotes de la carte son."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:21
 msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
 msgstr "J'entends des craquements ou des ronflements dans le son"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:23
 msgid ""
 "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
 "you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
@@ -25195,12 +25211,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "problème avec les pilotes de la carte son."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
 msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
 msgstr "Vérifiez que les haut-parleurs sont correctement branchés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:30
 msgid ""
 "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
 "wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
@@ -25209,14 +25225,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "cause de ronflements."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
 msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
 msgstr ""
 "Assurez-vous que le câble du haut-parleur ou des écouteurs n'est pas "
 "endommagé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:36
 msgid ""
 "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
 "cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
@@ -25230,12 +25246,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ces écouteurs."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
 msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
 msgstr "Vérifiez la qualité des pilotes de son."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:44
 msgid ""
 "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
 "good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
@@ -25249,7 +25265,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnes ont eu le même problème."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
+#: C/sound-crackle.page:48
 msgid ""
 "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your "
 "sound card."
@@ -25258,23 +25274,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre carte son."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:18
 msgid ""
-"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
-"sound card is detected."
+"Check that it is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that "
+"the sound card is detected."
 msgstr ""
 "Assurez-vous que le son n'est pas sur « Muet », que les câbles sont bien "
 "branchés et que la carte son est détectée."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:22
 msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
 msgstr "L'ordinateur n'émet aucun son"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:24
 msgid ""
-"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
+"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
 "play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
 "problem."
 msgstr ""
@@ -25283,22 +25299,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "elles règlent le problème."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:29
 msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
 msgstr "Assurez-vous que le son n'est pas sur « Muet »"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:31
 msgid ""
-"Click the sound icon on the top bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure "
-"that the sound is not muted or turned right down."
+"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">system menu</gui> from the right "
+"side of the top bar and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned "
+"right down."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône de son dans la barre supérieure (elle représente un "
-"petit haut-parleur) et assurez-vous que le son n'est pas « Muet » ou mis à "
-"zéro."
+"Ouvrez le <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">menu système</gui> à droite dans "
+"la barre supérieure et vérifiez que le son n'est pas sur muet ou éteint."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:35
 msgid ""
 "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
 "key to see if it unmutes the sound."
@@ -25307,30 +25323,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "sur le clavier : appuyez sur cette touche pour voir si le son revient."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:38
 msgid ""
-"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
-"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
+"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are "
+"using to play sound (for example, your music player or movie player). The "
 "application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
-"that. Also, click the sound icon on the top bar and choose <gui>Sound "
-"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
-"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
+"that. Also, open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview "
+"and click <gui>Sound</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check "
+"that your application is not muted."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devriez aussi vérifier si vous n'avez pas rendu silencieuse "
 "l'application utilisée pour jouer le son (par exemple le lecteur de musiques "
 "ou le lecteur de films). L'application peut disposer d'un bouton de volume "
-"ou d'un réglage « Muet ». Assurez-vous en. Cliquez également sur l'icône son "
-"dans la barre supérieure et choisissez <gui>Préférences du son</gui>. Dans "
-"la fenêtre <gui>Son</gui>, qui s'affiche, cliquez sur l'onglet "
-"<gui>Applications</gui> et vérifiez que votre application n'est pas muette."
+"ou d'un réglage « Muet ». Assurez-vous en. Ouvrez aussi <app>Paramètres</"
+"app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et cliquez sur "
+"<gui>Son</gui>. Ouvrez l'onglet <gui>Applications</gui> et vérifiez que "
+"votre application n'est pas muette."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:48
 msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
 msgstr "Vérifiez que les haut-parleurs sont allumés et correctement branchés"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:49
 msgid ""
 "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
 "and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
@@ -25343,7 +25359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'ordinateur. Elle est en général de couleur vert clair."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:54
 msgid ""
 "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
 "speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
@@ -25359,7 +25375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "audio successivement pour voir si ça marche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:60
 msgid ""
 "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
 "back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
@@ -25369,12 +25385,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "plusieurs entrées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
 msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
 msgstr "S'assurer que le bon périphérique de son est sélectionné"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:67
 msgid ""
 "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
 "capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
@@ -25387,19 +25403,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "peut nécessiter plusieurs essais-erreurs pour le trouver."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
-msgid ""
-"Click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône son dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
-"<gui>Préférences du son</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:81
 msgid ""
-"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Output</gui> "
-"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
-"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
+"In the <gui>Output</gui> tab. Make a note of which device and which profile "
+"are selected (so you can return to the default selections if changing them "
+"does not work)."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans la fenêtre <gui>Son</gui> qui s'affiche, cliquez sur l'onglet "
 "<gui>Sortie</gui>. Prenez note du périphérique et du profil sélectionnés "
@@ -25407,7 +25415,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "n'aboutissent pas)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:73
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:86
 msgid ""
 "For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
 "change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
@@ -25418,95 +25426,61 @@ msgstr ""
 "la liste."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:78
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:91
 msgid ""
-"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
+"If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
 "devices that are listed."
 msgstr ""
 "En cas d'échec, faites la même chose avec tous les périphériques de la liste."
 
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:82
-msgid ""
-"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
-"Essayez de changer l'option <gui>Connecteur</gui> dans l'onglet <gui>Sortie</"
-"gui>."
-
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:88
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:100
 msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
 msgstr "Vérifier que la carte son a bien été détectée"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:89
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:102
 msgid ""
 "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
-"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
-"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
-"are not installed."
+"your computer will think that it is not able to play sound. A possible "
+"reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the "
+"card are not installed. You may need to manually install the drivers for the "
+"card. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
 msgstr ""
 "Il se peut que la carte son n'ait pas été détectée correctement. Dans ce "
-"cas, l'ordinateur ne pourra pas émettre de son. Une raison possible est que "
-"les pilotes spécifiques de la carte ne sont pas installés."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:95
-msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal."
-msgstr ""
-"Allez dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> et ouvrez un terminal."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:98
-msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Saisissez la commande <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> et appuyez sur <key>Entrée</key>."
-
-# J.H: J'ai des doutes sur playback hardware devices. Pas trouvé le module gnome du son
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
-msgid ""
-"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
-"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Une liste des périphériques s'affiche. S'il n'y a pas de <gui>Périphérique "
-"matériel de lecture audio</gui>, c'est que la carte son n'a pas été détectée."
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:106
-msgid ""
-"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
-"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Si la carte son n'est pas détectée, il vous faudra installer ses pilotes "
-"manuellement. La façon de procéder dépend de votre carte."
+"cas, l'ordinateur ne peut pas émettre de son. Une raison possible est que "
+"les pilotes spécifiques de la carte ne sont pas installés. Vous devrez donc "
+"installer manuellement les pilotes appropriés à la carte. La façon de les "
+"installer dépend du type de votre carte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:109
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:108
 msgid ""
 "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
-"in the Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-"
-"admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type "
-"your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> "
-"(administrative) password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio "
-"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
-"card's make and model number. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more "
-"detailed information."
+"in the Terminal. Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a "
+"Terminal. You may have to run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+"explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your "
+"password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) "
+"password, then type <cmd>lspci</cmd>. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or "
+"<em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the make and model number of "
+"the sound card. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed "
+"information."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez voir de quelle carte son vous disposez en saisissant la commande "
-"<cmd>lspci</cmd> dans le terminal. Il vous faudra certainement passer en "
-"mode <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">super-utilisateur</link> pour lancer "
-"cette commande : soit vous saisissez <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> puis votre mot de "
-"passe, soit vous saisissez <cmd>su</cmd> puis le mot de passe <em>root</em> "
-"de l'administrateur suivi de <cmd>lspci</cmd>. Voyez si un <em>audio "
-"controller</em> ou un <em>audio device</em> figure dans la liste (en "
-"anglais). Vous devez y trouver la marque de la carte son et le numéro du "
+"<cmd>lspci</cmd> dans un terminal. Allez dans la vue d'ensemble des "
+"<gui>Activités</gui> et ouvrez un terminal. Il vous faudra certainement "
+"passer en mode <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">super-utilisateur</link> "
+"pour lancer cette commande : soit vous saisissez <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> puis "
+"votre mot de passe, soit vous saisissez <cmd>su</cmd> puis le mot de passe "
+"<em>root</em> de l'administrateur suivi de <cmd>lspci</cmd>. Voyez si un "
+"<em>audio controller</em> ou un <em>audio device</em> figure dans la liste "
+"(en anglais). Vous devez y trouver la marque de la carte son et le numéro du "
 "modèle. <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> vous fournira encore plus de détails."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
 #: C/sound-nosound.page:118
 msgid ""
-"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It's best to ask "
+"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask "
 "on support forums (or otherwise) for your Linux distribution for "
 "instructions."
 msgstr ""
@@ -25515,9 +25489,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre distribution Linux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-nosound.page:121
+#: C/sound-nosound.page:122
 msgid ""
-"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
+"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
 "sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
 "computer and external USB sound cards."
 msgstr ""
@@ -25526,19 +25500,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "son interne et une carte son externe, à brancher sur un port USB."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:27
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:28
 msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
 msgstr ""
 "Utiliser un microphone USB ou analogique et sélectionner un périphérique "
 "d'entrée par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:30
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:32
 msgid "Use a different microphone"
 msgstr "Utilisation d'un autre microphone"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:32
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:34
 msgid ""
 "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
 "colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
@@ -25553,14 +25527,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "microphone séparé donne habituellement une meilleure qualité audio."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:38
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:40
 msgid ""
 "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
-"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
-"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
-"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
-"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
-"default input device."
+"audio socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
+"microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red in color "
+"or look for a picture of a microphone next to the socket. Microphones "
+"plugged into the appropriate socket will usually be used by default. If not, "
+"see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
 msgstr ""
 "Si votre microphone possède une fiche ronde, branchez-la sur la prise "
 "appropriée de votre ordinateur. La plupart des ordinateurs ont deux prises : "
@@ -25571,7 +25545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "périphérique d'entrée par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:45
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:47
 msgid ""
 "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
 "USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
@@ -25582,12 +25556,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "part et vous devrez définir le microphone à utiliser par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:50 C/sound-usespeakers.page:55
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:52 C/sound-usespeakers.page:57
 msgid "Select a default audio input device"
 msgstr "Sélection d'un périphérique d'entrée par défaut"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:59
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:61
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The "
 "input level indicator should respond when you speak."
@@ -25597,14 +25571,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "parlez dans le micro."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usemic.page:64
+#: C/sound-usemic.page:66
 msgid ""
 "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez réglez le volume et couper le micro à partir de ce panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:28
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
 msgstr ""
@@ -25612,12 +25586,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "audio de sortie par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33
 msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
 msgstr "Utilisation d'autres haut-parleurs ou écouteurs."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:33
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:35
 msgid ""
 "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
 "usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
@@ -25629,7 +25603,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "aussi fiche <em>jack</em>, ou par l'intermédiaire d'une fiche USB."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:37
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:39
 msgid ""
 "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
 "socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
@@ -25648,7 +25622,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:44
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
 "uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
@@ -25661,7 +25635,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "connecteur, vous pouvez faire des essais de sortie son dans les paramètres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
 msgid ""
 "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
 "USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
@@ -25673,14 +25647,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "part et vous devrez définir les haut-parleurs à utiliser par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:66
 msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans l'onglet <gui>Sortie</gui>, sélectionnez le périphérique que vous "
 "souhaitez utiliser."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:69
+#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:71
 msgid ""
 "Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all "
 "speakers are working and are connected to the correct socket."
@@ -25690,7 +25664,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correctement branchés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/sound-volume.page:19
+#: C/sound-volume.page:23
 msgid ""
 "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
 "application."
@@ -25699,25 +25673,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "chaque application."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:24
+#: C/sound-volume.page:27
 msgid "Change the sound volume"
 msgstr "Modification du volume sonore"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:26
+#: C/sound-volume.page:29
 msgid ""
-"To change the sound volume, click the sound icon in the status menu on the "
-"top bar (it looks like a speaker) and move the volume slider left or right. "
-"You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all the way to the "
-"left."
+"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">system "
+"menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar and move the volume slider "
+"left or right. You can completely turn off sound by dragging the slider all "
+"the way to the left."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour modifier le volume sonore, cliquez sur l'icône son dans le menu d'état "
-"de la barre supérieure (elle représente un petit haut-parleur) et déplacez "
-"le curseur de volume vers la gauche ou la droite. Vous pouvez couper le son "
-"en déplaçant le curseur complètement à gauche."
+"Pour modifier le volume sonore, ouvrez le <gui xref=\"shell-terminology"
+"\">menu système</gui> à droite dans la barre supérieure et déplacez le "
+"curseur de volume vers la gauche ou la droite. Vous pouvez couper le son en "
+"déplaçant le curseur complètement à gauche."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:31
+#: C/sound-volume.page:34
 msgid ""
 "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
 "like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
@@ -25732,7 +25706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "key> pour les utiliser."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:36
+#: C/sound-volume.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
 "using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
@@ -25744,45 +25718,45 @@ msgstr ""
 "réglage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/sound-volume.page:41
+#: C/sound-volume.page:44
 msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
 msgstr "Modification du volume sonore d'applications individuelles"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:42
+#: C/sound-volume.page:46
 msgid ""
 "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
-"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
-"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
-"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
+"others unchanged. This is useful if you are listening to music and browsing "
+"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the web "
+"browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music."
 msgstr ""
 "Il est possible de modifier le volume d'une application particulière tout en "
 "conservant le volume des autres identique. C'est une chose utile pour, par "
-"exemple, écouter de la musique tout en naviguant sur le Web. Vous pouvez "
+"exemple, écouter de la musique tout en navigant sur le Web. Vous pouvez "
 "alors couper le son du navigateur Web pour ne pas gêner l'audition de la "
 "musique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:46
+#: C/sound-volume.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
-"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
-"click the sound icon on the top bar and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go "
-"to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application "
-"there."
+"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, open "
+"<app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and click "
+"<gui>Sound</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the "
+"volume of the application there."
 msgstr ""
 "Certaines applications disposent d'un réglage de volume dans leur fenêtre "
 "principale. Si votre application possède un tel réglage, utilisez-le. Sinon, "
-"cliquez sur l'icône son dans la barre supérieure et sélectionnez "
-"<gui>Paramètres du son</gui>. Cliquez sur l'onglet <gui>Applications</gui> "
-"et modifiez le volume à cet endroit."
+"ouvrez <app>Paramètres</app> dans la vue d'ensemble des <gui>Activités</gui> "
+"et sélectionnez <gui>Son</gui>. Allez dans l'onglet <gui>Applications</gui> "
+"et modifiez le volume de l'application à cet endroit."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/sound-volume.page:50
+#: C/sound-volume.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
-"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
-"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
+"is playing sounds but is not listed, it might not support the feature that "
+"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you cannot change its "
 "volume."
 msgstr ""
 "Seules les applications en train d'émettre des sons figurent dans cette "
@@ -26441,34 +26415,24 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/translate.page:33
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "There are <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/";
-#| "\">many languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
 msgid ""
 "There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\";>many "
 "languages</link> for which translations are still needed."
 msgstr ""
-"Il y a de <link href=\"http://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/";
+"Il y a de <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/";
 "\">nombreuses langues</link> pour lesquelles nous avons encore besoin de "
 "traductions."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
 #: C/translate.page:37
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.";
-#| "org/register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"http://";
-#| "l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This "
-#| "will give you the ability to upload new translations."
 msgid ""
 "To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/";
 "register/\">create an account</link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.";
 "gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. This will give "
 "you the ability to upload new translations."
 msgstr ""
-"Pour commencer à traduire, vous devez <link href=\"http:l10n.gnome."
-"orgregister/\">créer un compte</link> et rejoindre <link href=\"http://l10n.";
+"Pour commencer à traduire, vous devez <link href=\"https:l10n.gnome.org/"
+"register/\">créer un compte</link> et rejoindre <link href=\"https://l10n.";
 "gnome.org/teams/\">l'équipe de traduction</link> de votre langue. Ce compte "
 "va vous permettre de téléverser de nouvelles traductions."
 
@@ -26561,19 +26525,19 @@ msgid "User privileges"
 msgstr "Privilèges de l'utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-add.page:32
+#: C/user-add.page:33
 msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Ajouter de nouveaux utilisateurs pour que d'autres personnes puissent se "
 "connecter à l'ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-add.page:35
+#: C/user-add.page:36
 msgid "Add a new user account"
 msgstr "Ajout d'un nouveau compte utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:72
+#: C/user-add.page:38
 msgid ""
 "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
 "each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
@@ -26585,7 +26549,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "paramètres."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:76
+#: C/user-add.page:42
 msgid ""
 "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
 "to add user accounts."
@@ -26594,7 +26558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "administrateur</link> pour ajouter des comptes utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:88 C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-delete.page:56
+#: C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:48 C/user-delete.page:57
 msgid ""
 "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in "
 "your password when prompted."
@@ -26603,7 +26567,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "droite et saisissez votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:92
+#: C/user-add.page:58
 msgid ""
 "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts "
 "on the left, to add a new user account."
@@ -26612,7 +26576,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">+</gui> pour ajouter un nouveau compte utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:96
+#: C/user-add.page:62
 msgid ""
 "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain"
 "\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</"
@@ -26626,7 +26590,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et des pilotes, ou encore modifier la date et l'heure."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:103
+#: C/user-add.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
 "based on the full name. If you do not like the proposed username, you can "
@@ -26637,14 +26601,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "convient pas, vous pouvez le modifier."
 
 #. (itstool) path: media/span
-#: C/user-add.page:110 C/user-changepassword.page:81
+#: C/user-add.page:76 C/user-changepassword.page:83
 msgid "generate password"
 msgstr "générer un mot de passe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:108
+#: C/user-add.page:74
 msgid ""
-"You can chose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
+"You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it "
 "themselves on their first login. You can press on the <gui style=\"button"
 "\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
 msgstr ""
@@ -26654,12 +26618,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "passe randomisé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-add.page:115
+#: C/user-add.page:81
 msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Ajouter</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-add.page:119
+#: C/user-add.page:85
 msgid ""
 "If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the "
 "account, <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press on the "
@@ -26670,7 +26634,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et cliquez sur l'état du mot de passe actuel."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-add.page:124
+#: C/user-add.page:90
 msgid ""
 "In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user's "
 "name to the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown "
@@ -26684,7 +26648,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "avec votre Webcam."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:24
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
 msgid ""
 "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
 "giving them administrative privileges."
@@ -26693,16 +26657,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "modifications au système en leur donnant des privilèges administrateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:27
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:29
 msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
 msgstr "Choix des utilisateurs disposant de privilèges administrateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:29
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:31
 msgid ""
 "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
 "important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
-"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
+"administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of "
 "keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
 "changes."
 msgstr ""
@@ -26714,7 +26678,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dommageables."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:34
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:36
 msgid ""
 "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
 "to change account types."
@@ -26723,13 +26687,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "administrateur</link> pour modifier les types de compte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:50
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:52
 msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
 msgstr ""
 "Sélectionnez l'utilisateur dont vous souhaitez modifier les privilèges."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:53
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and "
 "select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
@@ -26738,14 +26702,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "compte</gui> et sélectionnez<gui>Administrateur</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:57
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:59
 msgid "The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
 msgstr ""
 "Les privilèges de l'utilisateur seront modifiés lors de sa prochaine "
 "connexion."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:62
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:64
 msgid ""
 "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has "
 "administrator privileges. This is the user account that was created when you "
@@ -26756,7 +26720,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "après l'installation du système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-change.page:65
+#: C/user-admin-change.page:67
 msgid ""
 "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
 "on one system."
@@ -26765,7 +26729,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "des privilèges <gui>Administrateur</gui> sur un système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:24
 msgid ""
 "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
 msgstr ""
@@ -26773,12 +26737,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "importantes du système."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:26
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28
 msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
 msgstr "Comment les privilèges administrateur fonctionnent-ils ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:28
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:30
 msgid ""
 "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
 "files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
@@ -26796,13 +26760,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "importantes du système, et sont par conséquent aussi protégées."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:35
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:37
 msgid ""
 "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
 "<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
-"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
-"or use these applications, so by default you do not have administrative "
-"privileges."
+"applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system "
+"files or use these applications, so by default you do not have "
+"administrative privileges."
 msgstr ""
 "Cette protection consiste à permettre seulement aux utilisateurs disposant "
 "de <em>privilèges administrateur</em> de modifier ce type de fichiers ou "
@@ -26812,7 +26776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "privilèges administrateur par défaut."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:41
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:43
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
 "temporarily get administrative privileges to allow you to make the changes. "
@@ -26832,7 +26796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Une fois terminé, les privilèges administrateur sont à nouveau désactivés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. "
 "<gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed to have these privileges while "
@@ -26854,7 +26818,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "supprimer un fichier système essentiel)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:58
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:60
 msgid ""
 "In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of "
 "your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
@@ -26864,12 +26828,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "inadvertance."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:64
 msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
 msgstr "Que signifie « super utilisateur » ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:63
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
 msgid ""
 "A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</"
 "em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. "
@@ -26885,12 +26849,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "super utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:71
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:73
 msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
 msgstr "À quoi servent les privilèges administratifs ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:73
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system "
 "changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from "
@@ -26900,7 +26864,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "système aide à éviter qu'il ne soit corrompu, volontairement ou non."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:77
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:79
 msgid ""
 "If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally "
 "change an important file, or run an application which changes something "
@@ -26914,7 +26878,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "limite ce risque."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/user-admin-explain.page:83
+#: C/user-admin-explain.page:85
 msgid ""
 "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative "
 "privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and "
@@ -26929,7 +26893,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "question de sécurité."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:23
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:24
 msgid ""
 "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have "
 "administrative privileges."
@@ -26938,14 +26902,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "qu'avec des privilèges administrateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:26
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
 msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
 msgstr "Problèmes liés aux restrictions administratives"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:30
 msgid ""
-"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
+"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
 "explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require "
 "administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
 msgstr ""
@@ -26954,27 +26918,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'administrateur pour fonctionner, comme par exemple :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:36
 msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
 msgstr "la connexion à un réseau ou à un réseau sans fil,"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:37
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
 msgid ""
 "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
-"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
+"contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition)"
 msgstr ""
 "l'affichage du contenu d'un périphérique de stockage amovible connecté à "
 "l'ordinateur, ou du contenu d'une autre partition du disque (par exemple une "
 "partition Windows),"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:41
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:44
 msgid "Installing new applications"
 msgstr "l'installation de nouvelles applications."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-admin-problems.page:45
+#: C/user-admin-problems.page:48
 msgid ""
 "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative "
 "privileges</link>."
@@ -26983,17 +26947,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "attribuez ou non le statut d'administrateur</link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-autologin.page:20
+#: C/user-autologin.page:21
 msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer."
 msgstr "Définir une connexion automatique quand vous allumez l'ordinateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-autologin.page:23
+#: C/user-autologin.page:24
 msgid "Log in automatically"
 msgstr "Connexion automatique"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:25
+#: C/user-autologin.page:26
 msgid ""
 "You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your "
 "account when you start up your computer:"
@@ -27002,19 +26966,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "compte lorsque vous démarrez l'ordinateur :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:30
-msgid "Open <app>Settings</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr ""
-"Ouvrez <app>Paramètres</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des "
-"<gui>Activités</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:33
-msgid "Open the <gui>Users</gui> panel from <app>Settings</app>."
-msgstr "Dans <app>Paramètres</app>, ouvrez le panneau <gui>Utilisateurs</gui>."
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:36
+#: C/user-autologin.page:38
 msgid ""
 "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup."
 msgstr ""
@@ -27022,21 +26974,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "démarrage."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:40
+#: C/user-autologin.page:42
 msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> and enter your password."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur le bouton <gui style=\"button\">Déverrouiller</gui> et saisissez "
 "votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:43
-msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>On</gui>."
+#: C/user-autologin.page:45
+msgid "Toggle the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Connexion automatique</gui> sur <gui>Activé</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:47
+#: C/user-autologin.page:49
 msgid ""
 "When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. "
 "If you have this option enabled, you will not need to type in your password "
@@ -27051,7 +27003,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "personnelles, y compris vos fichiers et votre historique de navigation."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-autologin.page:54
+#: C/user-autologin.page:56
 msgid ""
 "If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. "
 "Contact your system administrator who can change this setting for you."
@@ -27061,19 +27013,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "droits et peut modifier ce paramètre à votre place."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:28
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:29
 msgid ""
 "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
 "settings."
 msgstr "Protégez votre compte en modifiant régulièrement votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:31
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:33
 msgid "Change your password"
 msgstr "Modification du mot de passe"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:58
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:60
 msgid ""
 "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
 "you think someone else knows what your password is."
@@ -27083,7 +27035,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "connaît."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:73
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are "
 "changing the password for a different user, you will first need to "
@@ -27094,17 +27046,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Déverrouiller</gui> le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:78
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:80
 msgid ""
 "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
-"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+"again in the <gui>Verify New Password</gui> field."
 msgstr ""
 "Saisissez votre mot de passe actuel, puis un nouveau mot de passe. Saisissez "
-"votre nouveau mot de passe de nouveau dans le champ <gui>Confirmer le mot de "
+"votre nouveau mot de passe dans le champ <gui>Vérifier le nouveau mot de "
 "passe</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:80
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
 msgid ""
 "You can press on the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to "
 "automatically generate a random password."
@@ -27113,12 +27065,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
 msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Modifier</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:90
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:92
 msgid ""
 "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</"
 "link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
@@ -27127,7 +27079,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "passe</link>. Cela contribuera à protéger votre compte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:94
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:96
 msgid ""
 "When you update your login password, your login keyring password will "
 "automatically be updated to be the same as your new login password."
@@ -27136,7 +27088,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "automatiquement mis à jour aussi."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepassword.page:98
+#: C/user-changepassword.page:100
 msgid ""
 "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can "
 "change it for you."
@@ -27145,17 +27097,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "privilèges administrateur peut vous en recréer un nouveau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:27
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:28
 msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
 msgstr "Ajouter votre photo aux écrans de connexion et d'utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
 msgid "Change your login screen photo"
 msgstr "Modification de l'image de votre compte"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:33
 msgid ""
 "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
 "login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
@@ -27167,7 +27119,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pouvez même prendre une nouvelle photo de connexion avec votre Webcam."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:49
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:50
 msgid ""
 "If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button"
 "\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when "
@@ -27178,7 +27130,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:54
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:55
 msgid ""
 "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
 "some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
@@ -27189,42 +27141,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour l'utiliser."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:59
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:60
 msgid ""
-"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
+"If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
 "<gui>Browse for more pictures…</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous préférez utiliser une image personnelle qui se trouve dans "
 "l'ordinateur, cliquez sur <gui>Rechercher d'autres images…</gui>."
 
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:67
+msgid "camera icon"
+msgstr "camera icon"
+
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-changepicture.page:63
+#: C/user-changepicture.page:64
 msgid ""
 "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking "
-"<gui>Take a photo…</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square "
-"outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't like the picture "
-"you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> "
-"to give up."
+"<_:gui-1/>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to "
+"crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not like the picture you took, "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">Take another picture</gui> to try again, or "
+"<gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
 msgstr ""
 "Si vous avez une webcam, vous pouvez prendre une nouvelle photo de connexion "
-"immédiatement en cliquant sur <gui>Prendre une photo…</gui>. Prenez la "
-"photo, puis déplacez et redimensionnez le cadre pour couper ce que vous ne "
-"voulez pas conserver. Si vous n'aimez pas la photo que vous avez prise, "
-"cliquez sur <gui>Rejeter la photo</gui> pour réessayer, ou sur <gui>Annuler</"
-"gui> pour abandonner."
+"immédiatement en cliquant sur <_:gui-1/>. Prenez la photo, puis déplacez et "
+"redimensionnez le cadre pour couper ce que vous ne voulez pas conserver. Si "
+"vous n'aimez pas la photo que vous avez prise, cliquez sur <gui>Prendre une "
+"autre photo</gui> pour recommencer, ou sur <gui>Annuler</gui> pour "
+"abandonner."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-delete.page:35
+#: C/user-delete.page:36
 msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
 msgstr "Supprimer les comptes d'utilisateurs obsolètes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-delete.page:38
+#: C/user-delete.page:39
 msgid "Delete a user account"
 msgstr "Suppression d'un compte utilisateur"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:40
+#: C/user-delete.page:41
 msgid ""
 "You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</"
 "link>. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that "
@@ -27235,7 +27192,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ordinateur, vous pouvez supprimer son compte."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:44
+#: C/user-delete.page:45
 msgid ""
 "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> "
 "to delete user accounts."
@@ -27244,7 +27201,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "administrateur</link> pour supprimer des comptes utilisateur."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:60
+#: C/user-delete.page:61
 msgid ""
 "Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-"
 "</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to delete that user "
@@ -27254,13 +27211,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vous voulez supprimer et cliquez sur <gui style=\"button\">-</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-delete.page:65
+#: C/user-delete.page:66
 msgid ""
 "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
 "choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</"
-"gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk "
-"space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You "
-"may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
+"gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you need to free up "
+"disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. "
+"You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
 "them."
 msgstr ""
 "Chaque utilisateur possède un dossier personnel contenant ses fichiers et "
@@ -27272,17 +27229,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "stockage ou un CD avant de les supprimer."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:30
 msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
 msgstr "Utiliser des mots de passe plus longs et plus complexes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33
 msgid "Choose a secure password"
 msgstr "Choix d'un mot de passe sûr"
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:36
 msgid ""
 "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
 "others (including computer programs) to guess."
@@ -27292,7 +27249,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de mal à deviner."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
 "password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
@@ -27303,7 +27260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "et d'accéder à vos données personnelles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:44
 msgid ""
 "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
 "password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
@@ -27316,7 +27273,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "conseils pour choisir un bon mot de passe :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:51
 msgid ""
 "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
 "spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
@@ -27329,7 +27286,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vérifier si quelqu'un cherche à trouver votre mot de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:56
 msgid ""
 "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
 "word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
@@ -27343,7 +27300,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "donner CB:LFdm ou CBLFdm ou CB :LFdm."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:64
 msgid ""
 "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
 "longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
@@ -27353,7 +27310,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour le deviner."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:69
 msgid ""
 "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
 "Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
@@ -27365,7 +27322,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "« password ». Un mot de passe comme celui-là est très facile à deviner !"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:75
 msgid ""
 "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
 "any family member's name."
@@ -27374,12 +27331,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "plaque d'immatriculation ou le prénom d'un membre de votre famille."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:79
 msgid "Do not use any nouns."
 msgstr "N'utilisez pas de noms."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:82
 msgid ""
 "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
 "someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
@@ -27389,23 +27346,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "quelqu'un puisse le deviner en vous regardant le saisir."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:86
 msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
 msgstr ""
 "Ne notez jamais vos mots de passe. Ils peuvent être facilement retrouvés !"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:91
 msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
 msgstr "Utilisez des mots de passe différents pour des choses différentes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:94
 msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
 msgstr "Utilisez des mots de passe différents pour des comptes différents."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95
 msgid ""
 "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
 "will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
@@ -27415,12 +27372,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "comptes."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:97
 msgid ""
 "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
 "secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
-"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
-"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
+"use the same one for things that do not matter (like websites), and "
+"different ones for important things (like your online banking account and "
+"your email)."
 msgstr ""
 "Cependant, il peut être difficile de se souvenir de plusieurs mots de passe. "
 "Même si cela n'est pas aussi sécurisé qu'utiliser un mot de passe différent "
@@ -27430,12 +27388,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "ligne ou votre courriel)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99
+#: C/user-goodpassword.page:104
 msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
 msgstr "Modifiez régulièrement vos mots de passe."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-dvd.page:22
+#: C/video-dvd.page:23
 msgid ""
 "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
 "region."
@@ -27444,12 +27402,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "pas de la bonne zone."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:26
+#: C/video-dvd.page:27
 msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
 msgstr "Pourquoi les DVD ne se lisent-ils pas ?"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:28
+#: C/video-dvd.page:29
 msgid ""
 "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
 "the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
@@ -27460,12 +27418,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre DVD n'appartienne pas à la bonne <em>zone</em>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:33
+#: C/video-dvd.page:34
 msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
 msgstr "Installation des codecs nécessaires pour la lecture de DVD"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:35
+#: C/video-dvd.page:36
 msgid ""
 "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
 "A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
@@ -27482,7 +27440,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "consultez les forums d'aide de votre distribution Linux."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:42
+#: C/video-dvd.page:43
 msgid ""
 "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
 "prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
@@ -27503,12 +27461,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "est légal dans tous les pays."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/title
-#: C/video-dvd.page:54
+#: C/video-dvd.page:55
 msgid "Checking the DVD region"
 msgstr "Vérification de la zone de votre DVD"
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:56
+#: C/video-dvd.page:57
 msgid ""
 "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
 "world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
@@ -27523,7 +27481,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vidéo de région 1, vous ne pourrez lire que les DVD d'Amérique du Nord."
 
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:62
+#: C/video-dvd.page:63
 msgid ""
 "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
 "can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
@@ -27539,28 +27497,28 @@ msgstr ""
 # La page Wikipedia française est trop légère.
 # Cette doc n'est pas parfaite, mais elle est en français...
 #. (itstool) path: section/p
-#: C/video-dvd.page:67
+#: C/video-dvd.page:68
 msgid ""
-"You can find <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code";
+"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code";
 "\">more information about DVD region codes on Wikipedia</link>."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous trouverez <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code.";
+"Vous trouverez <link href=\"https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Code_de_région_DVD";
 "\">davantage d'informations sur les codes régions des DVD sur Wikipédia</"
 "link>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/video-sending.page:18
+#: C/video-sending.page:20
 msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
 msgstr "Vérifiez qu'ils ont installé les codecs vidéos nécessaires."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/video-sending.page:21
+#: C/video-sending.page:23
 msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
 msgstr ""
 "D'autres personnes ne parviennent pas à lire les vidéos que j'ai réalisées"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:23
+#: C/video-sending.page:25
 msgid ""
 "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
 "Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
@@ -27570,7 +27528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour lire la vidéo."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:27
+#: C/video-sending.page:29
 msgid ""
 "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
 "<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
@@ -27585,23 +27543,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "lu. Vous pouvez vérifier le format de votre vidéo de la manière suivante :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:39
-msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
+#: C/video-sending.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</"
+"gui> overview."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrez <app>Paramètres</app> à partir de la vue d'ensemble des <gui xref="
+"\"shell-terminology\">Activités</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/video-sending.page:41
+msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Faites un clic-droit sur le fichier vidéo et sélectionnez <gui>Propriétés</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:42
+#: C/video-sending.page:44
 msgid ""
-"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>Codec</gui> is "
-"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
+"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which "
+"<gui>Codec</gui> are listed under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if "
+"the video also has audio)."
 msgstr ""
-"Allez dans l'onglet <gui>Audio/Vidéo</gui> et regardez quel <gui>Codec</gui> "
-"est affiché sous <gui>Vidéo</gui>."
+"Allez dans l'onglet <gui>Audio/Vidéo</gui> ou <gui>Vidéo</gui> et regardez "
+"quels <gui>Codecs</gui> sont listés dans <gui>Vidéo</gui> et <gui>Audio</"
+"gui> (si la vidéo comporte aussi du son)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:47
+#: C/video-sending.page:50
 msgid ""
 "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
 "installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
@@ -27620,7 +27589,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correct gratuitement s'il n'est pas déjà installé."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:55
+#: C/video-sending.page:58
 msgid ""
 "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.";
 "org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well "
@@ -27638,7 +27607,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gestionnaire de paquets pour trouver les logiciels disponibles."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/video-sending.page:64
+#: C/video-sending.page:67
 msgid ""
 "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
 "video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
@@ -27654,18 +27623,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "l'enregistrement)."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:18
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:21
 msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation.</gui>"
 msgstr ""
 "Configurer la tablette Wacom pour une <gui>orientation pour gaucher</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:21
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24
 msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
 msgstr "Utilisation de la tablette avec la main gauche"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:23
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:26
 msgid ""
 "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated "
 "180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the "
@@ -27676,8 +27645,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pour changer l'orientation pour les gauchers :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29 C/wacom-mode.page:27
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31 C/wacom-stylus.page:31
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:32 C/wacom-mode.page:30
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:34 C/wacom-stylus.page:34
 msgid ""
 "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start "
 "typing <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
@@ -27686,14 +27655,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "et commencez à saisir <gui>Tablette Wacom</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:33 C/wacom-mode.page:31
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35 C/wacom-stylus.page:35
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:36 C/wacom-mode.page:34
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:38 C/wacom-stylus.page:38
 msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Tablette Wacom</gui> pour ouvrir le panneau."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37 C/wacom-stylus.page:37
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:38 C/wacom-mode.page:36
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:40 C/wacom-stylus.page:40
 msgid ""
 "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on "
 "your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to "
@@ -27704,26 +27673,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "<gui>Paramètres Bluetooth</gui> pour connecter une tablette sans fil."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39
+#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42
 msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculez l'interrupteur <gui>Orientation pour gaucher</gui> sur <gui>Activé</"
 "gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:18
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:21
 msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
 msgstr ""
 "Basculer entre le mode pavé tactile et le mode tablette de la tablette "
 "graphique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:21
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
 msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
 msgstr "Définition du mode de recherche de la tablette Wacom"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:23
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
 msgid ""
 "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
 msgstr ""
@@ -27731,7 +27700,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pointeur et l'écran."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:37
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:40
 msgid ""
 "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or "
 "<gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
@@ -27740,7 +27709,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gui> ou <gui>Pavé tactile (relatif)</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:41
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:44
 msgid ""
 "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the "
 "screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds "
@@ -27751,7 +27720,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "correspond toujours au même point sur la tablette."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-mode.page:44
+#: C/wacom-mode.page:47
 msgid ""
 "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it "
 "down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is "
@@ -27765,27 +27734,27 @@ msgstr ""
 "important de la main."
 
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:18
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:21
 msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
 msgstr "Faire correspondre une tablette Wacom à un écran spécifique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:21
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24
 msgid "Choose a monitor"
 msgstr "Sélection d'un écran"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:41
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:44
 msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
 msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Associer à l'écran…</gui>"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:45
 msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
 msgstr "Cochez <gui>Associer à un seul écran</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:43
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46
 msgid ""
 "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from "
 "your graphics tablet."
@@ -27794,12 +27763,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "recevoir des informations de votre tablette graphique."
 
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:45
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:48
 msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
 msgstr "Seuls les écrans configurés peuvent être sélectionnés."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:52
 msgid ""
 "Switch <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> to match "
 "the drawing area of the tablet to the proportions of the monitor. Also "
@@ -27811,20 +27780,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "faire correspondre la zone de dessin de la tablette aux proportions de "
 "l'écran."
 
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr "Cliquez sur <gui>Fermer</gui>."
+
 #. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:18
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:21
 msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
 msgstr ""
 "Définir les fonctions des boutons et la sensibilité de pression du stylet "
 "Wacom."
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:21
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:24
 msgid "Configure the stylus"
 msgstr "Configurer le stylet"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:41
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:44
 msgid ""
 "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your "
 "stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. "
@@ -27835,7 +27809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "stylet) et le diagramme sur la gauche. Ces paramètres peuvent être ajustés :"
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:48
 msgid ""
 "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how "
 "physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> "
@@ -27846,7 +27820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "valeurs numériques) entre <gui>Doux</gui> et <gui>Ferme</gui>."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:48
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:51
 msgid ""
 "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the "
 "stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: "
@@ -27863,7 +27837,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "précédent, suivant."
 
 #. (itstool) path: item/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:53
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56
 msgid ""
 "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between "
 "<gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
@@ -27873,7 +27847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # pager = téléavertisseur ?
 #. (itstool) path: note/p
-#: C/wacom-stylus.page:59
+#: C/wacom-stylus.page:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to "
 "the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use "
@@ -27896,6 +27870,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "the tablet left handed</link>…"
 
 #. (itstool) path: page/title
-#: C/wacom.page:24
+#: C/wacom.page:28
 msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
 msgstr "Tablette graphique Wacom"


[Date Prev][Date Next]   [Thread Prev][Thread Next]   [Thread Index] [Date Index] [Author Index]